2011 we abet self-study
Post on 04-Jan-2017
218 Views
Preview:
TRANSCRIPT
ABET
Self-Study Report
for
Welding Engineering
Bachelor of Science Degree Program at
The Ohio State University
Columbus, Ohio
June 16, 2011
CONFIDENTIAL
The information supplied in this Self-Study Report is for the confidential use of ABET and its
authorized agents, and will not be disclosed without authorization of the institution concerned,
except for summary data not identifiable to a specific institution.
Table of Contents Page Number
A. Background Information .........................................................................1
B. Accreditation Criteria Summary 1. Students................................................................................................................ 3
2. Program Educational Objectives........................................................................10
3. Student Outcomes…………….......................................................................... 16
4. Continuous Improvement ..................................................................................18
5. Curriculum..........................................................................................................43
6. Faculty………………………………………………………………………….62
7. Facilities..............................................................................................................69
8. Institutional Support and Financial Resources ..................................................73
Appendix A – Course Syllabi
Appendix B – Faculty Vitae
Appendix C – Equipment
Appendix D – Institutional Summary
1
A. BACKGROUND INFORMATION
1. Degree Title
Bachelor of Science in Welding Engineering
2. Contact Information
Dave F. Farson
Welding Engineering Program
1248 Arthur E. Adams Dr.
Columbus, OH 43221
Telephone: 614-688-4046
Fax: 614-292-6842
farson.4@osu.edu
3. Program History
The Welding Engineering (WE) program at The Ohio State University offers the only
ABET-accredited Bachelor of Science in welding engineering in the United States. Welding
engineering was established as a department with a BS program within the Industrial
Engineering Department in 1948. It became a separate department in 1948, an M.S. degree was
established in 1956 and a Ph.D. degree in 1985. In establishing the department, the OSU College
of Engineering recognized that engineering for welding requires a uniquely broad set of
knowledge. In designing and refining welding processes, operations and welded products,
welding engineers apply knowledge and techniques from the diverse engineering disciplines:
materials, manufacturing. design and non-destructive evaluation. Based on this interdisciplinary
foundation with an added technical area of polymers, the department eventually achieved
national recognition for its materials joining research and education. Over 1000 Welding
Engineering degrees have been conferred since the inception of the program, with over 50% of
those in the past 20 years. Currently, approximately 20 to 40 BS degrees are awarded annually.
Welding Engineering graduates from Ohio State are highly sought after by major corporations
throughout the United States. Starting salaries are competitive with the highest of offers in all
engineering disciplines at Ohio State.
The Welding Engineering Department was re-combined with the Industrial Engineering
department in 1994 during a restructuring aimed at decreasing the number of department in the
College of Engineering. It became one of two degree programs within the renamed Department
of Industrial, Welding and Systems Engineering. During AY 2009/2010, the Welding
Engineering Program was transitioned into the Materials Science and Engineering Department.
This reconfiguration was based in part on a realization that the research programs of the two
departments had evolved in such a way that there was more synergy between the MSE and WE
programs and less synergy between the ISE and WE programs than there had been in the past. In
addition, welding metallurgy had always been seen as a key component of the WE undergraduate
curriculum, partially because of the required MSE course content.
4. Options
2
The WE program offers no options.
5. Organizational Structure
The program is located within the Department of Materials Science and Engineering, in the
College of Engineering, under the provost and president.
Table D-3, Organizational Chart
The Ohio State University Engineering Programs
Dr. E. Gordon Gee, University President
Dr. Joseph Alutto, University Executive Vice President and
Provost
Dr. David Williams, Dean, College of
Engineering
Dr. Krishnaswamy Srinivasan, Chair,
Department of Mechanical and
Aerospace Engineering
Dr. Mei Zhuang, Aeronautical & AstronauticalEngineering
Dr. Gary Kinzel, Mechanical Engineering
Dr. Richard Hart, Chair, Department of
Biomedical Engineering
Dr. Mark Ruegsegger, Biomedical Engineering
Dr. Stuart Cooper, Chair, Department of Chemical
and BiomolecularEngineering
Dr. Jim Rathman, Chemical Engineering
Dr. Xiaodong Zhang, Chair, Department of
Computer Science and Engineering
Dr. Neelam Soundarajan, Computer Science and Engineering
Dr. Carolyn Merry, Chair, Department of
Civil and Environmental Engineering and Geodetic Science
Dr. Mark McCord, Civil Engineering
Dr. John Lenhart, Environmental
Engineering
Dr. Robert Lee, Chair, Department of Electrical
and Computer Engineering
Dr. George Valco, Computer Engineering
Dr. George Valco, Electrical Engineering
Dr. Julia Higle, Chair, Department of
Integrated Systems Engineering
Dr. Steve Lavender, Industrial & Systems
Engineering
Dr. Rudolph Buchheit, Chair, Department of Materials Science and
Engineering
Dr. Yogesh Sahai, Materials Science &
Engineering
Dr. Dave Farson, Welding Engineering
Dr. Bobby Moser, Dean College of Food, Agricultural, and
Environmental Sciences
Dr. Sudhir Sastry, Interim Chair,
Department of Food, Agricultural and
Biological Engineering
Dr. Gonul Kaletunc, Agricultural Engineering
Dr. Gonul Kaletunc, Food, Biological, and
Ecological Engineering
Dr. Joseph Steinmetz, Dean College of Arts &
Science
Dr. Peter March, Interim Divisional Dean of
Natural & Mathematical Sciences
Dr. James Beatty, Chair, Department of Physics
Dr. Richard Hughes, Engineering Physics
6. Program Delivery Modes
Day
7. Program Locations
Edison Joining Technology Center, 1248 Arthur E. Adams Dr., Columbus, OH 43221.
8. Deficiencies, Weaknesses or Concerns from Previous Evaluation(s) and the Actions
Taken to Address Them
The final statement from the 2005-6 ABET review of the WE program listed one area of
concern and one observation. The concern noted that many students transfer to WE from
other majors and require approval of course substitutions. It was stated that the program
should review its procedures for approving and documenting course substitutions.
Since transferring from the Integrated Systems Engineering Department to the Department of
Materials Science and Engineering, the Welding Engineering program course substitution
approval and documentation procedures now conform to the procedures used in the latter
department. All petitions for substitutions or exceptions by WE majors are subjected to
mandatory review by the undergraduate studies committee chair and are documented in the
undergraduate studies committee minutes by the Department Academic Advisor. They are
also documented on the student's degree audit. The most common substitutions for
transferring students are for General Education Requirements and Engineering Graphics 167.
These are approved at the College level and are also documented on the student's degree
audit.
The observation contained in the final statement from the 2005-6 ABET review of the WE
program noted that a number of program faculty were nearing retirement age. It was
recommended that the program develop a plan describing how retiring faculty would be
replaced. In response to this recommendation, a Welding Engineering Transition Planning
Committee (TPC) was convened in December 2006 at the request of Dr. Julia Higle, Chair of
3
Industrial, Welding and Systems Engineering Department with the urging of College of
Engineering Dean Baeslack. The goal of the committee was to assist the IWSE Department
in planning for the future development of the Welding Engineering program. The output of
this process was two reports with plans to maintain the program through the faculty
retirement transitions. The first report was submitted by the WE faculty to the Transition
Planning Committee on June 15, 2007 and the second submitted by the committee to the
IWSE department chair Higle on July 12, 2007.
Subsequent events included retirement of four tenured faculty, hiring of one tenured faculty
and a decision to refocus and strengthen the WE program by transitioning it to the
Department of Materials Science and Engineering during AY 2009/2010. The majority of the
faculty (three of the four) that retired since the 2005 ABET review taught courses in the
welding processes area of Welding Engineering and 3 of the retired faculty were chair of the
WE program ABET committee in the year of their retirement (Profs. Richardson, Albright
and Tsai). The program has since added a clinical faculty who teaches processes-related
courses. Also, there is currently an active search underway for an additional tenured faculty
with expertise in the area of welding processes. These efforts, combined with assumption of
increased teaching load by the remaining tenured welding process faculty have maintained
the quality of instruction in the process area.
9. Joint Accreditation
The program is solely accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET
and is not jointly accredited by any other commission.
GENERAL CRITERIA
CRITERION 1. STUDENTS
1.A Student Admissions
Admission to The Ohio State University is selective. Applicants undergo a
holistic review considering standardized test scores, high school (or previous institution)
performance, and written essays. This review and the admission decision are handled centrally
in the Office of Undergraduate Admissions and First Year Experience. Students who have been
admitted indicating engineering as their area of interest and having a minimum ACT Math score
of 24 or SAT Math score of 560 are directly enrolled as pre-engineering students in the College
of Engineering. Students who do not meet this score may enroll in the University Exploration
program and apply for admission to a pre-engineering program after completing Math 151 and
either Chemistry 121 or Physics 131 with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher. Students who start
at a regional campus of Ohio State (Newark, Lima, Marion, Mansfield, & Wooster) are eligible
to change to the Columbus campus after completing 45 credit hours to include Math 151 and
either Chemistry 121 or Physics 131 with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher regardless of
whether they start as a pre-engineering student or not. Transfer students admitted to the
university may also be admitted directly to the College of Engineering in a Pre-Welding
Engineering major status. Students in the pre-major status have the advantage of being advised
4
directly by the Department Academic Advisor. Pre-engineering students then must meet the
specific academic requirements for admission to their desired major.
Admission to the Welding Engineering Program as a Major normally occurs after the
student has completed the freshmen engineering core (curriculum will be presented in Section 5).
Admission to the Welding Engineering Program requires a minimum 2.0 CGPA and a minimum
2.0 CGPA in a program-specific set of “Secondary Point Hour” courses chosen from the
engineering core for purposes of determining who is admitted to the major. For Welding
Engineering, those courses include: Engineering 181 and 183; Engineering Graphics 167; Math
151, 152 and 153; Chemistry 121 and 125; and Physics 131 and 132. (or their equivalents).
1. B. Evaluating Student Performance
1.B.1 Course Grading, Credit Points, Grade Point Averages and Deficiency Points
The two objectives in the student evaluation process are that each student maintains a
minimal level of performance in each and every course in the program, and a reasonably
consistent level of academic performance throughout the program. This evaluation procedure is
based on the grading (marking) of individual courses.
Instructors are required to list the course
evaluation criteria on the course syllabus, and distribute
the course syllabus at the beginning of each course.
Typical evaluation instruments include examinations,
quizzes, written and oral reports, and skill assessment.
The result is a letter and numerical grade score (GS). The
correspondence between letter grades and grade score is
given in Table 1.1. The credit points (CP) awarded for
each course is the product of course credits (C) and grade
score:
GSCCP
For example, a grade of C in a 3 credit course results in
award of 6 credit points.
Grade point average (GPA) for any time period is
the ratio of total credit points awarded to total credits of courses completed in that period.
C
CPGPA
Grade point averages used in assessment of student progress are cumulative grade point average
(CGPA), quarterly grade point average (QGPA) and GPA in Welding Engineering courses. The
student must pass every course in their program curriculum. Courses may be repeated, but poor
academic performance (defined as any quarter with a QGPA less than 2.0) can bring academic
probation and eventually dismissal from the department and then the college, as discussed later
in Progress, Academic Probation, and Dismissal, section 1.B.3.
Table 1.1 Letter grades and scores
Letter Grade Grade Score
(GS)
A 4.0
A- 3.7
B+ 3.3
B 3.0
B- 2.7
C+ 2.3
C 2.0
C- 1.7
D+ 1.3
D 1.0
E (failure) 0.0
5
For students with CGPA of less than 2.0, deficiency points (DP) are calculated as the
PCCDP 2
Any student who accumulates 15 or more deficiency points is placed on academic probation by
the University.
1.B.2 Graduation Requirements
In order to graduate, each student must pass every WE course in their program
curriculum. They must also have at least a 2.0 cumulative grade point average (CGPA) and at
least a 2.0 grade point average in Welding Engineering courses. These graduation requirements
provide an end point for the student’s path through the curriculum.
1.B.3 Progress, Academic Probation, and Dismissal
Any student who has accumulated fifteen or more deficiency points is placed on
probation by the University. The probation continues provided the student’s college considers
the student’s progress to be satisfactory and is removed when the deficiency points are fewer
than fifteen. University academic probation and dismissal policies supersede all other college
actions. In summary, satisfactory progress in Welding Engineering is defined as maintenance of
QGPA of 2.0 in all attempted courses and not withdrawing from any course without permission
of the student advisor. Detailed procedures for the college and Welding Engineering are spelled
out in Appendix F. The student is notified of probationary status and what will be considered as
satisfactory progress by the dean of the college. In the COE, the dean has appointed a designee
to perform this notification. The designee presents academic probation cases to the Academic
Standards and Progress (ASAP) Subcommittee at the quarterly meeting after grades are
submitted.
The College of Engineering monitors the academic performance of all engineering
students. If performance does not significantly improved each quarter until the deficiency in
quality points is removed, the student can be dismissed from the College of Engineering. Such
actions are determined by the College of Engineering Committee on Academic Actions.
The student may also be placed in a probationary status or dismissed from individual
programs within the College of Engineering if specific program criteria are not met. Such
actions are known as “Special Action Probation (SAP)”. The Welding Engineering SAP
criteria are generally based on academic term (quarter or semester) grades and academic
progress.
Following each quarter’s report of grades for that preceding quarter, if a student has
earned less than a 2.0 quarterly grade point average (QPHR), regardless of total credit hours
taken that quarter, the student is placed on SAP for Grades.Each student placed on SAP for
Grades will be sent a letter, by email, stating the following conditions of their probation:
1. The student must earn a quarterly point-hour (QPHR) of 2.0 or above in their next quarter
of enrollment.
6
2. The student must earn a quarterly point-hour ratio of 2.0 or above in any Welding
Engineering courses.
3. The student may not drop any course after the third Friday of the quarter without written
permission from the Undergraduate Studies Chairperson.
4. The student may not receive a grade of Incomplete (I) or a grade of E in any course taken
that quarter.
5. The student must attain/maintain a cumulative point-hour ratio (CPHR) of 2.0 or above.
In addition, the student may be required to meet periodically with the program Advisor or
with the Undergraduate Studies Chairperson. Also, a student may be restricted in the number of
hours they will be allowed to enroll in for the next quarter.
Students may also be placed on SAP or lack of progress. If a student earns excessive W’s
or I’s, or if a student has taken a preponderance of courses not related to the major, the student is
placed on SAP for Lack of Progress.Each student placed on SAP for Lack of Progress will be
sent a letter, by email, stating the following conditions of their probation:
1. The student must take courses in their next quarter of enrollment which are required in
their chosen major.
2. The student must earn a quarterly point-hour (QPHR) of 2.0 or above in their next quarter
of enrollment.
3. The student must earn a quarterly point-hour ratio of 2.0 or above in any Welding
Engineering courses.
4. The student may not drop any course after the third Friday of the quarter without written
permission from the Undergraduate Studies Chairperson.
5. The student may not receive a grade of Incomplete (I) or a grade of E in any course taken
that quarter.
6. The student must attain/maintain a cumulative point-hour ratio (CPHR) of 2.0 or above.
Following receipt of grades after the student’s next quarter of enrollment, a student will
be removed from SAP if it is determined that the student has met the terms listed above. A letter
of this notification will be sent by email to the student.
If the student fails to meet the above-listed terms of the academic probation, then the
student will be considered for departmental dismissal.
A student dismissed from the program may petition for reinstatement after at least 3
quarters from the dismissal. This will provide adequate time for the student to demonstrate the
capability of satisfactory performance in scientific and technical courses. A student wishing to
be considered for reinstatement should first meet with the Academic Advisor and with the
Undergraduate Studies Chair.
1.B.4 Monitoring of Students
The Department Academic Advisor primarily assists with registration and monitoring.
The advisor screens both CGPA’s and Welding Engineering course grade point averages at the
end of each quarter to determine progress toward degree and violations of academic standards.
7
The Advisor then informs the Undergraduate Curriculum of such violations, the committee
determining the appropriate actions. The Advisor also helps students negotiate any problems
with University rules and regulations and is available to help with students' personal issues. The
Advisor provides the knowledge and connection for a student with other resources on campus
available to the student.
At the beginning of the third year the Advisor reminds students of the technical elective
and GEC requirements, and collects technical elective forms for approval or submission to the
Undergraduate Curriculum Committee. The Advisor also reminds students of the requirement,
and collects applications for graduation at least three quarters prior to graduation.
At the end of each quarter the Advisor monitors both CGPA and Welding Engineering
course grade point averages to determine two issues: (1) progress toward degree and (b)
violations of academic standards. If violations of academic standards are determined, the
Undergraduate Curriculum Committee is informed and makes the appropriate disposition
(placing a student on Special Action Probation (SAP), continuing a student on SAP if
appropriate based on individual circumstances, taking a student off SAP, or dismissing the
student).
The Department academic Advisor has the responsibility of ensuring that students have
met the pre-requisites for courses in which they wish to enroll. The Advisor normally does not
allow students to enroll in courses for which they do not have listed pre-requisites. In case
unusual circumstances argue for admission of the student to a particular course for which they
lack prerequisites, the student may petition the WE undergraduate studies committee, detailing
the prior experience that they feel qualifies them to enroll without prerequisites. In consultation
with the course instructor, the undergraduate studies committee grants or denies permission to
enroll in the course.
Progress toward degree is monitored by making sure that the student was enrolled in
appropriate and required courses. The Advisor sends quarterly e-mail messages out to the email
list of our students in the major reminding those who intend to graduate three quarters in the
future to submit a completed Application to Graduate. The Advisor then reviews the overall
progress to degree, including the students' completion of other University requirements such as
the GECs, and uses the students' predictions of enrollment for their remaining quarters to check
that all requirements will be fulfilled upon graduation.
1.C. Transfer Students and Transfer Courses
The requirements and processes for accepting transfer students and assessing transfer credit
are summarized in this section. The State of Ohio articulation policy and the Ohio Board of
Regents College Level Examination Program description form the basis of the Ohio State
University practices for awarding transfer credits for the various mathematics, sciences and
general education curriculum courses that make up much of the required curriculum for the
freshman and sophomore years for the Welding Engineering degree.
1.C.1 Transfer Students
8
The acceptance of transfer students is a two step process. First the student is considered
for acceptance into the university, and then the student is considered for acceptance into the
individual program. The University acceptance procedure for transfer students is covered in
Transfer Application Packet 2011. The procedure for acceptance as a major in the Welding
Engineering Program is the same as discussed in 1.A of this document except that the 2.0 GPA is
based on only those freshmen core courses taken at Ohio State (not on core courses for which
transfer credit was awarded).
Potential transfer students apply to The Ohio State University via a Transfer Student
Application, which is first evaluated and verified in the University Admissions Office. Domestic
applicants with a 2.7 GPA on a 4.0 scale or better, in 45 non-technical, transferable quarter (30
semester) hours are admitted directly to the college as a pre-major in the engineering program of
their choice. Domestic applicants who do not meet these criteria, and all international applicants
applying to transfer in either from a U.S. or international institution, are referred to the program
in which they have indicated interest. The department's Undergraduate Studies Committee
makes an admission decision based on their evaluation of the student’s ability to function well in
the program.
1.C.2 Transfer Course Credit
The Office of Admissions also makes preliminary decisions of the department and
category of credit for all courses for which the student had received a grade of “C-” or better at
their previous school(s). Transfer credit could be assigned direct course equivalency by
Admissions, for example, assuming that a basic English Composition course at any accredited
school would be equivalent to Ohio State’s English 110. Most commonly the transfer credit
evaluator is able to determine this for basic humanities and social science courses. Transfer
credit may also be awarded as “General”, “Special” or “Technical”. Credit awarded in any of
these categories must be specifically evaluated by individual departments for potential
equivalency to OSU courses. A student who had, for example, “Math General 10 credit hours”
on their Transfer Credit Evaluation Form, would take course description bulletins, syllabi and/or
textbooks from the course(s) at their previous institution to the Transfer Evaluator (usually a
faculty member) in that Department and the Evaluator would indicate on a form the OSU
course(s) to which that credit is equivalent and send the form back to Admissions. Admissions
would verify signature and credit hour totals and then instruct the Registrar’s Office to include
the specific equivalencies as part of the student’s official record.
In some cases specific equivalencies are not possible. In such cases a department’s
evaluator may write a letter stating that the intent of the requirement has been fulfilled without
specific equivalency or that a large portion of material in the previous course covers a large
portion of material in the OSU course. Based on those support letters, a Department might
approve a Substitution Petition for that student for that course. After approval by the
Undergraduate Studies Committee, a Substitution Petition then goes to a College Committee for
final determination, and, if approved, becomes part of the student’s permanent record.
The Welding Engineering Program does not award transfer credit for welding
engineering lecture courses. Examination credit is sometimes awarded for OSU Welding
Engineering 350, and 351. Credit for these two laboratory courses may be awarded by
9
satisfactory completion of an examination as described in section 1.C.3 below. Transfer credit
for Welding Engineering lecture courses at the 300 level and above is normally not present in
courses from other institutions who offer welding-related curricula due to the need for calculus
as well as calculus-based physics and electrical circuits prerequisites.
1.C.3 Tests for Credit by Examination for WE350, WE350
Examination by credit for Weld Eng 350
Must pass 2 written tests SMAW, OAW 70% or better on each test. 15 questions, each
test is worth 15 points.
Must pass 2F T-Joint visual and break test with full penetration with one restart half way.
Any lack of fusion in 6” of weld fails. Visual consist of acceptable amount of porosity,
cracks, undercut, slag inclusions. Each visual part worth 5 points, total test work 25
points. 70% or better pass test.
Cutting test consists of ¼” plate, when cutting is finished plate must measure 5x5. Plate
will have 2 45 bevel, 2 straight cut, and a 1” hole in center of plate, each cut worth 5
points, making test worth 25 points, tolerance must be +/- 1/8” bevels within 2 degrees,
70% or better passes test.
Examination by credit For Weld 351
Must pass 2 written tests GMAW, GTAW 70% or better on each test. 15 questions, each
test is worth 15 points.
Must pass a 2F three pass T-Joint and single pass Lap Joint with the GMAW Process, the
test must pass visual. The visual consists of acceptable amount of porosity, cracks,
undercut, and slag inclusions, and equal legs. The test score shall be 70% or better to
pass. Any LACK OF FUSION will automatically fail. Example: rollover at the toe lines,
the weld is not properly fused into base material.
Must pass a 2F three pass T-Joint and single pass Lap Joint with the GTAW Process, the
test must pass visual. The visual consists of acceptable amount of porosity, cracks,
undercut, and slag inclusions, and equal legs. The test score shall be 70% or better to
pass. Any LACK OF FUSION will automatically fail. Example: rollover at the toe lines,
the weld is not properly fused into base material.
1.D. Advising and Career Guidance
Academic advising across all engineering programs is coordinated at the College level by
the Engineering Director of Academic Advising. Engineering 100, an introduction to the
University and engineering majors, is coordinated across all programs. Both pre-majors and
majors are advised. During orientation students are assigned an engineering advisor according
to the pre-major they choose and will have an academic advisor until they graduate. The
advising function in the Welding Engineering Program is performed both formally and
informally. Formal advising is performed by a member of the department administrative staff,
currently Ms. M. Daniels. Students who have yet to enter either category are advised as
undecided students in the College of Engineering, or by advisors within the Undergraduate
10
Student Academic Services office. Students meet with the advisor at the student’s discretion.
Only students in a probationary status are required to receive advisor approval prior to
registration.
The relatively small size of the Welding Engineering Program provides many
opportunities for students to become well acquainted with most of the faculty. Many students
receive informal advising from faculty on a variety of topics including academic programs and
requirements, graduate school, career paths and other areas of importance.
1.E. Work in Lieu of Courses
No credit is awarded for work in lieu of Welding Engineering lecture courses. WE pre-
major students that request such credit in lieu of the laboratory courses WE350 and WE351 are
given the opportunity to obtain examination by credit by completing an examination to
demonstrate knowledge and manual welding skills. This two-part exam is administered by the
WE350/WE351 laboratory instructor consists of a written portion covering recitation topics and
a manual welding demonstration. A written description of the examinations is appended to this
self-study report.
1.F. Graduation Requirements
In order to graduate and be awarded a Bachelor of Science in Welding Engineering
degree, an undergraduate student must pass every required course in the WE program
undergraduate curriculum. They must also have at least a 2.0 cumulative grade point average
(CGPA) and at least a 2.0 grade point average in Welding Engineering courses. The Department
Academic Advisor is responsible for verifying and certifying that the graduation requirements
have been met by each and every graduating student. These graduation requirements provide an
end point for the student’s path through the curriculum.
1.G. Transcripts of Recent Graduates
The program will provide transcripts from some of the most recent graduates to the
visiting team. The program is designated as WELD ENG in the transcripts.
CRITERION 2. PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
2.A. Mission Statement
The mission of welding engineering is to educate future materials joining engineers and
leaders, to improve materials joining by creating and disseminating scientific understanding
and new technologies and to support the materials joining community.
2.B Program Educational Objectives
The program educational objectives are listed below. These objectives are published on the
Ohio State University College of Engineering website at
http://engineering.osu.edu/academic/degreeprograms/WLD.php under the link “Major Sheet”.
1. Welding engineers will be able to utilize the fundamental principles of engineering
science and mathematics, and are aware of the underlying historic, social, ethical and
aesthetic aspects of engineering.
11
2. Welding engineers will have knowledge
of the fundamental theory of the process,
design, materials and testing aspects of
welding.
3. Welding engineers will be able to apply
their fundamental welding engineering
knowledge in an integrated fashion to
solve diverse practical problems in the
welding and joining field.
4. Welding engineers will be able to
communicate effectively in written, oral
and informal forms with a variety of
audiences.
5. Welding engineers will be able to work
effectively in independent and
collaborative aspects of their
professional activity in an organized and
productive fashion.
2.C Consistency of the Program Educational
Objectives with the Mission of the Institution
The vision of the Ohio State University is
defined in its Academic Plan, accessible at
http://www.osu.edu/academicplan/stage.php.
The stated purpose of the OSU is “To advance
the well-being of the people of Ohio and the
global community through the creation and
dissemination of knowledge.” Core values are:
A. Pursue knowledge for its own sake.
B. Ignite in our students a lifelong love of
learning.
C. Produce discoveries that make the world
a better place.
D. Celebrate and learn from our diversity.
E. Open the world to our students.
Comparison shows that the objectives of the
undergraduate WE program are aligned and
consistent with the Ohio State University
purpose and core values, although the latter are
somewhat larger in scope and aspiration.
2.D Program Constituencies
Welding Engineering identifies five
constituencies of the program that have a stake
in the achievement of the above objectives by
Table 2.D-1 Companies Hiring WE Majors 05 – 06
12
program graduates. The primary constituencies include: students that choose the program, the
industries that recruit and employ welding engineering graduates, and the alumni of welding
engineering that support the program. The Edison Welding Institute (EWI) is viewed as a
significant constituency due to their unique relationship with the program. Finally, graduate
schools in engineering are recognized as constituencies as they rely on graduates to seek higher
levels of education and/or life-long learning. The interests and role of these constituents are
summarized below.
2.D.1 Students
The students that choose our program, and their families, are in several ways the most
important constituency of the program. They are the constituency with which we have the most
direct contact. They are often the most vocal in praise and criticism. This constituency makes a
huge investment of time, financial resources, aspirations and faith in the university, the college,
and the program to provide an avenue to a viable, challenging and life-long career endeavor.
They deserve the best education that can be provided, and one that will assure them success
throughout their professional careers.
2.D.2 Industry
Welding Engineers graduating from Ohio State often enter some aspect of the welding
industry on graduation with a BS degree. Welding Engineering graduates can be employed in
various capacities by manufacturers or end users of every imaginable kind of engineered
structure, product, or process. This may be within the identifiable “welding industry”, or in the
multiplicity of companies large and small that rely on joining of materials for manufacture of
products ranging from routine (e.g., automotive mufflers, lawn mowers) to the highly critical
(e.g., jet aircraft engines, artificial pacemakers). The data for companies hiring WE graduates,
co-ops and summer interns in the 05-06 academic year is inserted in Table 2.D-1. Although this
is a snapshot, it provides an illustration of the range of industries with needs for Welding
Engineering graduates.
2.D.3 Welding Engineering Alumni
Welding Engineering alumni are a significant constituency of the program because of the
unique status of Ohio State welding engineering alumni in the U.S. welding industry, and their
responsible positions and influence in major companies in many industrial sectors. A substantial
number of new graduates each year are hired by WE alumni who head corporate or plant welding
groups and activities. Ohio State Welding Engineering has a dedicated and active group of
alumni, organized into The Ohio State University Welding Engineering Alumni Society. These
alumni express a considerable support in the Welding Engineering program, its continuation, and
its improvement.
2.D.4 Edison Welding Institute
The Ohio State University Welding Engineering program has a unique relationship with the
Edison Welding Institute (EWI). EWI is a non-profit corporate consulting, research and
13
development organization with over 200 corporate subscribers. Subscribers include major and
minor companies throughout the US, as well as many in Ohio. This includes companies like
General Electric, Caterpillar, General Motors and Ford. EWI owns the 130,000 square foot
Edison Joining Technology Center (EJTC), on land leased from Ohio State University at the
West Campus of the university. EWI occupies approximately 100,000 square feet, with
approximately 30,000 square feet leased to the university to house the Welding Engineering
program. EWI has a staff of approximately 60 engineers, the majority of whom are graduates of
Welding Engineering. EWI operates with an annual budget of up to $30M per year. EWI
supplies as much as $600,000 in research funds to Ohio State University. A number of
undergraduate welding engineering students work in part-time capacities for EWI throughout the
school year. Some students also intern full-time at EWI during summers. Cooperative research
with EWI also employs a number of graduate students who may work either in EWI or OSU
laboratories. Due to their partnership with Ohio State, their employment of more Ohio State
welding engineers than any other entity, and their strong ties with the welding industry
throughout the United States, they are regarded as an important constituency. Also, EWI
technicians are paid by the program to provide laboratory instruction for the introduction of
students to manual welding, and logistical support for welding laboratory maintenance.
2.D.5 Graduate Programs
Typically ten to twenty percent of BSWE graduates go directly into graduate school. Most of
those who continue seek an MS in Welding Engineering at Ohio State. They often continue due
to participation in the combined BS/MS for students that have demonstrated high academic
ability. The combined BS/MS program allows the attainment of an MS degree with one
additional year following the BS. BS/MS plan students are often employed by EWI as a part of
an EWI Graduate Fellowship program that involves participation in project and research work at
EWI. Students wanting to pursue graduate study often stay on at OSU. Graduates that go to
other universities typically choose an industrial engineering, mechanical engineering or materials
science-related program. As in many engineering disciplines, pursuing a graduate program at
Ohio State may not be attractive to most graduates compared to starting a career in industry with
lucrative industrial salaries. It is not unusual to find BS WE graduates in corporate research and
development positions because of their unique background in welding principles and
fundamentals. Graduates that continue their education later in their careers may choose MBA
programs rather than graduate programs in engineering as they progress into management
positions. As a result, graduate programs are currently not considered to be a major constituency
of the Welding Engineering program.
2.D.5 Relationship of Program Educational Objectives to Constituent Needs
The objectives listed in section 2.B imply knowledge in a mixture of fundamental and
applied subject areas that comprehensively meet the needs of the constituents. In particular,
2.B.1 and 2.B.2 both require knowledge of welding-related basic science and mechanics
concepts that prepare a student for graduate study while 2.B.3 explicitly calls out the applied
knowledge needed by industrial applications and welding development engineering. The
communications and teamwork topics addressed by objectives 2.B.4 and 2.B.5 and the basic
cultural literacy requirement in 2.B.1 are needed by all graduates.
14
2.E Process for Revision of the Program Educational Objectives
Consideration of the continuing suitability of the program objectives and outcomes is
carried out periodically in discussions held during the Program Assessment Board (PAB)
meetings. Input for this review of objectives comes from several sources. One source of input
has been the College of Engineering Alumni Survey. This survey asks second and sixth year
alumni to judge the suitability, usefulness and success of their learning education relative to the
program objectives after gaining the benefit of their employment experience. A source for
judging overall success of the program in the eyes of employers, with implications to program
objectives and outcomes, has been starting salary data for graduating seniors. Another source
of input has been the Welding Engineering Program Assessment Board members experiences
with capstone projects teams. The PAB is constituted primarily of industry sponsors of senior
capstone projects, so the board members experiences also informs the review of program
objectives in addition to attainment of them by that years’ students.
The current Program Educational Objectives were in place before the time of the last
program review completed in 2005. These program objectives and outcomes were first approved
by the IWSE Department Advisory Board in the Autumn of 1998. The objectives were
developed based on analysis of the existing program, and with the aid of Welding Engineering
representatives on the Department of Industrial, Welding and Systems Engineering Advisory
Board (with representation from both the Welding Engineering and Industrial and Systems
Engineering programs). Board members also assisted with the development of the Welding
Engineering program outcomes necessary for achievement of the program objectives. Original
objective and outcome development was based on elements of the existing program, career
experiences of board members, and on US Department of Labor information describing the
profession of welding engineering.
Program objectives in place at the time of the previous ABET program review (2005)
were re-affirmed in 2009 by the program assessment board meeting during that year.
2.E.1 College of Engineering Alumni Survey
The College of Engineering Alumni Survey has been conducted on a yearly basis since
1999 as a source of data on program objectives and outcomes. This survey has been distributed
to second and sixth year engineering graduates of all engineering programs. This survey has a
general component and a component specific to each degree program. The survey asks the
alumni to rate accomplishment of the program objectives based on their educational experience.
The responses give an indication of the perceived accomplishment of the objectives as a
component of assessment of program outcome assessment to be discussed regarding ABET
Criterion 3 in the next section.
2.E.2 Placement Data
Placement data for graduates with a BS degree in Welding Engineering is viewed as an
indicator of the success of the program in meeting the program educational objectives in that it
15
reflects the perception of employers as to the future contribution and impact that graduates can
make in the industry. Historically, Welding Engineering has experienced good demand for BS
degree graduates as reflected by numbers employed and starting salary offer comparisons with
other disciplines. Formal placement data supplied by OSU Engineering Career Services and
Employer Relations of the College of Engineering provides quantitative data concerning
placement (reporting is voluntary and therefore does not account for all graduates). This data
allows a trend over time to be studied, mainly with regard to any deterioration in demand for
graduates that might suggest the need for improvement of program objectives or outcomes for
the purpose of supplying a more qualified and respected graduate. It is necessary to keep in
mind that the salary data is self-reported which has potential implications for the
comprehensiveness and representativeness of the sampling set.
Table 2.E-1. Placement results for BSWE students (salaries based on data reported by graduating
students)
BS-Major 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009 2009-2010
Welding Engineering average $53,355 $55,569 $58,577 $61,087 $55,008
# students reporting 36 34 39 25 7
Career Employment Accepted 31 25 32 17 15
Further Education 7 2 3 2 5
Looking 5 6 3 3 5
Military Commitment 0 0 0 0 1
No Info 2 2 0 0 4Returned to Home Country 1
2.E.3 Program Assessment Board
The Program Assessment Board (PAB) is made up of representatives from companies
who sponsor capstone design projects and selected representatives from previously cited
constituencies. It has been charged with yearly assessment of the extent to which WE Program
Educational Objectives are being achieved, as well as to provide recommendations for
improvement of Program Objectives and Outcomes. They also give general feedback to the WE
faculty, via the WE Undergraduate Studies Committee, of their opinion of the program and
recommendations for improvement based on their capstone project interactions and other
experience with the program.
The PAB meets during the ninth or tenth week of classes of the Spring Quarter. This date
is chosen to correspond with the final presentation of Capstone Design projects by graduating
seniors, thus giving the board an opportunity to view presentations for assessment purposes.
Minutes from the 2009 and 2011 PAB meetings and the attendees are presented in Section 4
Continuous Improvement. Board members are introduced and provided an update on the
program since the last meeting. Materials provided to the board members consist of a list of
board members and affiliations, an overview of the program educational objectives and student
outcomes and results of the various assessment activities that have taken place, including alumni
survey and placement data. They attend final presentations of several Capstone Design projects.
They subsequently discuss the program among themselves and with faculty representatives to
provide feedback on the program objectives, outcomes and suggestions for improvement.
16
CRITERION 3. STUDENT OUTCOMES 3.A Student Outcomes
Graduates from the BSWE program must demonstrate the learning outcomes listed by ABET
as :
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
(g) an ability to communicate effectively
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a
global and societal context
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice.
In addition, three welding engineering-specific outcomes defined by the program are:
WELDENG (L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection
techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
WELDENG (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes,
design and inspection requirements
WELDENG (n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application
requirements
These learning outcomes were arrived at in discussions with the Program Assessment
Board and are contained in annual reports, which are maintained for open access by faculty and
students in a dedicated office area of EJTC. They were approved by the faculty in March 2009
and by that year’s PAB in June 2009.
3.B Relationship of Student Outcomes to Program Educational Objectives
Achievement of the learning outcomes prepares graduates to attain the program objectives.
To assist in describing the relationship between the outcomes and objectives, Table 3.B-1 below
groups the WE outcomes under the objectives that they support. Note that the ABET a)-k)
outcomes are fairly general so the same outcome supports more than one program objective in
some cases.
Table 3.B-1 Student Outcomes Relationship to Program Educational Objectives
17
Objective 1 - Welding engineers will be able to utilize the fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics, and are aware of the underlying historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering.
Outcomes. New graduates have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering,
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility,
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context,
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning,
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues.
Objective 2 - Welding engineers will have knowledge of the fundamental theory of the process, design, materials and testing aspects of welding.
Outcomes. New graduates have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering,
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems,
(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions.
Objective 3 – Welding engineers will be able to apply their fundamental welding engineering knowledge in an integrated fashion to solve diverse practical problems in the welding and joining field.
Outcomes. New graduates have:
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data,
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs,
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems,
(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions,
(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes, design and inspection requirements,
(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirement.
Objective 4 – Welding engineers will be able to communicate effectively in written, oral and informal forms with a variety of audiences.
Outcomes. New graduates have:
(g) an ability to communicate effectively,
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
Objective 5 Welding engineers will be able to work effectively in independent and collaborative aspects of their professional activity in an organized and productive fashion.
Outcomes. New graduates have:
(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams,
18
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems,
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
CRITERION 4. CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT
This section documents: a) the processes for regularly assessing and evaluating the
extent to which the program educational objectives and student outcomes are being attained, and
b) evaluation results that quantify the extent to which the program educational objectives and
student outcomes are being attained. It also describes how the results of these processes have
been utilized to effect continuous improvement of the program and provides examples of those
improvements.
The annual continuous improvement process used by the WE program is summarized in
the diagram below.
19
The assessment instruments used to gather data for the process are listed in each block and
the person(s) responsible for collecting the information are also shown. The approximate timing
of the collection of the various data is distributed throughout the academic year to correspond to
the time at which the information is available. The program assessment board meeting is
convened by the WE UGSC chair near the end of spring quarter. This meeting coincides with the
final project presentations by WE capstone teams since this board is comprised primarily of
capstone project sponsors.
4.A Program Educational Objectives Assessment
Table 4.A-1 lists the assessment processes used to gather data used to evaluate the program
educational objectives, the frequency of data collection, the expected level of attainment for each
objective. Also, the results of the evaluation processes and the extent to which each of the
program educational objectives is being attained are summarized. More discussion of the
assessments in this table is provided below.
Table 4.A-1 Program Educational Objective Assessment Processes and Evaluation
Assessment process Frequency Expected level of attainment Current Level of attainment
1. College alumni survey
biannual agreement (3/5) for all objectives attained Min: 3.86 Max: 5.00
2. PAB meetings biannual consensus attained
The results of the college alumni survey are maintained by the college and made available for
ABET report preparation purposes on a password-protected web server. The WE salary data
reported by graduating students is maintained by the college placement office and is made
available on a public website at https://career.eng.ohio-state.edu/statistics/salaries-current.php.
The PAB meeting minutes are recorded and maintained by the WE UGSC chair.
4.A-1 Program Educational Objectives Assessment Results
The Welding Engineering program evaluates its educational objectives through feedback
from the College of Engineering Alumni Survey of recent graduates and Program Assessment
Board. The college survey asks alumni to rate the degree to which the WE curriculum allowed
them to achieve stated program objectives within several years after graduation. The Program
Assessment Board is asked to comment on the suitability of the objectives for the undergraduate
curriculum.
The results of the College of Engineering alumni surveys for the years 2006, 2008, and
2009 are summarized in Tables 4.A.2-4 below. Note that the 2009 data was taken out-of-
sequence so as to be available for this ABET evaluation cycle.
Table 4.A-2 College of Engineering alumni surveys 2006 n=7 Don’t
Agree(1) Somewhat Agree (2)
Agree(3) Strongly Agree(4)
Very Strongly Agree(5)
Not Applicable
No Response
Numerical Average
You can utilize the fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics, and feel that you are aware of the
0.0% 0.0% 28.6% 57.1% 14.3% 0.0% 0.0% 3.86
20
underlying historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering.
You have adequate knowledge of the fundamental theory of the process, design, materials and testing aspects of welding.
0.0% 0.0% 14.3% 42.9% 42.9% 0.0% 0.0% 4.29
You are able to apply fundamental welding engineering knowledge in an integrated fashion to solve diverse practical problems in the welding and joining field.
0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 57.1% 28.6% 14.3% 0.0% 4.33
You are able to communicate effectively in written, oral and informal forms with a variety of audiences.
0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 42.9% 42.9% 14.3% 0.0% 4.50
You are able to work effectively in independent and collaborative aspects of your professional activity in an organized and productive fashion.
0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 42.9% 42.9% 14.3% 0.0% 4.50
Table 4.A-3 College of Engineering alumni surveys 2008 n=12 Don’t
Agree(1) Somewhat Agree (2)
Agree(3) Strongly Agree(4)
Very Strongly Agree(5)
Not Applicable
No Response
Numerical Average
You can utilize the fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics, and feel that you are aware of the underlying historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering.
0.0% 8.3% 16.7% 50.0% 25.0% 0.0% 0.0% 3.92
You have adequate knowledge of the fundamental theory of the process, design, materials and testing aspects of welding.
0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 75.0% 25.0% 0.0% 0.0% 4.25
You are able to apply fundamental welding engineering knowledge in an integrated fashion to solve diverse practical problems in the welding and joining field.
0.0% 0.0% 25.0% 41.7% 33.3% 0.0% 0.0% 4.08
You are able to communicate effectively in written, oral and informal forms with a variety of audiences.
0.0% 8.3% 0.0% 58.3% 33.3% 0.0% 0.0% 4.17
You are able to work 0.0% 0.0% 8.3% 33.3% 58.3% 0.0% 0.0% 4.50
21
effectively in independent and collaborative aspects of your professional activity in an organized and productive fashion.
Table 4.A-4 College of Engineering alumni surveys 2009 n=4 Don’t
Agree(1) Somewhat Agree (2)
Agree(3) Strongly Agree(4)
Very Strongly Agree(5)
Not Applicable
No Response
Numerical Average
You can utilize the fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics, and feel that you are aware of the underlying historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering.
0.0% 00.0% 25.0% 25.0% 50.0% 0.0% 0.0% 4.25
You have adequate knowledge of the fundamental theory of the process, design, materials and testing aspects of welding.
0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 25.0% 75.0% 0.0% 0.0% 4.75
You are able to apply fundamental welding engineering knowledge in an integrated fashion to solve diverse practical problems in the welding and joining field.
0.0% 0.0% 25.0% 0.0% 75.0% 0.0% 0.0% 4.50
You are able to communicate effectively in written, oral and informal forms with a variety of audiences.
0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.00
You are able to work effectively in independent and collaborative aspects of your professional activity in an organized and productive fashion.
0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.00
Generally, the results all indicated that the alumni either strongly or very strongly agree
(Likert levels 4 and 5) with the objectives listed in the table. The only statement that received a
rating less than 4 (3.89 in 2006 and 3.92 in 2008) corresponded to Objective 1” You can utilize
the fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics, and feel that you are aware
of the underlying historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering.”. However, this
objective improved a strong rating of 4.25 in 2009. No specific course or curriculum
modifications are implied by these results.
Program Assessment Board Meetings
The program advisory board meeting was not held in 2007 due to retirements of WE program
personnel. A meeting of the capstone sponsor representatives from AY 2008-2009 with minutes
as shown in Table 4.A-5.
Table 4.A-5 2009 OSU WE Program Capstone Program Assessment Board Meeting Minutes
22
• 5/28/09 10:45 – 12:00 Rm 102 • Attending: D Harwig (EWI), A Swary (Panasonic FA), D Molnar, M Topping (Siemens) • A program summary consisting of curriculum objectives, outcomes and assessment results for the
current year was presented for 1st the 45 min, after which the panel discussed curriculum topics
• The general idea of broadening the “inspection” component of WE to “Quality” was supported by several attendees.
• One attendee suggested the inclusion of waveform design and offline programming of robotic systems as useful skills
• One attendee said graduates do not have knowledge to select among the various commercially-available welding wire formulations for a given application (simple example: S1, S3, S6 steel wires: what affect does silicon have on the weld?)
• This lead to a general discussion of usefulness of“chemistry of welding” topic that was dropped from the curriculum when Prof Howden retired. In general, the attendees agreed that this could be topic for a replacement faculty recruited as part of the WE-MSE transition.
• Several attendees mentioned that in general, capstone presentations could be more “polished” to clearly state conclusions, etc.
• Several attendees mentioned the ISE student advisor as an asset and hoped that the alumni communications (e.g. about jobs opportunities) would continue after the WE-MSE transition
The most immediate actionable item from the discussion was a suggestion for improvement of
the capstone presentations. This was forwarded to the capstone instructor for the coming year,
Professor Lippold. The suggestion for power supply waveform design is considered for inclusion
in the WE500 course. The topic can be covered after the introduction to switching power supply
designs, time permitting. However, there are other higher priority subjects that are of interest to a
broader spectrum of welding engineering job functions that must be thoroughly covered. The
acquisition of off-line robot programming software is currently being discussed with Motoman
by Prof. Phillips in conjunction with the new robotic work-cell that was installed during AY
2010-11. Prof. Phillips currently has a full schedule of 9 lab exercises that have been developed
for instruction on this new system via WE656 - Robot Programming and Operations beginning in
Au2011. However, when the program transitions to a semester calendar beginning in Au2012,
there will be 14 instruction weeks, so the additional off-line programming topic can be feasibly
added.
A meeting of the program advisory board consisting of capstone sponsor representatives from
AY 2010-11 was held on June 3, 2011 with minutes as shown in Table 4.C-5. At the 2011 PAB
meeting, the representatives were asked to fill out questionnaires with ratings of the extent to
which the capstone members teams displayed capabilities and preparedness relating to the WE
student outcomes. This data is tabulated and discussed in Criterion 4 of this report.
Table 4.A-6 2011 OSU WE Program Capstone Program Assessment Board Meeting Minutes
• 6/03/2011 10:45 – 12:00 Rm 102 • Attending: Deere: A. Mortale, B. King; EPRI: S. McCracken; Cameron: D. Hannam; Babcock&Wilcox:
S. Slack; OSU: D. Farson, D. Phillips, B. Alexandrov • Slides were presented for 1st 30 min, after which the panel discussed curriculum topics and
suggestions for improving the curriculum and capstone course sequence. • The suggestion was made that the welding lab equipment should be expanded to include other
manufacturer’s equipment besides Lincoln Electric. D. Phillips briefly described the intent to incorporate a number of Miller systems in the weld booths and also mentioned the new Motoman robot system, which is equipped with a Miller GMA welding system.
• The WE informational YouTube video created by one of this year’s capstone teams was presented.
23
One of the board members suggested that some means be found to include the video in this year’s ABET report.
• A discussion of the current class sizes in WE (Sr: 22, Jr: 24) prompted a discussion of the role of scholarships in recruiting out-of-state students. It was mentioned that the availability of numerous WE UG scholarships helps to offset the increased out-of-state cost. D. Hannam suggested that perhaps the program and scholarships could be advertised more and that the new video could be distributed to high school advisors via DVD. It was mentioned that the current YouTube accessibility probably reaches a more extensive audience and is cost effective. A short and a longer version are both readily located by searching “Welding Engineering Ohio State University” on YouTube.
4.B Student Outcomes Assessment
Table 4.B.1 lists the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which the evaluation of
student outcomes is based. The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried
out, the expected level of attainment for each of the student outcomes and the extent to which
each of the student outcomes is being attained are summarized. More discussion of the
assessments in this table is provided below. Attainment level of 70% for coursework indicates
that at least 70% of students achieved scores of 70% (grade of C-) or better on the applicable
assessment instruments. The marginal assessment applies when the percentage of student scoring
C- or better falls below 70% but at least 70% are still attaining a passing grade (score of 60%,
grade of D) or better. The unacceptable assessment would apply when more than 30% of
students are achieving failing scores on applicable instruments (score less than 60%, grade of E)
Table 4.B-1 Student Outcomes Assessment Processes and Evaluation
Assessment process Frequency Expected level of attainment Current Level of attainment
1.Instructor-based coursework assessments
quarterly attainment = 70% for all assessments
see Table 4.C-5 for outcomes with marginal attainment
2. Senior class surveys bi-annual agreement (3/5) for all objectives attained
3. Capstone class surveys bi-annual agreement (3/5) for all objectives attained
3. WE placement data annual college average salary not attained (AY09-
10) WE:$52,210;
COE: $54,993
Table 4.B-2 lists the contribution of the required WE curriculum courses to the ABET and WE
program student outcomes. It is evident from the data that all of the outcomes have four or more
courses that contribute to their attainment with outcome j (knowledge of contemporary issues)
having the fewest and outcome a (ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and
engineering) having the most. Contemporary issues are predominantly addressed by the general
education curriculum courses which are not considered in this self-study.
24
Table 4.B-2 Degree of contribution of required courses to student outcomes 1= major, 2 = some,
3 = small.
The required course WE 489 Industrial Experience I is worthy of note with regards to
contribution to outcomes. The value of this course as an ABET requirement has been debated by
the faculty from time to time and there was serious consideration to removing it from the
required curriculum at the time of the last curriculum revision completed in AY2006-7. One
primary issue with this course is the variability of the summer jobs that the students are able to
obtain. The level of economic activity in the US and the suitability of the qualifications of the
students for the available jobs in any given year both impact the Industrial Experience outcomes.
The most persuasive argument for the course is feedback from numerous individual students
about the significant contribution that the course makes to their welding engineering education.
A summary of the student reports from the year 2010 is provided in Table 4.B-3 below. Also, to
accommodate the variability of work experiences inherent in this course, the format of the final
report is being changed to require that students identify at least 2 ABET+WE student outcomes
that their job related most to (and at which level 1,2 or 3) and further explain how the job
experience contributed to their attainment of these outcomes. With these modifications, we
believe that the contribution of the WE489 course to each student’s attainment of identified
learning outcomes will be more readily assessed.
Table 4.B-3 Summary of Student Feedback from Au 2010 WE 489 Course Reports
Students Organization Student Evaluation of Experience
1 OSU Very good (graduate student)
2 B&W Very Good (employed by company)
3 Swagelok Good
4 Panasonic Good
5 Lincoln Electric Good
6 Ford Very good
25
7 Dynamic Materials Good
8 Westinghouse Electric Fair
9 Curtis Wright Fair
10 Lincoln Electric Good
11 ESAB Very Good
12 John Deere Very Good (employed)
4.B-1 Instructor-Based Student Outcome Assessment Results
1.Instructor-based coursework assessments
The course assessment format and summaries are documented in each required course
portfolio that is maintained by instructors and is to evaluators. The instructor assessments of
attainment of student outcomes are linked to ABET outcomes 3.a-k and program outcomes l-n.
The degree attainment of each applicable outcome is assessed by the instructor according to the
scale A: acceptable; M: marginal; U: unacceptable. The course assessments reflect faculty
opinions about the understanding of the class materials relevant to applicable outcomes based on
homework, tests and other work. It serves and an indirect indicator regarding the sufficiency of
class materials and the appropriateness of prerequisites. Attainment level of 70% for coursework
indicates that at least 70% of students achieved scores of 70% (grade of C-) or better on the
applicable assessment instruments. The marginal assessment applies when the percentage of
student scoring C- or better falls below 70% but at least 70% are still attaining a grade of D or
better (score of 60% or better). An example of a coursework assessment spreadsheet it inserted
below in Table 4.B-4. In summary, instructor direct assessments in the course work evaluation
spreadsheets indicate attainment of applicable student outcomes with the exceptions and
comments as noted below in Table 4.B-5.These comments indicate the improvements being
made to improve the attainment of outcomes. In the case where the course content is small in an
area but the assessment instrument scores or student interactions provide insight into the
attainment of an objective, the contribution of the course to the outcome is listed as 3.
26
Table 4-B-4. Coursework assessment spreadsheet example (WE500/550) WE 500/550 Course Contributions to WE Program Outcomes and Assessment Reporting
ABET a-k + WE Program Component WE Core Assessment Elaboration/WE program Objective Course(s) 500/550 Result Recommendation/Outcome Credits 3+1 Qtr/Yr Action
Estimated Wi11Objective 1 - Welding engineers will be able to utilize the fundamental principles of engineering contribution 1-Major •Acceptable Refer to attachment
science and mathematics, and are aware of the underlying historic, social, ethical to PO: 2-Some Assessment •Marginal notes at bottom (e.g.and aesthetic aspects of engineering. 3-Small Method •Unacceptable 1,2,3,…)Outcomes. New graduates have:
a an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering, 1 1,2,3 A
f an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility,
h the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context,
i a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning, 2 1,2,3 A
j a knowledge of contemporary issues.
Objective 2 - Welding engineers will have knowledge of fundamental theory of the process, design, materials
and testing aspects of welding.
Outcomes. New graduates have:
a ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering, 1 1,2,3,4 A
e ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems, 1 1,2,3 A
L ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on conditions.
Objective 3 - Welding engineers will be able to apply their fundamental welding engineering knowledge in an
integrated fashion to solve diverse practical problems in the welding and joining field.
Outcomes. New graduates have:
b ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data, 1 4 A
c ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs, 1 1,2,3,4 A
e ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems, 1 1,2,3 AL an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on conditions, 1 1,2,3,4 A
m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes, design and inspection requirements, 1 1,2,3 A
n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirement.
Objective 4 - Welding engineers will be able to communicate effectively in written, oral and informal
forms with a variety of audiences.
Outcomes. New graduates have:
g an ability to communicate effectively, 3 1,2,3 M 1k an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice. 2 3 A
Objective 5 - Welding engineers will be able to work effectively in independent and collaborative
aspects of their professional activity in an organized and productive fashion.
Outcomes. New graduates have:
d an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams,
e an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems, 1 1,2,3,4 A
k an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice. 2 3 A
Level of
Implementation
Ongoing
Current
Outcome Assessment Method Details: Success Criteria Future
1
2 Midterm exam 70%3
4
Elaboration/ 1.) Increase emphasis on clarity of writing in grading, disscussion of class work
Recommendation/ 2.)
Actions 3.)
Final exam
Worksheets showing results of laboratory exercises, calculations
Homework
ongoing
ongoing
ongoing
ongoing
WE Curriculum
70%
70%
70%
27
Table 4.B-5 Summary of coursework assessments outcome attainments and comments where
marginal attainment was indicated (70% of students received grades better than D on applicable
coursework). Note that marginal attainment is lower than attainment which is defined as 70% of
students receiving a grade of C- or better.
Course Outcome / contribution*
Comment
MSE581.04 g/1 1.) Need improved approaches to developing and assessing writing skills
WE500/550 g/3 1.) Increase emphasis on clarity of writing in grading, discussion of class work
WE600 g/3 1.) Increase emphasis on clarity of writing in grading, discussion of class work
WE611/661 a/1 1.) Continue to emphasize the use of computational tools to provide quantitative understanding of metallurgical principles
2.) Incorporate the use of ICME (integrated computational materials engineering) tools for describing process-materials interactions in the semester class
g/3 1.) Continue to emphasize the use of good writing skills by sharing best practice
WE612 g/2 1.) Lab report quality varies greatly among students, but has improved over the past few years. A "template" approach seems to work best for improving quality
WE620 f/3 2.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and professional and ethical responsibilities
4.) This topic is discussed in more detail in other courses; will continue
to emphasize related aspects in lectures. j/3 2.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and professional
and ethical responsibilities L/1 4.) This topic is discussed in more detail in other courses; will continue
to emphasize related aspects in lectures. m/3 4.) This topic is discussed in more detail in other courses; will continue
to emphasize related aspects in lectures. WE621 f/3 2.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and
professional and ethical responsibilities 4.) This topic is discussed in more detail in other courses; will continue
to emphasize related aspects in lectures. h/3 2.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and
professional and ethical responsibilities 4.) This topic is discussed in more detail in other courses; will continue
to emphasize related aspects in lectures. j/3 2.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and
professional and ethical responsibilities
m/3 4.) This topic is discussed in more detail in other courses; will continue
to emphasize related aspects in lectures. WE641 b/2
f/2 1.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and professional
and ethical responsibilities
g/3 1.) Increase emphasis on clarity of writing in grading, discussion of class work
h/3 1.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and professional
and ethical responsibilities
28
i/2 2.) Continue to emphasize need for life long learning and and use of modern
engineering tools
j/2 1.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and professional
and ethical responsibilities
m/2
WE489 g/1 1.) Develop strategies to engage industries with Junior and Senior students using I/UCRC center to improve quality of available jobs
2) Require final reports to identify at least 2 outcomes their job contributed most to (and at which level 1,2 or 3) and explain how the job experience contributed to their attainment of these outcomes.
3) Assess student attainment of claimed outcomes based on the justification contained in their report.
*Degree of contribution: 1-major; 2-some; 3-small
4.B-2 Senior class and PAB surveys
The senior class surveys are completed by students midway through their last quarter and
thus represent student perspective of the effectiveness of the WE BS curriculum in facilitating
their attainment of the student outcomes. For compatibility, the outcomes used in all surveys
(shown below the results charts) were the ones in use during the 2006-2007 survey. As described
above in Section 3.A, the outcomes used for ABET accreditation were changed from the prior
extensive lists of WE-specific outcomes to the “standard” ABET 3.a)-3.k) outcomes,
supplemented by 3 additional WE-specific outcomes WE L) – WE n). The student outcomes
applicable to results shown below were drawn from the prior extensive list of WE-specific
outcomes. They either completely or significantly overlap with the currently used ABET 3.a)-k)
and WE-specific outcomes WE L) – WE n). This correspondence is shown in Section 4.B-2a
inset below. For future surveys, we plan to modify the senior student surveys to exactly
correspond to the outcomes currently in use by the program. For the student outcomes used in
the senior student surveys to date, the correspondence between the two sets of outcomes is
detailed in the Table 4.B-6 below.
Table 4.B-6 Relationship of senior student survey outcomes to currently-used student outcomes. The outcomes currently used in program accreditation (ABET 3.a)-k) + WE L)-n) overlap with the
outcomes used in senior class surveys, with the exception of ABET (h), (i). Attainment of these outcomes is documented by course-based assessments as summarized in Table 4.B-2 immediately above. In summary, the correspondence of current student outcomes to the ones used in survey results presented elsewhere in section 4.B are:
ABET (a) is divided into 4 detailed areas by survey outcomes ABET (b) is divided into 2 detailed areas by survey outcomes ABET (c) is divided into 2 detailed areas by survey outcomes. ABET (d) is divided into 2 detailed areas by survey outcomes. ABET (e) is equivalent to a survey outcome ABET (f) is partially covered by a survey outcome ABET (g) is partially covered by a survey outcome ABET (h),(i) are different from survey outcomes ABET (j) is equivalent to a survey outcome ABET (k) is partially covered by a survey outcome WE(L),(m), (n) are all equivalent to a survey outcome
In detail, the correspondence between the survey outcomes and the ABET 3.a)-k) and WE L)-n) outcomes are spelled out in the lists below. The bulleted survey outcomes are listed below the
29
3.a)-k) and WE L)-n) outcomes. (a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering
The basic operating theory of the various material joining processes including arc, resistance, solid state and high energy density
The foundations of welding design: heat flow, stress, structural analysis, and fitness for service
Materials principles and how material’s are influenced by joining processes
Operating principles and analysis methods for the various destructive and nondestructive techniques used to evaluate welds
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
Discover new patterns of welding phenomena or substantiate hypotheses
Maintain coherent written technical notes on details of engineering work in the laboratory and field (c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
The foundations of welding design: heat flow, stress, structural analysis, and fitness for service
Perform failure analysis on welding components for feedback to material selection, design and production processes
(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams
Interact with engineering personnel, management, customers and the like to exchange ideas and to offer information or receive technical advice on welding
Organize and present materials to technical peer groups, customers, plant personnel and management
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
Select, improve and develop processes, materials and designs that optimize welding fabrication and production in a safe manner
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
Select, improve and develop processes, materials and designs that optimize welding fabrication and production in a safe manner
(g) an ability to communicate effectively
Organize and present materials to technical peer groups, customers, plant personnel and management
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning (j) a knowledge of contemporary issues
Apply new developments in the welding field to solve current welding problems and improve production processes
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
Apply new developments in the welding field to solve current welding problems and improve production processes
In addition, three welding engineering-specific outcomes defined by the program are: WELDENG (L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques
based on application, fabrication and service conditions
Select, improve and develop processes, materials and designs that optimize welding fabrication and production in a safe manner
WELDENG (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes, design and
inspection requirements
Establish welding procedures to guide production and welding personnel relative to specifications,
30
materials, processes, design and testing WELDENG (n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
The foundations of welding design: heat flow, stress, structural analysis, and fitness for service
The student responses are listed in Tables 4.B-7 and 4.B-8 below. The PAB from the year
2011 was also surveyed for the same outcomes for comparison of student perceptions to industry
personnel who are familiar with student capabilities from capstone project interactions. The
Likert scale used in all of Tables 4.B-6, 4.B-7,4.B-8 and 4.B-9 was: not prepared=1; somewhat
prepared=2; prepared=3; well prepared=4; very well prepared=5.
Overall, survey results shown in Table 4.B-7 below indicate that WE undergraduates felt
prepared or better (i.e. well-prepared or very well-prepared) in all aspects (processes, design,
materials and NDE) of welding engineering. The processes topic (outcome 1.,average 4.45)
received the highest rating and the NDE topic (outcome 4, average 3.9) received the lowest with
materials (outcome 2.) and design (outcome 3.) receiving intermediate ratings. This NDE rating
stands in counter-point to the 2011 PAB ratings (Tables 4.B-8), which gave the highest rating
(4.75/5) to the expertise of the students in the NDE technique-related outcome 4. The PAB rated
the students well-prepared in all other outcomes 1.,2., and 3. In any case, the students have the
smallest number of course hours (4 hrs) in the NDE topic 4. compared to the other areas, while
the subject matter is technically complex (particularly acoustics), so the student rating is perhaps
not surprising.
Table 4.B-7 Summary Welding Engineering-Specific Expertise Ratings from Senior Student
Surveys in 2007, 2009 and 2011.
31
Table 4.B-8 Summary Welding Engineering-Specific Expertise Ratings from a PAB survey in
2011.
1. The basic operating theory of the various material joining processes including arc,
resistance, solid state and high energy density
2. The foundations of welding design: heat flow, stress, structural analysis, and fitness for
service
3. Materials principles and how materials are influenced by joining processes
4. Operating principles and analysis methods for the various destructive and nondestructive
techniques used to evaluate welds
The senior student ratings of capability in weld engineering-specific student outcomes shown in
Table 4.B-9 indicates that students believe they are capable or better in all of the listed
capabilities. The lowest ranked capability 3 speaks to the ability to carry out basic research
related to welding engineering. The student perception that they are not as well prepared in this
research function as some of the other listed capabilities which are more relevant to welding
engineering applications is likely accurate. The PAB rankings of student capabilities in Table
4.B-10 are in general correspondence with the student ratings.
Table 4.B-9 Summary Welding Engineering-Specific Expertise Ratings from Senior Student
Surveys in 2007, 2009 and 2011.
32
Table 4.B-10 Summary Welding Engineering-Specific Expertise Ratings from a PAB survey in
2011.
1. Establish welding procedures to guide production and welding personnel relative to
specifications, materials, processes, design and testing
2. Select, improve and develop processes, materials and designs that optimize welding
fabrication and production in a safe manner
3. Discover new patterns of welding phenomena or substantiate hypotheses
4. Apply new developments in the welding field to solve current welding problems and
improve production processes
5. Perform failure analysis on welding components for feedback to material selection,
design and production processes
6. Interact with engineering personnel, management, customers and the like to exchange
ideas and to offer information or receive technical advice on welding matters
7. Organize and present materials to technical peer groups, customers, plant personnel and
management
8. Maintain coherent written technical notes on details of engineering work in the
laboratory and field
4.C Capstone Course Assessments
In the WE program, the capstone course sequence is based on industry-suggested topics
and the student activities are all organized around projects that address these topics. Based on a
topic self-selected from a pool of possible choices, the teams write a proposal to the industry
sponsor who suggested that topic, execute the project tasks and create various written and oral
reports on the project status and results. Because of this concentration on execution of projects
on industry-suggested topics that are likely to be similar to welding engineering tasks that BS
graduates might face in their career, there is additional focus on collecting data that quantifies
how well students are able to apply WE skills to successfully complete capstone projects.
For compatibility with past capstone student surveys, the outcomes used in all capstone
student surveys (shown below the results charts) were the same as ones in use during the 2006-
2007 survey. As described above in Section 3.A, the outcomes used for ABET accreditation
were changed from the prior extensive lists of WE-specific outcomes to the “standard” ABET
3.a)-3.k) outcomes, supplemented by 3 additional WE-specific outcomes WE L) – WE n). The
student outcomes with results shown below were drawn from the prior extensive list of WE-
specific outcomes. They either completely or significantly overlap with the currently used ABET
33
3.a)-k) and WE-specific outcomes WE L) – WE n). This correspondence is shown in Table 4.C-1
inset below.
Table 4.C-1 Relationship of capstone student survey outcomes to currently-used student outcomes.
The outcomes currently used in program accreditation (ABET 3.a)-k) + WE L)-n) overlap with
the outcomes used in senior class surveys, with the exception of ABET (h), (i). Attainment of
these outcomes are documented by course-based assessments completed at other points in the
program. In summary, the correspondence of current student outcomes to the ones used in survey
results presented elsewhere in section 4.B are:
ABET (a) is equivalent to 1 survey outcome
ABET (b) is equivalent to 1 survey outcome
ABET (c) is divided into detailed areas by 2 survey outcomes.
ABET (d) is divided into detailed areas by 2 survey outcomes.
ABET (e) is divided into detailed areas by 3 survey outcomes
ABET (f) is partially covered by a survey outcome
ABET (g) is divided into detailed areas by 9 survey outcomes
ABET (h),(i), (j) are different from survey outcomes
ABET (k) is divided into detailed areas by 4 survey outcomes
WE (L) is divided into detailed areas by 2 survey outcomes
WE (m), (n) are different from survey outcomes
In detail, the correspondence between the survey outcomes and the ABET 3.a)-k) and WE L)-n)
outcomes are listed below.
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering
• Apply fundamental principles of science to analysis of physical phenomena
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
• Maintain coherent written technical notes on details of engineering work in the
laboratory and field
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
• Develop a technical proposal in a team environment to address an engineering problem
or to develop new technology for a specific application
• Develop a project work scope that is consistent with the needs of the sponsor and within
the time and resource bounds available
(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams
• Engage in teamwork on both formal and informal bases
• Work effectively in a team environment to accomplish the proposed work
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
• Develop a technical proposal in a team environment to address an engineering problem
or to develop new technology for a specific application
• Develop a project work scope that is consistent with the needs of the sponsor and within
the time and resource bounds available
• Use available technical information and experience to solve an engineering problem
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
(g) an ability to communicate effectively
• Produce effective formal written reports in different formats such as letters, memos,
progress
• Organize and present materials to technical peer groups, customers, plant personnel,
management
• Use various electronic and computer aids to productively prepare written and oral
34
communications
• Interact with other engineering personnel, management, customers, and others to
exchange ideas, information
• Communicate effectively with project sponsors, mentors, and course coordinator
• Communicate issues and problems associated with the project
• Report on project results in interim and final reports using both written and oral
communication methods
• Organize accurate, cogent, and appealing technical information in written and oral form
• Use a poster format to successfully communicate the motivation, objectives, and results
of a project
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global
and societal context
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice.
• Apply new developments in the welding field to solve current welding problems
• Use various electronic and computer aids to productively prepare written and oral
communications
• Manage workloads and plan work activities such as to meet schedules and deadlines
• Perform a cost analysis for the work proposed based on standard cost guidelines
WELDENG (L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection
techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
• Develop a technical proposal in a team environment to address an engineering problem
or to develop new technology for a specific application
• Develop a project work scope that is consistent with the needs of the sponsor and within
the time and resource bounds available
WELDENG (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes,
design and inspection requirements
WELDENG (n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application
requirements
Table 4.C-2 below shows that students rated the capabilities based on their capstone experience
in the range of 4 and above with the 2010-11 ratings being marginally but consistently higher
than the 2008-09 ratings. Note that the Likert scale used in Tables 4.B-8 and 4.B-9 was: not
prepared=1; somewhat prepared=2; prepared=3; well prepared=4; very well prepared=5. Thus
the minimum rating of 4 indicates that students felt very well prepared to perform all of the
indicated functions based on capstone course activities.
35
Table 4.C-2 Summary of Welding Engineering-Specific Capability Ratings from a senior student
surveys in 2009 and 2011.
1. Apply fundamental principles of science to analysis of physical phenomena
2. Apply new developments in the welding field to solve current welding problems
3. Maintain coherent written technical notes on details of engineering work in the laboratory
and field 4. Produce effective formal written reports in different formats such as letters, memos,
progress 5. Organize and present materials to technical peer groups, customers, plant personnel,
management 6. Use various electronic and computer aids to productively prepare written and oral
communications 7. Engage in teamwork on both formal and informal bases
8. Manage workloads and plan work activities such as to meet schedules and deadlines
9. Interact with other engineering personnel, management, customers, and others to exchange
ideas, information
Table 4.C-3 also shows that students generally rated their capability to successfully complete
their capstone course project in the range of 4 and above by. Note that the weighting of the rating
scale for these questions was based on agreement with the stated capability: NA: not agree=1;
SA: somewhat agree=2; A: agree=3; VA: very much agree=4; EA: extremely agree=5. Thus a
rating of 4 indicates that students very much agree that they have improved their skill in the
pertinent ability based on capstone course activities.
The lowest-ranked aspects of capstone courses were related to cost-analysis (3.8; item 4 below)
teamwork (3.8; items 6 ) and communications (3.7; item 7). However, even the lowest rankings
indicate that students “agree” to “very much agree” that the capstone course provided the
indicated capability.
36
Table 4.C-3 Summary of Welding Engineering-Specific Capability Ratings from a senior student
surveys in 2009 and 2011.
1. Communicate effectively with project sponsors, mentors, and course coordinator
2. Develop a technical proposal in a team environment to address an engineering problem or
to develop new technology for a specific application 3. Develop a project work scope that is consistent with the needs of the sponsor and within
the time and resource bounds available 4. Perform a cost analysis for the work proposed based on standard cost guidelines
5. Use available technical information and experience to solve an engineering problem
6. Work effectively in a team environment to accomplish the proposed work
7. Communicate issues and problems associated with the project
8. Report on project results in interim and final reports using both written and oral
communication methods 9. Organize accurate, cogent, and appealing technical information in written and oral form
10. Use a poster format to successfully communicate the motivation, objectives, and results of
a project
4.D WE BS curriculum revision
The Welding Engineering undergraduate curriculum was revised in 2007, 2 years after
the most recent ABET review, in order to:
1.) Strengthen the curriculum in some areas that were recommended by the ABET
continuous improvement process;
2.) Capitalize on closer association with the Industrial and Systems Engineering Program
since department consolidations in 1995;
3.) Make use of flexibility provided in the selection of core engineering courses due to
the change to the engineering core requirements in 1999;
4.) Formalize some changes that have been necessitated by curriculum revisions in
supporting programs; and
5.) Address an issue relative to the retirement of one faculty member and the resulting
loss of a faculty slot.
37
6.) Add the one additional hour of GEC credit for each of Social Sciences and Arts &
Humanities, and include GEC Ethics course requirement, as per college GEC
requirement changes.
A comparison of the new and old curriculums is presented below in Tables 4.C-1
Table 4.C-1 Comparison of Current and Proposed New WE Curriculum
Year 1 – New in bold type; parentheses – (old program)
Quarter
Course
(Department, Number, Title)
Course
Credits
Total
Credits
AU
Eng 100 or UVC 100 Survey1 (1)
Math 151 Calculus and Analytical
Geometry
5
Chem 121 General Chemistry 5
Eng 181 Introduction to Engineering I 3
Total Quarter Credits 14(13)
WI
Math 152 Calculus and Analytical
Geometry
5
Chem 125 Chemistry for Engineers 4
Engr 183 Introduction to Engineering II 3
Physics 131 Introductory Physics 5
Total Quarter Credits 17(22)
SP
Math 153 Calculus and Analytical
Geometry
5
Physics 132 Introductory Physics 5
English 100.xx 1st Yr. English Comp.
5
En Graph 167 Engineering Problem Solving 4
Total Quarter Credits 19(14)
Total First Year Credits 50(49) *Note: Clerical change of number for Eng 182 to Eng 183.
Year 2– New in bold type; parentheses – removed from old program.
Quarter Course
(Department, Number, Title)
Course
Credits
Total
Credits
AU
Math 254.0x Calculus and Analytical
Geometry
5
Phys 133 Particles and Motion 5
MSE 205 Intro to Mater Sci Engineering 3
GEC 5
Total Quarter Credits 18(18)
WI
WE 300 Survey of Welding 3
WE 350 Intro to Welding Lab I 1
Math 255.0x Diff. Eq. 5
MSE 410 Statics 4
GEC 5
38
Total Quarter Credits 18(12)
SP
ME 420 Strength of Materials 4
ISE 350 Manufacturing Engineering 3
WE 351 Intro to Welding Lab II 1
ECE 309 Electrical Circuits Lab 1
ECE 300 Electrical Circuits 3
(WE 400 Chemistry of Welding) (3)
Total Quarter Credits 12(12)
Total Second Year Credits 48(42)
Year 3 – New in bold type; parentheses – removed from old program.
Quarter Course
(Department, Number, Title)
Course
Credits
Total
Credits
AU
WE 500 Physical Principles in Welding
Eng.
3
WE 550 Physical Principles in Weld. Eng.
Lab
1
MSE 401 Materials Thermodynamics 4
WE 620 Eng. Analysis for Design and
Simulation
4(5)
Total Quarter Credits 12(18)
WI
(MSE 542.01 Materials Structure II) (3)
(MSE 542.02 Materials Structure
Laboratory)
(2)
MSE 525 Phase Diagrams 3
MSE 581.04 MSE Laboratory for WE’s 2
WE 600 Physical Principles in Weld. Eng. II 3
WE 621 Welding Engineering Design 4
Total Quarter Credits 12(17)
SP
WE 610 Introduction to Welding Metallurgy 3
WE 601 Welding Applications 3
WE 651 Welding Applications Laboratory 1
MSE 543 Structural Transformations 3
WE 631 Nondestructive Evaluation 4
Welding Engineering 641 3
Total Quarter Credits 17(17)
Total Third Year Credits 51(52)
Year 4 – New in bold type; parentheses – removed from old program
Quarter Course
(Department, Number, Title)
Course
Credits
Total
Credits
AU
WE 611 Welding Metallurgy I 3
WE 661 Welding Metallurgy Laboratory 1
WE 489 Industrial Experience 1
WE 690 Capstone Welding Design I 1
ISE 410 Industrial Quality Control 4
GEC or Technical Elective 5
39
(WE 640 Welding Production) (3)
Total Quarter Credits 15(19)
WI
WE 612 Welding Metallurgy II 3
WE 662 Welding Metallurgy Lab 1
WE 691 Capstone Welding Design II 2
ISE 504 Engineering Economics Analysis 3
GEC or Technical Elective 5
Total Quarter Credits 14(17)
SP
WE 692 Capstone Welding Design III 1
GEC or Technical Elective 5(4)
GEC or Technical Elective 5(4)
Total Quarter Credits 11(16)
Total Fourth Year Credits 40(52)
Total Credits in Program 197 197(195)
There was no change to the total hours of the Welding Engineering Program other than
the addition of two credit hours of GEC to raise the total program hours from 195 to 197. Two
required Welding Engineering courses were eliminated – WE 400(3) Chemistry of Welding in
the sophomore year and WE 640(3) Welding Production in the senior year. A situation with
teaching the WE 400 course has arisen due to a faculty retirement. Recommendations from
critical review from the faculty, program assessment board and students have revealed that this
course is outdated, has not been of great value, and it was no longer actively taught after the
retirement of Professor Howden. It was determined that the WE 640 course could be replaced by
content contributed by ISE courses that were adopted into the curriculum. In particular, ISE
350(3) Manufacturing Engineering, ISE 504(3) Engineering Economics Analysis and ISE 410(4)
Industrial Quality Control were integrated into the WE program. The ISE courses strengthened
the program in the overall manufacturing and business area as has been recommended by the
ABET assessment processes. Credit hour wise, the ISE 350(3) and 504(3) credit hours replaced
the WE 400(3) and 640(3) credit hours. The ISE 406(4) was adopted as a Selected Engineering
Core – Math and Statistics elective for Welding Engineering.
Within the WE curriculum, the heavily subscribed WE 641(3) Welding Codes,
Specifications and Standards was changed from a WE technical elective status to a required
status. This was also the result of constituency recommendation via the Program Assessment
Board within the ABET improvement process. These hours were accommodated by change of
the technical elective total elective credit hours from 21 to 15.
Two additional WE curriculum changes were required due to changes in supporting
programs. In the case of the Introduction to Engineering courses, the Engineering 182
requirement was changed to the new Engineering 183 number for consistency. Also, MSE
revised their curriculum the time of this WE revision. In consultation with MSE, WE adopted
the new MSE 525(3), 581.04(2) and 543(3) as required courses in place of the previous MSE
541(3), 542(3) and 542.02(2) courses.
4.E Program Educational Objectives Revision
The 2005 ABET review of the program was completed with student outcomes in use up
to that time. The assessment of student attainment of the outcomes and ABET reporting was
hindered by the fact that the outcomes were not the same of the ABET Criterion 3 a)-k)
outcomes, necessitating a cumbersome numerical mapping between the program outcomes and
40
the ABET outcomes. Comparison of the prior welding engineering learning outcomes to the
ABET (a-k) outcomes showed that the ABET outcomes were the same as the welding program
student outcomes. The ABET outcomes were more general in nature while the welding outcomes
were quite similar but written to be more specific to welding engineering. Given this fact, a
decision was made to transition the WE program assessment to the ABET Criterion 3 outcomes,
supplemented with three additional outcomes which specifically speak to welding engineering
expertise. This transition was done after the 2006-2007 academic year. The current set of (a-n)
outcomes thus covers the same learning aspects while being far fewer in number (14 outcomes
vs. 21 prior outcomes) and more consistent with the ABET evaluation process. To summarize
this revision, Table 4.C-2 compares the prior learning outcomes to the ABET a)-k),
supplemented with 3 additional WE l)-m) outcomes. Inspection of Table 4.C-2 shows that the
revised outcomes, though fewer in number, are more general and thus cover the same topics as
the prior outcomes.
Table 4.E-1 Prior WE program outcomes compared to revised ABET a)-k) + WE l)-m) outcomes
Objective 1 - Welding engineers will be able to utilize the fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics, and are aware of the underlying historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering.
Prior Outcomes. New graduates can:
A) Formulate and solve problems using advanced mathematical analysis.
B) Apply the fundamental principles of science to the understanding of physical phenomena.
C) Appreciate the social and historic context of technology in modern civilization.
D) Recognize ethical issues in private and professional life.
E) Pursue lifelong learning, advanced degree programs and professional licensing.
New Outcomes. New graduates have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering,
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility,
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context,
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning,
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues.
Objective 2 - Welding engineers will have knowledge of the fundamental theory of the process, design, materials and testing aspects of welding.
Prior Outcomes. New graduates can:
A) Describe the fundamental operating theory of the various materials joining processes.
B) Apply the fundamentals of heat flow, and structural analysis to weld design problems.
C) Apply fundamental materials science principles to the analysis of welded structures.
D) Describe the fundamental principles and analysis methods for the various destructive and nondestructive techniques used to evaluate welds.
New Outcomes. New graduates have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering,
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems,
(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions.
41
Objective 3 – Welding engineers will be able to apply their fundamental welding engineering knowledge in an integrated fashion to solve diverse practical problems in the welding and joining field.
Prior Outcomes. New graduates can:
A) Develop welding procedures to guide production and welding personnel relative to specifications, materials, processes, design, testing and code compliance.
B) Select processes, materials and designs based on fabrication and service conditions.
C) Evaluate new developments in the welding field to solve welding problems and improve production processes.
D) Assist in failure analyses of welded components for feedback to material selection, design and production engineering.
E) Recognize a safe and productive work environment for welding operations.
New Outcomes. New graduates have:
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data,
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs,
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems,
(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions,
(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes, design and inspection requirements,
(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirement.
Objective 4 – Welding engineers will be able to communicate effectively in written, oral and informal forms with a variety of audiences.
Prior Outcomes. New graduates can:
A) Maintain coherent written technical notes on engineering work.
B) Produce effective written and oral technical reports.
C) Use various electronic and computer aids in written and oral communications.
D) Communicate formally and informally with engineering personnel, technicians, production personnel, management, customers, and the like to exchange ideas and information or to offer or receive technical advice.
New Outcomes. New graduates have:
(g) an ability to communicate effectively,
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
Objective 5 Welding engineers will be able to work effectively in independent and collaborative aspects of their professional activity in an organized and productive fashion.
Prior Outcomes. New graduates can:
A) Work independently with limited direction and supervision.
B) Engage in teamwork on both formal and informal bases.
C) Manage work loads and plan work activities such as to meet schedules and deadlines.
New Outcomes. New graduates have:
(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams,
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems,
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
42
3 WE placement data
Placement data for the years since the last ABET program review are displayed in Table
2.B-4. Historically, WE graduates have been awarded salaries that are at or above the college of
engineering average and this trend was generally maintained during the current ABET reporting
cycle, with the exception of AY09-10 and AY10-11. During those years, there was a dramatic
decrease in rate at which students reported salaries and a decline in the reported salaries, which
averaged about $3000 or 5.2% below the college average. The reasons for these declines are not
known and are currently being investigated. Students from the latest two time periods were
recently contacted in May 2011 and requested to report their starting salaries, although no
additional data has been reported. Currently, strategies for obtaining increased reporting rate of
salaries by students are being considered
Table 4.B-5 WE and College of Engineering average starting salaries by year Academic
Year
Number
graduates
reporting
Average WE
Starting Salary
College Average
Starting Salary
Su10-Sp11 8 $52,210 $58,263
Su09-Sp10 7 $55,486 $56,880
Su08-Sp09 25 $59,857 $56,375
Su07-Sp08 49 $57,583 $55,545
Su06-Sp07 24 $53,566 $53,535
Su05-Sp06 36 $52,386 $51,051
43
CRITERION 5. CURRICULUM
5.A Program Curriculum
Table 5-1 describes the plan of study for students in the WE program including a
recommended schedule by year and term along with average section enrollments for all courses
in the program. Note that this table applies to the current quarter-based curriculum for the two
years preceding the current visit. Beginning in autumn 2012, The Ohio State University will
transition to a semester-based academic calendar. The semester-based WE curriculum is
described in Appendix E to this report, which contains semester versions of Table 5.A-1, 5.A-3
and Table 5.1.
5.A.2 Relation of Curriculum to Program Educational Objectives
The WE curriculum aligns with the program educational objectives listed in section 2.B and
supports attainment of the student outcomes. The relationship of the curriculum to each objective
is summarized below.
Objective 1 – Welding engineers will be able to utilize the fundamental principles of engineering
science and mathematics, and are aware of the underlying historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering.
The fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics are addressed most
heavily in the freshman year of the curriculum. Five courses in mathematics, 3 in physics, 2 in
chemistry, 2 in engineering mechanics, 2 in electrical engineering and 1 in materials science are
all contribute heavily to fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics. These
fundamentals serve as the foundation on which the subsequent lecture and laboratory courses
build to create increased depth of understanding that is required to utilize these fundamental
principles. Awareness of historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering is
promoted by completion of the 35-credit general education curriculum, including courses in
historical studies, arts and humanities, social science, ethics and social diversity. The rich
cultural and artistic environment at a comprehensive university such as OSU also contributes to
awareness and appreciation of historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering. Objective 2 – Welding engineers will have knowledge of the fundamental theory of the process,
design, materials and testing aspects of welding.
Most of the required welding engineering lecture courses contribute extensively to
providing the knowledge specified in Objective 2. The 4 areas: processes, design, materials and
testing have long been considered to form the basis of welding engineering. The WE-specific
curriculum begins WE300 which surveys and introduces these four topics. The other required
courses contribute further depth into these areas, either individually or in combinations.
Objective 3 – Welding engineers will be able to apply their fundamental welding engineering
knowledge in an integrated fashion to solve diverse practical problems in the welding and joining field.
The 3-course senior capstone design sequence required in the curriculum contributes
heavily to practice in application of fundamental knowledge to solve industry problems. The
44
philosophy of the WE capstone is to undertake projects which address problems contributed by
industrial sponsors. The student teams formulate proposals, undertake work to generate
necessary data or information and create reports and presentations as part of these projects. The
summer internship required by the program is also directed at providing students with real-world
experience in a welding or materials joining functions.
Objective 4 – Welding engineers will be able to communicate effectively in written, oral and
informal forms with a variety of audiences.
The WE curriculum requires learning of effective communications skills at a number of
points. This begins with 10 hrs of required courses work in the GEC, continues with technical
report writing in MSE581.04 (a course which was created to replace and improve on an earlier
English department course in technical writing). Communication instruction culminates in the
final quarter of the capstone sequence, which requires a written proposal and progress and final
reports, oral progress and final presentations and a poster presentation. The policy of the program
is to enter all final project reports in the James F Lincoln Foundation Welding Awards Contest
and all final project posters to the Poster Competition held at the American Welding Society
convention. The reports and posters have historically been quite successful in these competitions
since the inception of this requirement in the previous ABET review cycle.
Objective 5 – Welding engineers will be able to work effectively in independent and collaborative
aspects of their professional activity in an organized and productive fashion.
Most of the university curriculum emphasizes independent work by its nature.
Collaborative work is required in most of the laboratory courses in the curriculum, in part
because of the necessity of sharing experimental equipment. Because of this limitation,
completion of laboratory exercises is customarily done by teams of 2 or three students. This is
the case in WE550, WE651, WE661, WE662 and the lab portion of WE631. The lab work in
WE350 and WE351 is done individually since the objective of these courses is development of
individual welding skills. Also, all capstone projects are completed by 3 student teams.
5.A.3 Relation of Curriculum to Student Outcomes
The ways in which the curriculum and its associated prerequisite structure support the
attainment of each of the student outcomes listed in Section 3.A are detailed below. Table 4.B-2
(repeated as Table 5.A-1 below) lists the contribution of the required WE curriculum courses to
the ABET and WE program student outcomes. It is evident from the data that all of the
outcomes have four or more courses that contribute to their attainment with outcome j
(knowledge of contemporary issues) having the fewest and outcome a (ability to apply
knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering) having the most.
45
Table 5.A-1 Degree of contribution of required courses to student outcomes 1= major, 2 = some,
3 = small
.
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering
This student outcome is highly related to the first half of Program Educational Objective 1.
Much of the freshman curriculum (including 5 courses in mathematics, 3 in physics, 2 in
chemistry, 1 in thermodynamics, 2 in engineering mechanics, 2 in electrical engineering and
1 in materials science) are all contribute heavily to understanding of fundamental principles
of engineering science and mathematics. The welding engineering curriculum deals with
application of this fundamental knowledge to understanding of the processes, materials,
design and testing aspects of welding. The capstone sequence and the summer internship
requirements are directed specifically at application of this knowledge.
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
Much of the engineering curriculum is aimed at providing the understanding of various
physical phenomena and systems required by this outcome. Lab classes are based on
conducting and reporting experiments. The capstone projects are predominantly experimental
and are judged to provide major support to this outcome. Also, the statistical design of
experiments, analysis of data and evaluation of processes is specifically addressed in ISE410
Industrial Quality Control.
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
The welding process classes (WE500, WE550, WE600, WE601, WE651) support welding
process and system design. The welding metallurgy course and lab (WE611/661) makes
major contributions to welding component and process design. The welding design courses
(WE620, WE621) contribute strongly to component and process design. The industry
problems addressed by capstone projects in WE690-1-2 address welding problems that fall
46
into these categories, considering welding metallurgy issues to divide into component and/or
process design.
(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams
Major contributions to teamwork are made by laboratory classes ISE350 and the internship
class which requires a position in a welding-related organization. The laboratory classes all
involve some degree of teamwork since exercises are generally completed the by student lab
teams on shared equipment.
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
Much of the engineering curriculum is aimed at providing the understanding of various
physical phenomena and systems required by this outcome. The engineering capstone design
courses WE690-1-2 provide experience directly targeted to this outcome.
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
A major contribution to this outcome is made by the GEC requirement for 5 credit hours in
the ethics category. This requirement is not summarized in the above table since there are a
number of GEC courses which can be used to satisfy the requirement. Discussions in 6
welding engineering engineering classes are judged to make some or minor contributions to
this outcome.
(g) an ability to communicate effectively
The laboratory class MSE581.04 concentrates intensively on report writing. Written reports
are also required by WE489, WE601,WE651, WE661, and all 3 capstone sequence courses.
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global
and societal context
The GEC courses provide the breadth of education required by this student outcome but are
not included in the summary shown in Table 5.A-1. Several MSE and WE courses are judged
to provide contributions to this outcome.
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
The GEC courses are judged to provide insight into subjects that will awaken in students the
need for lifelong learning and provide them with an introduction that is necessary for further
exploration. In the MSE and WE curriculum, contributions are judged to be made in courses
where an introduction is made in a technical area where there is particularly extensive depth
for further exploration.
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues
Knowledge of contemporary issues is judged to be provided by GEC courses. Several WE
courses are considered to provide instruction in content that pertains to issues related to
welding engineering. The capstone sequence is judged to be particularly relevant since the
project problems are submitted by industry sponsors as relevant to their current concerns.
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice.
Many courses in the required curriculum have content related to use of modern engineering
techniques, skill or tools.
47
WELDENG (l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection
techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
This outcome is written to summarize the OSU WE program’s perspective on the field of
welding engineering. As such, all of the WE courses make at least some contribution to it.
WELDENG (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes,
design and inspection requirements
Procedure development has been suggested by many alumni and PAB members as an area in
which OSU welding engineers need expertise. Many courses provide the necessary
knowledge for this function. The course WE641 specifically addresses WE procedures and
their qualification in the context of several important welding codes and standards.
WELDENG (n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application
requirements
The design of welded structures and components to serve in a given application is addressed
by content in many of WE courses. WE621 addresses the expected mechanical design
aspects whereas WE641 discusses welding requirements in a number of codes and standards.
The capstone project problems submitted by corporate sponsors involve design from a
mechanical, materials or process standpoint.
5.A.4 Prerequisite structure of required WE courses
An advising sheet showing the sequence of required courses in the WE curriculum is
shown below in Table 5.A-2
5.A.5 Satisfaction of specific requirements for curricular areas.
The number of credit hours in the program relevant to the various curricular areas are
summarized in Table 5.1 The credit hours of mathematics and basic sciences courses
substantially exceed the minimum (49 credits vs. 32 credits minimum) and slightly exceed the
percentage of total hours in the curriculum (25.5% vs. 25% minimum). The number of
engineering credit hours and the percentage of the total curriculum far exceed the minimum (109
credits vs. 48 credits minimum and 56.8% vs. 37.5% minimum).
5.A.6 Design Experience
The principal design experience provided by the WE curriculum is the three-course
capstone design sequence - WE690, WE691, WE692 - which is scheduled throughout the senior
year. This course is project-based with the proposal, execution and reporting phases being
nominally divided up into the three quarters. Candidate projects are solicited from a pool of
potential sponsors over the spring and summer preceding the capstone year. In the first class of
WE690, students are assigned to 3-member teams and the teams vote on their project selections.
The WE690 instructor then assigns teams to projects based on the results of this vote. A member
of the WE faculty is assigned as advisor to each of the project teams at this time. The teams
develop a written proposal and a make a presentation to the class (with their industrial sponsors
in attendance) at the end of autumn quarter.
48
The winter quarter WE691 class is devoted to execution of the project work.
Experimental work is done with existing equipment, with equipment provided by the industry
sponsor and installed in the EJTC labs or at the sponsor facilities. The latter case requires one or
more trips by the project team to the sponsor location. At the end of winter quarter, the team
writes a progress report and makes a presentation to the class.
The spring quarter WE692 class is devoted to completion of the project execution and
reporting of the project results. The written final report is graded by the faculty member advising
the project team with input from the project sponsor. The team makes a final classroom
presentation with the project sponsors in attendance.
The main advantage of this industry-based capstone course is the relevance of the
projects to actual problems that industry sponsors need solved. The projects and industry
sponsors are refreshed annually to keep the project current with existing industry needs and
interests. The fact that the capstone design project sequence is scheduled during the senior year
allows the project teams to apply welding engineering knowledge from their prior and concurrent
classes to their projects. Since the welding industry depends significantly on codes and
standards, capstone projects often involve exposure to these codes.
A list of capstone design project course project titles and sponsors for the two past years
is displayed in Table 5.A-2.
The WE curriculum and the contribution of the courses to the various curricular areas
(Math & Basic Sciences, General Education, Other) is summarized in Table 5-1.
Table 5.A-2. Capstone design project course project titles and sponsors for the years 2008-2009
and 2010-2011.
Academic Year Project Title Sponsor
2010-2011 Welding Engineering Promotion – Video and Presentation Materials
MSE Department
International Capstone – Sensitization of Stainless Steels
OSU and Univ. of Pretoria
(South Africa)
Effect of Joint Design and Welding Procedure on Submerged Arc Welding Melt-off Rates
Lincoln Electric
GMAW Power Measurements according to ASME Requirements
EuroWeld/EPRI
Evaluation of Dissimilar Metal Electro-spark Deposition Combinations
EWI
Tungsten Electrode Comparison
Babcock & Wilcox
Power Ratio Control on Dilution and Cracking of Ni-base Filler Metals
EPRI
Guidance for Shielding Gas Selection for GMAW of Steels
John Deere
2008-2009 Narrow Groove GTAW Argon Flood Cup Study WEC Welding and Machining
Evaluating Use of Strip Electrodes for Submerged Arc Bulk Welding
Euroweld
Comparison of Constant Current and Constant Voltage Power Supplies for Shielded Flux Cored Arc Welding
Lincoln Electric Co.
49
Weld Repair of Crack in Hastalloy-X Siemens
Effect of Infrared Pre-Heating on Vibration Welding of Thermoplastics
EWI
Evaluation of High Efficiency Advanced Tip Panasonic Factory Solutions
Nickel Alloy Electrodes for Welding 9% Ni. Steels Lincoln Electric Company
Large Diameter Electrode Wire Joining for
Continuous Wire Feeding
Southern Indiana Steel
50
Table 5.A-3 Advising sheet showing prerequisite structure of required WE courses. Welding Engineering
2009-2010
Name: _________________________ _______ ____Student ID: ________________________ Phone: ________ _____
New to OSU: ____________ email: @osu.edu
YEAR AUTUMN WINTER SPRING
1
Math 151.0X (Calc & Anal Geom).. 5____
Chem 121(Gen Chem) ................ 5____
Engr 100.13(Engr Survey) ........... 1____
Engr 181.01 (Intro to Engr I) ........ 3____
Math 152.0X (Calc & Anal Geom) ..5____
Physics 131 (Partcls & Motion) ......5____
Engr 183.0X (Intro to Engr II) ........3____
Chem 125 (Chem for Engr) ...........4____
Math 153.0X (Calc & Anal Geom ….5____
Physics 132 (Electrcty & Magntsm)….5____
En Graph 167(Prob Slv Prog Engr)….4____
English 110.0X (1st Yr English Comp).5____
2
Math 254.0X (Calc & Anal Geom).. 5____
Physics 133 (Elctrdynmc & Quant) . 5____
WE 300 (Survey of WE)................ 3____
WE 350 (Intro Weld Lab)............... 1____
GEC……………………………5____
Math 255.0X (Diff Equat) .............5____
EE 300 (Electrical Circuits) .............3____
EE 309 (Electrical Circuits Lab) ........1____
ME 410 (Statics) .........................4____
WE 351 (Intro Weld Lab II) .............1____
GEC……………………………5____
ME 420 (Intro Strngth Mtls)……….…4____
ISE 350 (Manufacturing Engr)…….…3____
MSE 205 (Intro to MSE)........................3____
GEC…………………………..…5____
GEC…………………………...…5____
3
WE 500 (Physical Prin in WE) ........ 3____
WE 550 (Physical Prin in WE Lab I).. 1____
WE 620 (Engr Anlys Dsgn & Simulat) 4____
MSE 401 (Matls Thrmodynmcs)...... 4____
WE 600 (Physical Prin in WE II) .......3____
WE 621 (WE Design) ...................4____
MSE 525 (Phase Diagrams) ...........3____
MSE 581.04 (MS Lab) ...............2____
WE 601 (Weld Process & Apps). . . . . . 3__
WE 610 (Intro to Weld Metallurgy). . . . .3____
WE 631 (Nondestructive Eval). . . . . . . 4____
WE 641 (Weld. Codes & Stds). . . . . . . 3____
WE 651 (Weld Proc Apps – Lab). . . . . .1____
MSE 543 (Struct Transform). . . . . . . . . 3____
4
WE 489 (Industrial Experience). . . . . . 1____
WE 611 (Weld Metallurgy I) . . . . . . . . . 3_ _
WE 661 (Weld Metallurgy I Lab) . . . . . 1__
WE 690 (Capstone Weld Dsgn I) . . . . . 1____
ISE 410 (Indstrial Quality Control) . . . . 4____
Technical Electives
WE 612 (Weld Metallurgy II) ...........3____
WE 691 (Capstone Weld Dsgn II) .....2____
WE 662 (Anys Non-Ferrous Hi All Weld) .. 1____
ISE 504 (Eng Econ Analy)……...... 3____
GEC………………………….... 5____
Technical Electives
WE 692 (Capstone Weld Dsgn III)….….1____
GEC…………………………......5____
Technical Electives
Courses Printed in BOLD are taught only one time per year. Please check On-line Course Offerings for availability of other courses.
51
5.A.7 Curricular Materials Available for Review
During the accreditation visit, curricular portfolio for each required and elective course
will be available for review. The portfolios include an ABET-format syllabus, an outcomes
profile sheet that explains how the course relates to the ABET and program outcomes ascribed to
it, the course notes used in lectures and examples of student homeworks and exams.
5.B Course Syllabi
Appendix A contains a syllabus for each course used to satisfy the mathematics, science, and
discipline-specific requirements required by Criterion 5.
5.C Semester Curriculum
The university has a schedule to convert from a quarter calendar to a semester calendar
beginning in Summer 1012. For most students, this change will have an effect beginning in
Autumn, 2012. The change has its most direct impact in the curriculum of all university
programs. In all cases, the policy of this conversion has been to avoid adding to deleting topics
from classes to the maximum extent possible. As a result, the number of credit hours required to
complete the WE semester curriculum will be 129, in a ratio of 0.672 to the current requirement
of 192 quarter hours. The semester advising sheet are also shown below and the syllabi are
shown in Appendix A.
An important aspect of the quarter-semester conversion is the advising of students on their
course selections through the transition period. The program has devoted considerable attention
to this issue to ensure that quality and continuity of the curriculum is maintained for all students
throughout the transition period. The there will be three cohorts of WE students who begin their
undergraduate studies on quarters and then finish them on semesters. The advising sheets that
show the sequence of courses for each of these student cohorts are shown in Tables 5.C-1-5.C-3.
The final table 5.C-4 displays the semester curriculum advising sheet. These sheets can be
compared with the quarter advising sheet in Table 5.A-3.
As a policy, the conversions have generally been done with a credit hour ratio of 2/3 to
minimize alteration of the degree of emphasis devoted to any particular subject. For the core
curriculum, the 5 quarter, 25-credit math sequence MA151-MA152-MA153-MA254-MA255,
which covered calculus through differential equations is replaced with a 14-hour sequence
MA1151-MA1152-MA2177 which covers the same subjects with a slight decrease of the
MA254 and MA255 topics. The 3-quarter, 15-credit physics sequence PH131-PH132-PH133 is
exactly replaced with the 2 semester, 10-credit sequence PH1131-PH1132.
For the welding engineering curriculum, the 3-quarter, 10-credit process sequence
WE500/550, WE600, WE601 is replaced by the two semester, 8-hour WE4001-WE4002, both
of which include laboratory sections. The 2 quarter, 8-credit design sequence WE620-WE621 is
replaced by the 2 semester, 7-credit sequence WE4201 – WE4202. This expansion is hours is
justified since the design course sequence has been overcrowded with topics since it was
decreased from a 3-quarter sequence some years ago. The welding metallurgy courses were
52
converted from the 3-quarter, 11-credit the WE610-WE611/611-WE612/662 sequence is
converted to a 2-semester, 8-credit sequence WE4101/4611-WE4012/4612.
Table 5.C-1 Advising sheet for students entering Au09
53
Table 5.C-2 Advising sheet for students entering Au10
54
Table 5.C-3 Advising sheet for students entering Au11
55
Table 5.C-4 Semester advising sheet for students entering Au12 and later
56
Table 5-1 Curriculum
Welding Engineering
Course
(Department, Number, Title)
List all courses in the program by term starting with first term of first year
and ending with the last term of the final year.
Indicate Whether
Course is Required,
Elective or a
Selected Elective by
an R, an E or an SE.2
Curricular Area (Credit Hours)
Last Two
Terms the
Course was
Offered:
Year and,
Semester, or
Quarter
Average
Section
Enrollment
for the Last
Two Terms the
Course was
Offered1
Math &
Basic
Sciences
Engineering
Topics
Check if
Contains
Significant
Design (√)
General
Education Other
1; Autumn Math 151.0x Calc and Anal Geom R 5
Chem 121 General Chemistry R 5
Engr 100.13 Engineering Survey R 1
Engr 181.0x Intro to Engineering I R 3 ( )
1; Winter Math 152.0x Calc and Anal Geom R 5
Physics 131 Int Phys: Part and Mot R 5
Chem 125 Chem for Engineers R 4
Engr 183 Intro to Engineering II R 3 ( )
1; Spring Math 153.0x Calc and Anal Geom R 5
Physics 132 Int Phys: Elec and Mag R 5
EG 167 Prob Solv thru Prog R 4 ( )
Engl 110 First Year Engl Comp R 5
2; Autumn Math 254.0x Calc and Anal Geom R 5
Physics 133 Int Phys: Therm Phys, Waves and
Quan Phys
R 5
WE 300 Introduction to Weld. Eng. R 3 AU 11,WI 11 19
WE 350 Introductory Weld Lab I R 1 AU 11,WI 11 15
GEC SE 5
57
2; Winter Math 255.0x Ord Diff Eqns R 5
EE 300 Electrical Circuits R 3
EE 309 Elec Circuits Lab 1 ( )
ME 410 Intro to Solid Mech R 4
WE 351 Intro to Weld Lab I R 1 AU 11, WI11 8
GEC SE 5
2; Spring ME 420 Strength of Materials R 4
ISE 350 Manufacturing Processes Eng. R 3
MSE 205 Intro to MSE R 3
GEC SE 5
GEC SE 5
3; Autumn WE 500 Principles of Arc Welding Systems R 3 AU09, AU10 28
WE 550 Principles of Arc Welding Systems -
Lab
R 1 AU09, AU10 28
MSE 401 Materials Thermo R 4
WE 620 Engineering Analysis for Design and
Simulation
R 4 ()
3; Winter MSE 525 Phase Diagrams R 3
MSE 581.04 Materials Lab R
2 ()
WE 600 Physics of Welding R 3 WI10,WI11 29
WE 621 Welding Engineering Design R 4 ()
3; Spring WE 610 Introduction to Welding Metallurgy R 3 SP10, SP11 38
WE 601 Welding Process & Applications R 3() SP 09, SP 10 42
WE 651 Welding Process Applications - Lab R 1
WE 641 Weld. Codes and Standards R 3 ()
WE 631 Nondestructive Evaluation R 4
MSE 543 Mater. Structures Transformations R 3
4; Autumn WE 611 Welding Metallurgy I R 3 AU09, AU10 38
WE 661 Welding Metallurgy I - Lab R 1 AU09, AU10 29
WE 489 Industrial Experience R 1
WE 690 Capstone Welding Design I R 1 () AU09, AU10 29
ISE 410 Industrial Quality Control R 4
58
Technical Electives SE 6
4; Winter WE 612 Welding Metallurgy II R 3 WI10,WI11 38
WE 662 Welding Metallurgy II - Lab R 1 WI10,WI11 30
ISE 504 Engineering Economics R 3
WE 691 Capstone Welding Design II R 2 () WI10,WI11 28
GEC 5
Technical Electives SE 5
4; Spring WE 692 Capstone Welding Design III R 1 () SP10, SP11 25
GEC 5
Technical Electives SE 3
TOTALS-ABET BASIC-LEVEL REQUIREMENTS 49 109 35
OVERALL TOTAL CREDIT HOURS FOR THE DEGREE 193 PERCENT OF TOTAL
Total must satisfy
either credit hours
or percentage
Minimum Quarter Credit Hours 32 Hours 48 Hours
Minimum Percentage 25% 37.5 %
1. For courses that include multiple elements (lecture, laboratory, recitation, etc.), indicate the average enrollment in each element.
2. Required courses are required of all students in the program, elective courses are optional for students, and selected electives are courses
where students must take one or more courses from a specified group.
Instructional materials and student work verifying compliance with ABET criteria for the categories indicated above will be required during the
campus visit.
59
Contents of Appendix A. WE Program Course Syllabi Pre-Welding Engineering Common, Selected Core - Quarter Syllabi formats vary by offering
department (credit hours in parentheses) .
Math 151 (5) – Calculus and Analytic Geometry
Math 152 (5) – Calculus and Analytic Geometry
Math 153 (5) – Calculus and Analytic Geometry
Math 254 (5) – Calculus and Analytic Geometry
Chemistry 121 (5) – General Chemistry
Physics 131 (5) – Introductory Physics: Particles and Motion
Physics 132 (5) – Introductory Physics: Electricity and Magnetism
Engineering 181 (3) – Fundamentals of Engineering I
Engineering 183 (3) – Fundamentals of Engineering II
Math 255 (4) – Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations
Physics 133 (5) – Introductory Physics: Thermal Physics, Waves and Quantum Physics
Chemistry 125 (4) – Chemistry for Engineers
Engineering Graphics 167 (4) – Problem Solving through Programming for Engineering
Calculations and Computer Graphics
EE 300 (3) – Electrical Circuits
EE 309 (1) – Electrical Circuits Laboratory
ME 410 (4) – Statics
ME 420 (4) – Introduction to Strength of Materials
MSE 205 (3) – Introduction to Materials Science and Engineering
MSE 401 (4) – Materials Thermodynamics
ISE 350 (3) – Manufacturing Engineering
ISE 504 (3) – Engineering Economic Analysis
Required WE Core – Quarter Syllabi
WE 300 (3) – Introduction to Welding Engineering
WE 350 (1) – Introductory Welding Laboratory I
WE 351 (1) – Introductory Welding Laboratory II
WE 489 (1) – Industrial Experience
WE 500/550 (4) –Principles in Welding Engineering I/Laboratory
WE 600 (3) – Physical Principles in Welding Engineering II
WE 601 (4) – Welding Applications/Laboratory
MSE 525 (3) – Phase Diagrams
MSE 543 (3) – Materials Structures
MSE 581.04 (2) – Materials Lab for Welding Engineers
WE 610 (3) – Introduction to Welding Metallurgy
WE 611/661 (4) – Welding Metallurgy I/Laboratory
WE 612/662 (4) – Welding Metallurgy II/Laboratory
WE 620 (4) – Engineering Analysis for Design and Simulation
WE 621 (4) – Welding Design Principles
WE 631 (4) – Nondestructive Evaluation
WE 690 (1)/691 (2)/692 (2) – Capstone Welding Design I/II/III
60
WE Technical Electives – Quarter Syllabi
WE 602 (3) – Fundamentals of Resistance Welding Processes
WE 605/655 (4) – Introduction to Weld Process Control
WE 634 (4) – Introduction to Ultrasonics
WE 635 (4) – Fundamentals of Radiography
WE 656 (1) – Robot Programming and Operations
WE 701 (3) – Solid State Welding
WE 702 (3) – Fundamentals of Resistance Welding of Materials
WE 703 (3) – Brazing and Soldering
WE 704 (3) – High Energy Density Welding Processes
WE 705/755 (4) – Advanced Welding Process Control Systems/Laboratory
WE 706 (3) – Welding of Plastics and Composites
WE 707 (3) – Adhesive Bonding and Mechanical Joining of Plastics
WE 715 (3) – Special Topics in Welding Engineering
WE 740 (3) – Fitness-for-Service of Welded Structures
Pre-Welding Engineering Common, Selected Core – Semester Syllabi
Math 1151 (5) – Calculus and Analytic Geometry
Math 1152 (5) – Calculus and Analytic Geometry
Chemistry 1250 (4) – General Chemistry
Physics 1131 (5) – Introductory Physics: Particles and Motion
Engineering 1181 (2) – Fundamentals of Engineering I
Engineering 1182 (2) – Fundamentals of Engineering II
Math 2177 (4) – Calculus and Analytic Geometry
Physics 1132 (5) – Introductory Physics: Electricity and Magnetism
Chemistry 1250 (4) – Chemistry for Engineers
Computer Science and Eng. (2) – Problem Solving through Programming for Engineering
ECE 2300 (3) – Electrical Circuits
ME 2040 (4) – Statics, Stengths of Materials
MSE 2010 (3) – Introduction to Materials Science and Engineering
MSE 2251 (3) – Materials Thermodynamics
ISE 4200 (3) – Manufacturing Engineering
Stat 3450 - Statistical Methods for Engineers
Required WE – Semester Syllabi
WE3001 (3) – Survey of WE
WE3010 (1) – Intro to arc welding lab.
WE3981(1) – Industrial Experience in WE
WE4001 (4) – Physical Principles of WE I
WE4002 (4) – Physical Principles of WE II
WE4101 (3) – Welding Metallurgy I
WE4102 (3) - Welding Metallurgy II
WE4201 (4) – Welding Engineering Analysis, Design
WE4202 (4) - Welding Design
WE4301 (3) – Nondestructive Evaluation
61
WE4611 (1) - Welding Metallurgy I Lab
WE4612 (1) - Welding Metallurgy II Lab
WE4901-02-03 (2)+(3)– Welding Engineering Capstone Design I,II, III.
Required Non-WE (6 Credits) – Semester Syllabi
MSE 3141 (3) – Structural Transformations of Metals
MSE 3331 (1) – Materials Laboratory I
ISE3040 (2) – Engineering Economics
WE Technical Electives (9 Credits) – Semester Syllabi
WE4012 (2) - Resistance Welding Processes
WE4021 (3) - Solid-State Welding - Joining
WE4023 (2) - Soldering and Brazing
WE4024 (3) - High Energy Density Welding
WE4025 (3) - Robotic Welding Systems
WE4302 (3) - Industrial Radiography
WE4303 (3) - Ultrasonic Nondestructive Testing
WE4540 (2) - Welding Production
WE4595 (2) - Topics in Welding Engineering
WE4606 (1) - Welding Robot Programming Lab
62
CRITERION 6. FACULTY
6A. Faculty Qualifications
Welding Engineering is comprised of diverse technical areas of materials (principally
metals and polymers), processes technology, mechanical design, nondestructive evaluation and
quality assurance. The seven current program faculty members have similarly diverse
educational backgrounds and experience as summarized in Table 6-1 and Appendix B. Broadly
speaking, 3 of the faculty have specialization in welding metallurgy, 1 in polymer materials
welding, 2 in welding processes and 1 in nondestructive evaluation. Five faculty members are
tenured associate or full professors, 1 is a clinical associate professor and 1 is a research scientist.
Most of the faculty members have industrial work experience prior to coming to the program and
all have some amount of industrial consulting experience. All 7 faculty members have a PhD in a
field related to their program specialization. Five faculty members hold one or more Fellow
awards from technical societies that they are active in. The WE faculty have active industrial
interactions. These may involve graduate thesis sponsorship and interactions through the Center
for Integrated Materials Joining Science for Energy Applications but also often are related to
undergraduate summer internships and senior capstone design project support.
6B. Faculty workload
The welding engineering faculty members are all active in teaching, research and service.
The data in Table 6-2 summarize the courses taught by faculty in the previous 2 years. The
teaching load carried by the faculty is significant relative to college averages. The 5 tenured and
1 clinical faculty members teach a total of 11 required undergraduate lecture courses and 12
elective courses per year that are generally at the undergraduate/graduate level, for an average of
over 3.5 lecture courses per year per faculty. The other courses listed in Table 6-2 are laboratory
courses, non-lecture courses and distance learning sections of on-campus lectures. The
associated teaching effort varies widely among these courses. For example, the enrollment in
distance learning sections ranges from approximately 1 to 10 students per offering. In total, these
6 faculty members have grade responsibility for an average of just over 8 courses per year at the
level of undergraduate or undergraduate/graduate.
The expectations for faculty workload are for a balanced effort in teaching and research and
a service workload commensurate with program needs. Because of the relatively small faculty
size and the specialization of the WE faculty into their respective areas, the concept of providing
reduced teaching responsibility in turn for research release-time salary contributions is not
feasible. Consequently, course assignments do not depend on research activity or release-time
salary contributions.
6C. Faculty Size
The program has 5 tenured faculty member, 1 clinical faculty member and 1 research faculty
member. By virtue of their research or industrial experience, the faculty members have
qualifications in multiple areas and are able to teach all of the course topics that the curriculum
63
requires. The faculty members listed below in regular font are primary instructors in the labeled
subject area and those listed in italics contribute to instruction in the subject areas by a portion of
content in courses that they teach.
Welding Processes Welding Design
Farson, Phillips, Benatar, Alexandrov Benatar
Metallurgy/Polymers Nondestructive Evaluation, Q/A
Lippold, Benatar, Babu, Phillips, Alexandrov Rokhlin, Benatar, Phillip, Farson
The number of Welding Engineering faculty is adequate for faculty to maintain close
contact with the undergraduate students. While the MSE department has a full-time
undergraduate student advisor with regular weekly office hours at EJTC, various members of the
faculty are active in student advising. In particular, Prof. Babu advises the local student
American Welding Society chapter and various undergraduate student activities. In past three
years, such student activities have included a student NASA Moonbuggy race team and (in the 5
years prior to that), a NASA zero gravity flight experiment team. Other faculty (Farson, Lippold)
have assisted students in fund-raising and fabrication of the moon buggy and the microgravity
experiment.
The currently-ongoing search for an assistant professor in the welding engineering area is
soliciting candidates in one or more of the following areas: computational materials modeling,
process modeling, structural design, structural integrity, fitness-for service, welding process
technology, and welding metallurgy. The addition of this faculty member will bring the program
clinical and tenured faculty number to 7.
6D. Professional Development
Support for faculty development for assistant professors is built into the startup package.
New faculty members are given reduced teaching loads with the expectation that they will use
the time to establish their research programs. In addition, the department provides travel
funds for professional activities (professional society activities, conferences, visiting
potential research sponsors including industry, workshops, etc.). These activities are
funded primarily from gifts to the department as discussed in section 8.B.1.
Opportunities and funding for professional development in instructional technology are
provided by the MSE department, the college through the Engineering Education Innovation
Center and by the University, primarily through the Office of Information Technology. Examples
of professional development activities sponsored by these organizations include on-line course
website tool (Carmen) instruction, student information database systems training, audio/visual
instructional tools and curriculum modification to facilitate integration of instructional
technology. Attendance at professional meetings and conferences sponsored by various technical
societies and organizations is individually funded by senior faculty members from their research
projects of department discretionary accounts.
Eligible senior faculty members are encouraged to take advantage of the university’s
professional leave program described in section 8.D. All faculty members are also encouraged to
participate in university sponsored teaching seminars and workshops. All are encouraged to
64
utilize the Office of Faculty and TA Development to improve classroom skill and the ability to
effectively interact with students. These resources are available without charge. Consulting and
other outside interactions with industrial entities is encouraged within the university guidelines.
6E. Authority and Responsibility of Faculty
guidance of the program, and in the development and implementation of. Describe the roles
of others on campus, e.g., dean or provost, with respect to these areas.
The processes for the evaluation, assessment, and continuing improvement of the welding
engineering program, including its educational objectives and student outcomes are controlled
primarily by the program faculty members. A good illustration of the autonomy accorded the
faculty in this regard is the distance education master of science degree. This degree was based
on on-line curriculum materials developed by defense-related US government-funding won by
faculty-lead proposal. Further curriculum development and computer technology implementation
was subsequently supported by the college of engineering and by proposals to the university
Office of Information Technology Describe the roles of others on campus, e.g., dean or provost,
with respect to these areas. undergraduate curriculum of the welding engineering program
65
Table 6-1. Faculty Qualifications
Name of Program
Faculty Name
Highest Degree
Earned- Field and
Year
Ran
k 1
Type
of
Aca
dem
ic
Appoin
tmen
t2
T, T
T, N
TT
FT
or
PT
4
Years of
Experience
Pro
fess
ional
Reg
istr
atio
n/
Cer
tifi
cati
on
Level of Activity
H, M, or L
Govt.
/Ind. P
ract
ice
Tea
chin
g
This
Inst
ituti
on
Pro
fess
ional
Org
aniz
atio
ns
Pro
fess
ional
Dev
elopm
ent
Consu
ltin
g/s
um
mer
work
in i
ndust
ry
Boian T. Alexandrov PhD, Welding
Engineering, 2001
O NTT FT 3 26 7 none M L L
Sudarsanam Suresh Babu PhD, Materials
Science, 1992
ASC T FT 15 3 3 none M M M
Avi Benatar PhD, Mechanical
Engineering, 1987
ASC T FT 0 24 24 none M L M
Dave F. Farson PhD, Electrical
Engineering, 1987
ASC T FT 8 16 16 none M M L
John C. Lippold PhD, Materials
Engineering, 1978
P T FT 17 16 16 none H L M
David H. Phillips PhD, Welding
Engineering, 2008
ASC NTT FT 22 3 3 Cert.
Weld.
Inspect.,
Prof.
Engr.,
Internati
onal
Weld.
Engr.
M M H
Stan I. Rokhlin PhD, Electrical
Engineering, 1972
P T FT 5 35 27 none H L L
66
Instructions: Complete table for each member of the faculty in the program. Add additional rows or use additional sheets if
necessary. Updated information is to be provided at the time of the visit.
1. Code: P = Professor ASC = Associate Professor AST = Assistant Professor I = Instructor A = Adjunct O = Other
2. Code: TT = Tenure Track T = Tenured NTT = Non Tenure Track
3. The level of activity, high, medium or low, should reflect an average over the year prior to the visit plus the two previous years.
4. At the institution
Table 6-2. Faculty Workload Summary
Faculty Member
(name)
PT or
FT1
Classes Taught (Course No./Credit
Hrs.)
Term and Year2
Program Activity Distribution3
% of Time
Devoted
to the Program5
Teaching
Research or
Scholarship
Other4
Boian Alexandrov FT WE703/03AU10 15 85 100
Suresh Babu FT WE489/01/AU10,WI11
WE611/3/AU10
WE661/01/AU10
WE694/04/AU10 (Joint MSE 794)
WE701/03/SP11
WE794/03/WI11
WE999/01-18/AU0, WI11,SP11
40 50 10 90
Avi Benatar FT WE620/04/AU10
WE620DL/04/AU10
WE621/03/WI11
WE621DL/04/WI11
WE641/03/SP11
WE706/03/WI11
WE706DL/03/WI11
WE707/03/SP11
WE707DL/03/SP11
WE740/03/AU10
WE740DL/03/AU10
WE793/01-15/AU10,WI11,SP11
60 25 15 100
67
WE793DL/01-15/AU10, WI11, SP11
WE999/01-18/AU10,WI11,SP11
Dave Farson FT WE500/03/AU10
WE550/01/AU10
WE600/03/WI11
WE600DL/03/WI11
WE605/03/WI11
WE605DL/03/WI11
WE655/01/WI11
WE704/03/SP11
WE793/01/AU10,WI11,SP11
WE999/01-15/ WI10,SP11
ISE999/01-15/AU10, WI10,SP11
50 40 10 100
John Lippold FT WE610/03/SP11
WE612/03/WI11
WE662/01/WI11
WE690/01/AU10
WE691/02/AU10,WI11
WE692/02/WI11
50 50 100
David Phillips FT WE300/03/AU10,WI11
WE350/01/AU 10, WI11, SP11
WE351/01/AU10,WI11, SP 11
WE601/03/SP11
WE651/01/SP11
WE695/03/SP11
WE702/03/AU10
MSE 581.04/02/WI 11
WE 793/01-15/AU 10, WI 11
90 10 100
Stan Rokhlin FT WE631/04/SP11
WE635/03/AU10
WE681/01/AU10,WI11,SP11
WE732/03/WI11
WE795/10/AU10,WI11,SP11
30 70 100
68
1. FT = Full Time Faculty or PT = Part Time Faculty, at the institution
2. For the academic year for which the self-study is being prepared. Only classes with enrolled students are listed.
3. Program activity distribution should be in percent of effort in the program and should total 100%.
4. Indicate sabbatical leave, etc., under "Other."
5. Out of the total time employed at the institution.
69
CRITERION 7. FACILITIES 7.A. Offices, Classrooms and Laboratories
Program teaching and research laboratories, graduate teaching lecture classrooms and
faculty offices have been located in Edison Joining Technology Center (EJTC). This is a shared
facility with the Edison Welding Institute (EWI), the largest welding and materials joining
engineering consulting company in North America. The EJTC facility is located on the
University’s West Campus (connected to Main campus by bus service at six-minute intervals).
Features of the west campus facilities include:
- modern, attractive accommodations for the program and visitors (conference rooms,
class rooms, and easy access/parking)
- state-of-the-art welding and robotic equipment in teaching laboratories
- undergraduate student study and computer lab space that is closely-integrated with
faculty offices to encourage faculty-student interaction and provide a congenial
atmosphere for student group study and interaction
- shared use of very extensive Edison Welding Institute (EWI) facilities and
equipment located in the same building (a brief description of EWI staff, facilities and
research activities is attached)
The program also has access to some faculty offices and a student computing lab on Main
campus in the Watts Hall (home of the MS&E department). Most of the undergraduate
classroom lecture instruction is provided in Watts Hall.
EJTC was constructed in 1996 at a total cost of $9,000,000. The WE program occupies
32,000 square feet of the building (25% of the total). The WE program invested $600,000 in
office and lab furnishings, equipment and furniture moving, utility connections and other
expenses. The program functions and floor space allocations within the EJTC and Watts Hall
facilities are summarized in Tables 7.A-1 and 7.A-2.
Table 7.A-1: EJTC facility functions and space
Function Number Floor Space
(ft2)
common shop area 1 800
research labs 18 13022
teaching labs 2 5914
computer lab 1 1330
faculty offices (full time,
visiting, emeritus)
11 1907
grad student offices 1 700
staff offices 2 579
conference rooms 2 580
class rooms 2 1344
student lounge areas 1 277
service areas 6 1345
office - other 4 912
70
shared meeting room 1 2150
storage 1 480
Total 30539
Table 7.A-2: Watts Hall program functions and space
Function Number Floor Space
(ft2)
computer labs 1 320
faculty offices (full time
only)
4
(shared)
640
Total 960
7.A.1 Teaching Lab Equipment
A strong point of the EJTC facility is the excellent welding and robotic equipment in its
teaching laboratories, summarized in Appendix C in Table C-1. Good relationships with welding
robot and welding equipment companies have allowed the program to maintain the latest
technology in teaching labs through donations and discount consignments. The large majority of
the welding robotic systems and manual/semi-automatic welding systems mentioned below are
at most several years old. The manual and semiautomatic welding systems which equip the 12
manual welding booths are replaced annually by Lincoln Electric on a donation and reduced-cost
consignment basis. The Motoman Arcworld robotic system was recently consigned (in late 2010)
to EWI in exchange for membership fees with a stipulation that it be located in on OSU side of
the facility for easy student access. Equipment which is shared between research and teaching
functions is described in the next section. We utilize the Board of Regents equipment fund every
biennium and receive a varying equipment allocation based on faculty size and enrollment
($55,000 in the years 2005-2008).
7.A.2 Shared Teaching/Research Equipment
A portion of the equipment that is used for education was purchased with research funds
and is used primarily for research, but is made available on a part-time basis for teaching. The
department is able to offer laboratory experiences in topics which do not warrant investment of
program funds, but which nonetheless significantly benefit the student’s education. Relevant
equipment is summarized in Table C-2
7A.3 Computer labs
The program has well-equipped student computing lab facilities. A state-of-the-art
Windows networked environment with large collections of engineering and general purpose
software provide students the opportunity to become familiar with the latest engineering
computational tools. The hardware (Table C-3) and software (Table C-4) are divided between a
71
main facility at EJTC and a secondary facility in Watts Hall building on Main Campus. Students
have access to the computer facilities on a 24-hour basis seven days a week throughout the
calendar year.
The software packages listed in Table C-4 are available from any of the individual
computer systems. They represent an array of engineering software, including computer-aided
design, finite element analysis, general scientific/mathematical computing, general office
computing and other packages.
7.B Computing Resources
7.B.1 Web Servers
The program has access to three web servers where personal web pages and class web
pages are posted. The web address dedicated to the WE program is http://www.matsceng.ohio-
state.edu/weldingengineering. Faculty are provided with a default faculty web page on the MSE
department server and assistance in creating and loading web page content. The university
course management servers at carmen.osu.edu are used for on-line course management. All
lecture courses offered by the program have on-line component on this server. These resources
are also used extensively by the WE program primarily to support its Distance Learning Master
of Science in Welding Engineering degree offering.
7.B.1 Computer Networking
The EJTC computer labs computers are inter-connected by a Local Area Network (LAN)
infrastructure as shown in Table C-5.
7.C Guidance in use of the tools, equipment, computing resources and laboratories
In laboratory classes taught in the curriculum, this function is provided primarily by
instructor or the teaching assistant. Laboratory classes where this type of guidance is provided
include WE550, WE631, WE635, WE638, WE651, WE655, WE656, WE661, and WE662.
WE350 and WE351 are the two classes where all undergraduate students are taught manual
welding. This instruction if provided by an EWI welding technician, partially paid by the
department for this service. In WE620, some lectures are taught in the computer laboratory so
that students can use the computer software as it is being demonstrated on a computer projector.
In the capstone course sequence WE690-WE691-WE692, guidance in the use of the relevant
equipment is primarily provided by the EJTC Facility Manager Jennifer Conrad, the faculty
member advising the capstone team or a graduate research associate that they may assign to
provide this assistance. Since all classes in the curriculum are taught with materials displayed on
a computer projector, the use of relevant software is readily incorporated into lectures.
7.D. Maintenance and Upgrading of Facilities
The EJTC facility is owned by EWI and the OSU leases the portion used for the WE
program. The building maintenance is provided by EWI. The WE laboratory equipment that is
72
not located in shared-use research laboratories is maintained by the facility manager Jennifer
Conrad. As mentioned above, most of the manual welding booth systems are procured on
reduced rate consignments and are updated periodically as the consignments expire. This
ensures that the booths are equipped with up-to-date systems. The computer laboratory hardware
is replaced annually or semi-annually and the software is maintained at the latest available
version. This periodic updating is enabled by the technology fee which assessed to all students
($150 for undergraduates in 2008) in the college of engineering.
7.E Library Services
OSU’s multidisciplinary Science and Engineering Library (SEL) opened in 1993 houses
the merged collections of the former Engineering, Materials Engineering, Astronomy,
Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics libraries. It is the largest subject-specific library of the
OSU Columbus-campus libraries, which includes 10 other locations. The SEL has five stories
and just under 70,000 square feet, seating for 1169 (including 8 reservable study rooms) and 115
public networked PC’s, and 24x7 access 360 days a year. Staff assistance is provided 8am –
11:30pm. SEL is on W. 18th
Ave., within two blocks of all engineering departments located on
main campus. The science and engineering library’s collection totals over 262,705 volumes (as
of July 2009).
Reference librarians (4.5) in SEL perform collection development; provide instruction at
the desk and the classroom; educate patrons in the use of the electronic OSU catalog,
OhioLINK (the statewide information system), various databases available through the OSU
catalog and OhioLINK; prepare handouts and web links tailored to OSU services and
collections, and give orientation lectures and tours as requested.
Whenever possible, the teaching and development of information skills is integrated into
the general curriculum (ex: design classes; Engineering Survey 100). Research and Internet
Guides (such as Information Gateway, Net.Tutor, and Citation Style Guides ) are available on
the OSUL website (http://library.osu.edu/sites/guides/). The Gateway lists resources by
category, background, directories, current information, etc.) for a wide range of subjects;
Net.Tutor is a tutorial on effective use of the web-based library information services. Librarians
also assist users online thru email, Ask-a-Librarian, and an interactive Chat service.
OSU participates in OhioLINK, a statewide consortia of 80+ academic institutions
ranging from two year colleges to Research I institutions. OhioLINK features a central catalog,
statewide lending and borrowing, statewide distribution of selected databases and electronic
journals, and a statewide contract for purchasing of books. SEL is a popular pick-up and drop-
off location for OhioLINK loans because of hours and location. An analysis of holdings among
OhioLINK institutions shows that each institution has titles unique to the consortium thus each
campus enriches resources for all others.
73
CRITERION 8. INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT
The following sections include descriptions of the processes that apply to the Department of
Materials Science and Engineering, including the Welding Engineering program. The
administration processes and institutional support are essentially the same for the Materials
Science and Engineering program.
8.A. Leadership
Administration of the Welding Engineering degree programs was moved from the
Department of Integrated Systems Engineering (ISE) to the Materials Science and Engineering
(MSE) Department during AY 2009/2010. Shortly before this realignment occurred, the
Department of Industrial, Welding and Systems Engineering was renamed to be the Department
of Integrated Systems Engineering. This name was chosen to be consistent with a shift in focus
of that department’s research and instruction away from welding-related activities. At the same
time, the college leadership realized that the instructional and research interests, activities and
leadership of the MSE undergraduate and graduate programs were better aligned with the WE
programs.
The Materials Science and Engineering Department has proven to be a good fit for the
Welding Engineering Program and the program is flourishing in the MSE department. WE
research activities are benefitting from faculty collaboration and the WE program faculty staffing
has been stabilized. When the WE degree programs were moved to the MSE department, an
agreement was made with the college to allocate 3 additional tenured faculty positions to the WE
program. Subsequently, a search for a tenure-track faculty in the welding processes area was
initiated and a clinical faculty instructor position was created and filled (David Phillips,
Associate Professor-Clinical). The department chair, Rudy Buchheit takes an active role in the
administration of the program. He convenes WE program faculty meetings at EJTC on a regular
basis and has arranged for the department fiscal officer and the department undergraduate
advisor to maintain weekly office hours at EJTC.
8.B.1 Budgeting
The department's permanent budget is determined by the college of engineering. In general
terms, changes in the permanent budget from year to year are relatively small and are guided by
enrollment, number of students graduated, and research activity. In 2008, the WE program had
revenues of $1.45M and a permanent budget allocation (excluding facilities lease costs) of
$966K. After accounting for assessment for physical plant, research administration, student
services and central administration, the WE program annual permanent budget allocation
exceeded the amount calculated by the college budget model by about 10%.
The entire MSE department permanent budget is required for faculty and staff salaries and
benefits. The MSE department also depends on temporary funds to a significant degree. This
includes research income (primarily release time) and development funds (primarily
contributions from alumni). Funds for department expenses such as GAA’s, supplies and
services, travel, etc. are covered primarily from release time (discretionary funds created when
74
portions of faculty salaries are charged to research projects), current use development funds,
earnings on endowment accounts, and a small amount of release time returned from the college.
Department resources from permanent and temporary sources are adequate to operate the
WE program.
8.B.2 Teaching support
The MSE department provides a convenient mechanism through which adequate Graduate
Teaching Assistant (GTA) support is provided for program courses. The department requires
graduate research associates paid from separately-funded research projects to serve a minimum
of one quarter as a GTA for one of the courses taught in the department.
Part time instructors have been occasionally used by the WE program in order to balance
faculty work load or cover areas where faculty expertise is lacking. Prior to being appointed as
an Associate Professor-Clinical during AY2009-2010, D. Phillips was supported as a part-time
instructor for one year by college funds. Also, the WE350/351 lab classes are taught by S.
Manring, an EWI employee who is hired as a part-time instructor by the MSE department.
The university Learning Technology office (http://lt.osu.edu/support/) provides resources and
consulting support in the area of teaching and learning with technology. In particular, the
eLearning Professional Development Grant program extends learning technology growth
opportunities to individual faculty or departments to attend conferences, host speakers, and
obtain new expertise. A forerunner program known as Technology-Enhanced Learning and
Research (TELR) provided approximately $250,000 to support the development of distance
learning curriculum and implementation of distance learning teaching technology by the program
during the previous and current ABET cycles. The college of engineering provided additional
funds of approximately $100,000 for this on-line course development.
The College of Engineering funds proposals ($90,000/yr) from faculty and staff for
pedagogies to enhance teaching and learning through the use of technology, through improved
design of instructional spaces, and through individual professional development.
Resources are allocated to faculty for support of their individual teaching and research
programs via discretionary accounts. The discretionary funds allocation is returned from the
department based on the amount of salary release time that faculty charge to their individual
research projects.
8.B.3 Facilities
In FY93 the college of engineering adopted a student computer fee that continues to provide
stable on-going resources for computer equipment, software, and support staff. This funding
provides us with state-of-the-art computer equipment. Computers are never more than 3 years
old, software is kept up-to-date and students have 24-hour access 7 days per week. This has
been a tremendous benefit to our instructional programs.
Other instructional labs are supported through a combination of efforts. The WE program
works closely with industry and state-of-the-art equipment is often placed in our labs on
consignment or for lease at a reduced rate. We also compete for equipment funds from NSF and
other federal agencies and utilize generous university office of research, college and department
cost-share programs for equipment purchased on such research grants. The department’s share
75
of these equipment cost-share programs is generally covered by returned indirect costs from
research and development funds.
It is significant that the university has allocated $365,000 per year for the operation and
maintenance of the WE laboratories at the Edison Joining Technology Center. This figure
includes $100,000 from the College of Engineering, $100,000 from the Office of Research, and
$165,000 from the central administration. This investment in the program has made these world-
class facilities possible.
Facilities are not a barrier to successfully achieving program outcomes and objectives.
8.C Staffing
The department is blessed with excellent support personnel. An excellent full time academic
counselor, aided by student assistants, serves both academic programs. A full-time administrator
serves as the personnel and fiscal officer. An office associate, also aided by students, serves both
graduate programs in the Watts Hall MSE office. Both the academic counselor and the full-time
administrator have weekly office hours (approximately ½ day per week) in EJTC to support the
Welding Engineering program. A second office associate supervises student reception workers
and handles the varied office tasks associated with the Watts Hall department office.
The on-campus computer labs (housed in the complex adjacent to Watts Hall, designated a
ECR6) and associated internal network are managed by an engineer who is a long-time employee
of the department. The ECR6 computer lab manager is aided by a staff consisting of a full-time
computer technician and graduate administrative associates. The computer technician has weekly
office hours (approximately ½ day per week) at EJTC to support the student computer lab and
other program computing and network needs.
The MSE department has a machine shop in the basement of Fontana Labs staffed by two
full time employees and several student employees. The machine-shop facilities and personnel
are available to support undergraduate and graduate student research projects on a fee-for-service
basis. One full time staff member serves as the building and facilities manager for the Welding
Engineering Labs. This person is responsible for installing and maintaining welding equipment
used in the instructional labs.
In summary, the department is well served by a loyal and capable staff. Additional support
staff would be beneficial in several areas, but staff, or lack thereof, are certainly not restricting
the potential of the department.
8.D. Faculty Hiring and Retention
The processes for hiring of new faculty is maintained by the university Office of
Academic Affairs. The recruitment of regular tenure track (RTT), regular clinical track (RCT),
and regular research track (RRT) faculty to fill vacant positions must be based on a clear and
sound plan for the programmatic future of the unit and college and on a realistic determination of
the availability of resources to support the appointment. The dean of the college must give prior
approval of faculty searches. This approval will be based at least in part on a determination that
the above criteria have been met. Circumstances that suggest considerable caution in the
recruitment of regular faculty include:
declining enrollments
inadequate resources to support the activities and professional development of current faculty
76
other major changes that could affect the need for faculty in particular areas of expertise
All regular faculty searches must, with rare exceptions, entail a vigorous national search
in addition to the internal posting. All searches must include serious efforts to achieve a pool of
highly qualified applicants that includes members of underrepresented groups. The university
remains strongly committed to diversifying its faculty. Units that lack women and minority
faculty must make every possible effort to recruit qualified faculty in these groups.
Regular faculty searches are conducted by a committee of department faculty appointed
by the department chair. Search committees make recommendations to the chair following
completion of the search process. On receipt of the search committee's report, the chair may
recommend to the dean making an offer to a particular candidate, resuming the search, or
canceling the search.
1. Describe strategies used to retain current qualified faculty.
Tenure and competitive salary and benefits are primary means available to the university
to retain current qualified faculty. In hiring faculty into probationary regular tenure track faculty
positions, the OAA policy states that the unit should be firmly convinced that these persons,
given their training and record to date, will successfully meet the unit's, college's and university's
standards for tenure by the end of the probationary period. The
The university Office of Institutional Research and Planning periodically conducts a
university-wide survey all faculty about their experiences as members of the Ohio State
academic community. This survey is part of a larger collection of data on faculty satisfaction,
workload, and climate conducted by the American Association of Universities. Subsequently, the
Ohio State University has been recognized in 2008 and in 2009 as one of the Chronicle of Higher
Education's "Great Colleges to Work For." The university ranked among the top 10 large four-
year universities (over 10,000 enrollment) in three categories: "Overall Satisfaction with
Benefits," "Health Insurance" and "Disability Insurance."
8.E. Support of Faculty Professional Development
The university Learning Technology office (http://lt.osu.edu/support/) provides resources and
consulting support in the area of teaching and learning with technology. In particular, the
eLearning Professional Development Grant program extends learning technology growth
opportunities to individual faculty or departments to attend conferences, host speakers, and
obtain new expertise. Travel for faculty development purposes is supported by the MSE
department discretionary funds on a case-by-case basis. Discretionary accounts of individual
faculty members may be used to support sabbaticals, travel, workshops, seminars or any other
faculty professional development expenditures that fall within state and university policies.
The Faculty Professional Leave (FPL) (commonly referred to as sabbatical leave) program is
available to give faculty a period of uninterrupted time to invest in their professional
development. FPL proposals generally emphasize enhancement of research skills and
knowledge. However, faculty members may use an FPL for substantial investment in
77
pedagogical or administrative skills and knowledge when these are judged to be mutually
beneficial to the faculty member and his or her academic unit. The college accepts applications
for tenured faculty sabbatical leaves of duration of up to 2 quarters or 1 semester with no
reduction on salary. Leaves of 3 or 4 quarters entail a reduction in salary of 1/3 over the
sabbatical year. Leaves of 2 semesters will entail a reduction in salary of 1/3 over the 2 semester
period. No more than 10% of the faculty in the program (corresponding to one WE faculty) may
be on FPL leave at time.
A similar faculty leave program called Special Research Assignment (SRA) is available
to faculty for one quarter of leave. It is awarded to regular full-time program faculty members
whose research may be effectively promoted by the award of the time. The assignment allows
release from teaching of 2 or fewer courses for the quarter in question and salary is not affected.
The FPL application process focuses in order on:
(a) eligibility (faculty are eligible for sabbatical every seventh year of service).
(b) the cogency of the argument being made for the benefits of the leave to the individual
and the department.
PROGRAM CRITERIA
There are no specific criteria for Welding Engineering degree programs. A description of how
the program satisfies the general criteria is presented in the above sections.
A1
Appendix A – Course Syllabi Quarter Syllabi A2
Non-WE required - Quarter A2
WE required - Quarter A33
WE elective - Quarter A58
Semester Syllabi A83
WE required - Semester A83
WE elective – Semester A124
Non-WE required – Semester A160-202
Appendix B – Faculty Vitae B1-B21
Appendix C – Equipment C1-6
Appendix D – Institutional Summary D1-19
Signature Attesting to Compliance E1
A2
Syllabi Non-WE Required Undergraduate Courses
EN Graph 167 Problem Solving through Programming for Engineering Calculations
and Computer Graphics
Description
Solving engineering problems using computer programming; development of algorithms and program modules;
solutions to major problems will be presented in an engineering report format. Levels, Credits, Class Time Distribution, Prerequisites
Level: UG
Units: 4
Class Time Distribution: 4 2-hr cl and lab hours per week
Prerequisites or Concur: Math 151 or higher.
Quarters Offered
Su, Au,Wi,Sp
Intended Learning Outcomes
This course provides students with a number of MATLAB and C++ programming tools and
presents the basics of computer programming in a problem solving environment. Students will
learn and practice fundamental computational skills useful to engineering students and
professional engineers in many fields (e.g., introduction to managing variables, importing and
exporting data, performing calculations, generating plots, and developing and managing files
using computer applications). Time is routinely reserved for students to work in class on
assignments. The instructional staff will move around the class, coaching students on
approaches to problems, helping students to understand important concepts, and suggesting
useful references as needed. Several class projects will be handed out that are intended to
integrate and reinforce the concepts taught in the class.
Representative Texts and Other Course Materials
Text: MATLAB: An Introduction With Applications 3rd
or 4th
Edition – Amos Gilat
C++ Without Fear: A Beginner's Guide That Makes You Feel Smart - Brian Overland
Recommended Items: Storage Medium – USB flash drives Note: 3GB storage space on a
network drive accessible by Remote Desktop from outside of class is provided by the First-
Year Engineering Program.
CAD Computer Graphics Lab: In addition to your classrooms and labs, you will have access
to the Hitchcock Computer Graphics Lab (HCGL) located in Hitchcock Hall Room 342.
Representative Topics List
Course Intro and Computational Science
Array Creation
Array Accessing, Strings
Array Operations
Linear Models
Script Files
Non-linear Models
2-D Plots
A3
Functions
Program Strategies
Logical Expressions
Conditional Statements
Accuracy and Precision
Loops
Verification and Validation
Representative Assignments
Data Project
Plot Project
Parachute/Team Project
Extended/Team Project
Representative Grading Plan 167 Grading Summary % of Final Grade
Daily Assignments 20%
Projects 20%
Quizzes 9%
Exam 1 15%
Exam 2 15%
Final Exam 20%
Journal Entries 1%
Relationship to BS Program Outcomes
a b c d e f g h i j k
** ** * * ** * ***
Course Coordinator: Dr. Lisa Abrams
A4
ISE 504 – Engineering Economic Analysis Spring Quarter, 2011
Su, Au, Wi, Sp Qtrs. 3 classes/wk 3 credits.
Instructor GTA Harry Pierson Vikram Srinivasan (srinivasan.93@osu.edu) 246 Baker Systems pierson.90@osu.edu Textbook
Blank, Leland and Anthony Tarquin. Engineering Economy, 6th edition. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2005. (ISBN 0-07-320382-3)
Specific Course Information Catalog Description: Economic analysis of engineering projects and methods of operation;
the analysis of public investments, and introduction to the analysis of engineering decisions. 504H (honors) may be available.
Prereq: 3rd yr standing or concur with ISE500 or written permission of instructor; and a minimum cumulative pt-hr ratio of 2.00. Not open to students with credit for IndEng 504. This is a required course in the BSWE curriculum
Specific goals for the course
Engineering economics is a set of analytic techniques used in making decisions about the allocation of resources. At its core is a mathematical model of how the value of money depends upon when it is paid or received. This model, while universally applicable to all areas of personal and business finance, will be applied in the context of problems that early- and mid-career engineers are typically called upon to solve. In much the same manner that an engineer applies the fundamental laws of mathematics and science to optimize quantities such as weight, power consumption, heat flow, stress, etc., students will learn to apply time-value-of-money concepts to maximize the financial benefits or minimize the financial costs associated with engineering projects.
This course is important in demonstrating the following ABET Educational Outcomess
for the accreditation of your degree:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (ABET 3a)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety, manufacturability, and sustainability (ABET 3c)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (ABET 3e)
A5
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice (ABET 3k)
Grading Final numeric grades will be determined according to the following weighting: Midterm 1 25% Midterm 2 30% Final Exam 30% Quizzes 15% Course Topics
Date Subject Reading Assignment
3/28 Course Introduction Ch 1
3/30 Equivalence Ch 2 & Ch 3
4/4 Equivalence
4/6 Equivalence
4/11 Excel Appendix A
4/13 Interest Rates Ch 4
4/18 Interest Rates, Review
4/20 Worth Analysis Ch 5 (skip 5.6 & 5.7) Ch 6
4/25 Midterm 1
4/27 Worth Analysis, Rate of Return Analysis Ch 7 (skip 7.5) & Ch 8
5/2 Rate of Return Analysis, Payback Analysis
Section 5.6
5/4 Payback Analysis, Break Even Analysis Ch 13
5/9 Sensitivity Analysis, Review Sections 18.1, 18.2
5/11 Midterm 2
5/16 Depreciation Ch 16 (skip 16A.1)
5/18 Depreciation, After-Tax Analysis
5/23 After-Tax Analysis Ch 17 (skip 17.7-9)
5/25 Inflation Ch 14
5/30 University Holiday - No class
6/1 Inflation, Review
6/9 Final Exam (3:30-5:18)
A6
1. Physics 131 – Introductory Physics: Particles and Motion
2. Credits: 5 undergraduate credit hours Su, Au, Wi, Sp Qrts. 5cl, 1 2-hr lab.
3. Course Dr. Michael Ziegler
Coordinator: Office: 1036A Smith labs, Phone: 614-292-2067
4. Textbook: Fundamentals of Physics by Halliday, Resnick, Walker, 8th
edition (2008)
Physics 131 Laboratory Activities & Worksheets, 4th
edition
5. Course Major concepts of physics from a contemporary point of view; for
Information: students in physical sciences, mathematics, or engineering.
Pre-req: 1 entrance unit of Physics or Chemistry; and Math 151 and concur
Math 152, or concur Math 161 or higher.
This is a required course for Arts & Sciences Physics and Engineering Physics
majors. It is required in the undergraduate WE curriculum.
6. Course Objectives:
Students understand the basic facts, principles, theories and methods of modern
science [a, e].
Students learn key events in the history of science [a, h].
Students provide examples of the inter-dependence of scientific and technological
developments [a, e, k].
Students discuss social and philosophical implications of scientific discoveries and
understand the potential of science and technology to address problems of the
contemporary world [h, j].
7. Topics Covered:
Kinematics
Static forces
Dynamic forces
Static friction
Conservation of energy
Momentum
Rotational dynamics
A7
1. Physics 132 – Introductory Physics: Electricity and Magnetism
2.Credits: 5 undergraduate credit hours
3. Course Dr. Michael Ziegler
Coordinator: Office: 1036A Smith labs, Phone: 614-292-2067
4. Textbook: Fundamentals of Physics. Halliday, Resnick and Walker 8th
edition (2008).
Physics 132 Laboratory Activities and Worksheets. 3rd
edition.
5. Course Major concepts of physics from a contemporary point of view; for
Description: students in physical sciences, mathematics, or engineering. Continuation of
131.
Su, Au, Wi, Sp Qrts. 5cl, 1 2-hr lab. Pre-req: Physics 131; and Math 152 and
concur Math 153, or concur Math 162 or higher.
This is a required course for Arts & Sciences Physics and Engineering Physics
majors
6. Course Objectives:
Students understand the basic facts, principles, theories and methods of modern
science [a, e].
Students learn key events in the history of science [a, h].
Students provide examples of the inter-dependence of scientific and technological
developments [a, e, k].
Students discuss social and philosophical implications of scientific discoveries and
understand the potential of science and technology to address problems of the
contemporary world [h, j].
7. Topics covered:
Coulomb‘s Law
Electric fields
Charge distributions
Electric flux
Gauss‘s Law
Electric potential
Capacitors
Inductance
Faraday‘s Law
Ampere‘s Law
The Biot-Savart Law
Magnetic forces and fields
Resistance
Currents and circuits
A8
1. Physics 133 – Introductory Physics: Thermal Physics, Waves, and Quantum Physics
2. Credits: 5 undergraduate credit hours
3. Course Dr. Michael Ziegler
Coordinator: Office: 1036A Smith labs, Phone: 614-292-2067
4. Textbook: Fundamentals of Physics, Halliday, Resnick, Walker, 8th
edition (2008)
Physics 133 Laboratory Activities & Worksheets, 1st edition
5. Course Major concepts of physics from a contemporary point of view; for students in
physical
Information: sciences, mathematics, or engineering.
Su, Au, Wi, Sp Qrts. 5 cl, 1 2-hr lab. Pre-req: Physics 133 and math 153 or
Math 162 or higher.
This is a required course for Arts & Sciences Physics and Engineering Physics
majors. It is a required course in the WE undergraduate curriculum.
6.Course Objectives:
Students understand the basic facts, principles, theories and methods of modern
science [a, e].
Students learn key events in the history of science [a, h].
Students provide examples of the inter-dependence of scientific and technological
developments [a, e, k].
Students discuss social and philosophical implications of scientific discoveries and
understand the potential of science and technology to address problems of the
contemporary world [h, j].
7. Topics covered:
Simple harmonic motion
Interference and diffraction
Sound waves
Electromagnetic waves
Refraction
Lenses and images
Single and double slit diffraction
Special relativity
Matter waves
Quantum wells
A9
1. Chemistry 121 – General Chemistry
2. 5 credits, 4 cl, 3 lab hrs per week
3. Instructor: Dr. Spinney
Office: 144 Celeste Labs
Lab Supervisor: Dr. Tatz
Office: 280D Celeste Lab
4. Textbook: Chemistry, The Central Science (Eleventh Edition), by Brown, LeMay, Bursten
and Murphy
Lab Manual: General Chemistry Laboratory Experiments, Volume 1 (2009-10), by Casey and
Tatz
Lab Notebook: Student Lab Notebook, Hayden-McNeil Publishing, Inc.
Prerequisite: One unit of high school chemistry and eligibility to enroll in Math 150.
5. Course Information Chemistry 121 is a Physical Science course in the Natural Science category of the GEC. It is a
required course in the WE undergraduate curriculum.
6. Goals/Rationale: This course fosters an understanding of the principles, theories, and methods of
modern science, the relationship between science and technology, and the effects of science and
technology on the environment.
Learning Objectives:
1. Students understand the basic facts, principles, theories, and methods of modern science [a,e].
2. Students learn key events in the history of science [a,h].
3. Students provide examples of the inter-dependence of scientific and technological
developments [a, e, k]. 4. Students discuss social and philosophical implications of scientific discoveries and understand
the potential of science and technology to address problems of the contemporary world [h, j]..
7. Topics
Introduction, Matter, Measurement, Significant Figures, Dimensional Analysis ; Atomic Theory and Atomic
Structure
Modern View of the Atom, Atomic Weights, Periodic Table, Molecular/Ionic Compounds, Naming
Inorganic/Organic Compounds
Chemical Equations, Reactivity Patterns, Formula Weights, Avogadro‘s Number, The Mole, Empirical
Formulas, Stoichiometry, LR
LR, Aqueous Solution, Precipitation, Acid-Base, Oxidation-Reduction,
Solution Concentration, Solution Stoichiometry/Chemical Analysis; Light Waves, Energy of Photons, Line
Spectra, Orbitals
Atomic Orbitals, Representing Orbitals, Electron Configuration; Periodic Table, Charge, Size, Ionization
Energy, Electron Affinities
Metals, Nonmetals and Metalloids; Lewis Symbols, Ionic and Covalent Bonding, Lewis Structures, Bond
Polarity and Electronegativity
Lewis Structures, Resonance Structures, Octet Exceptions, Bond Strength, Molecular Shapes, VSEPR Model,
Polarity
A10
Covalent Bonding/Orbital Overlap, Hybrid Orbitals, Multiple Bonds, Molecular Orbitals, Second-Row
Diatomics
A11
1. Chemistry 125 General Chemistry
2. 4 credits, 3 cl, 3 lab hrs per week
Lecture: Tuesday & Thursday 11:30 – 12:48 pm, EL 1008
3. Instructor: Dr. Loza Office: 280C Celeste Lab
Lab Supervisor: Dr. Tatz Office: 280D Celeste Lab
4. Textbook: Chemistry, The Central Science (11th Edition), by Brown, LeMay, Bursten and Murphy
Lab Manual: General Chemistry Laboratory Experiments, Volume 5 (2010), by Casey and Tatz
Lab
Notebook:
Student Lab Notebook, Hayden-McNeil Publishing, Inc.
5. Specific Course Information Chemistry 125 is a Physical Science course in the Natural Science category of the GEC, which has
these goals and objectives:
Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 or completion of Chemistry101 with a grade of A or A- and eligibility to enroll in Math 151.
Chemistry 125 is a required course in the WE Undergraduate curriculum
6. Goals/Rationale: Courses in natural sciences foster an understanding of the principles, theories, and
methods of modern science, the relationship between science and technology, and the effects of
science and technology on the environment.
Learning Objectives:
1 Students understand the basic facts, principles, theories, and methods of modern science [a,e]..
2 Students learn key events in the history of science [a,h].
3 Students provide examples of the inter-dependence of scientific and technological developments [a, e,
k]. 4 Students discuss social and philosophical implications of scientific discoveries and understand the
potential of science and technology to address problems of the contemporary world [h,j].
7. Lecture Topic
Gas Laws, Ideal Gases, Applications, Partial Pressures (Dalton‘s Law), Kinetic Molecular Theory, Diffusion,
Effusion
Real Gases, Intermolecular Forces, Liquids, Vapor Pressure
Phase Diagrams, Solid Structures and Bonding, Solutions, Concentration
Solution Process, Solubility, Colligative Properties, Reaction Rates
Rate Laws, Integrated Rate Laws, Arrhenius Equation, Kinetic Theory, Mechanisms, Catalysis
Equilibrium Calculations, Reaction Quotient, Le Chatelier‘s Principle
Acid-Base Equilibria, Brønsted-Lowry Concept, pH Scale, Strong & Weak Acids & Bases, Salt Solutions,
Acidity & Structure
Lewis Concept, Common-Ion Effect, Buffers, Acid-Base Titrations
Chemical Thermodynamics Electrochemistry
A12
ENG 183.01: Fundamentals of Engineering II
Description
Team building, design/build project; project management, introduction to MATLAB, written
and oral reports, preparation of visual aids, hands-on lab and reporting.
Levels, Credits, Class Time Distribution, Prerequisites
Level: U
Credits: 3
Class Time Distribution: 2 class, 3 lab hours per week
Prerequisites: 181 or 181.01 or 181.02 or 191H or 191.01H or 191.02H. Not open to
students with credit for 182.
Quarters Offered
Su, Wi, Sp
Intended Learning Outcomes
The goals of this course are threefold: (1) to build on the skills you gained in 181, (2) to
engage you in a quarter-long design/build project, and (3) prepare you for your advanced
engineering classes and career. This course is divided into two segments: (1) Class
Assignments and (2) Hands-on Laboratory.
Representative Texts and Other Course Materials
Required Materials:
New Book (At OSU Bookstores)
o MATLAB: An Introduction With Applications, 3rd
or 4rd
Edition, by Gilat, John
Wiley & Sons, Hoboken, NJ, 2008. ISBN: 978-0-470-10877-2 or 978-0-470-
76785-6
Books reused from 181
o Tools and Tactics of Design, by Dominick, et al., combined with excerpts from
A Guide to Writing as an Engineer, 2nd
Edition by Beer et al., Wiley Custom
Services, John Wiley & Sons, Hoboken, NJ, 2009. ISBN: 978-0-47073-241-0
o Technical Graphics, 2nd
Edition, by Meyers, et al., Schroff Development
Corporation, Mission, KS, 2009. ISBN 978-1-58503-395-9
o An Introduction to Autodesk Inventor 2010 and AutoCAD 2010, by Shih,
Schroff Development Corporation, Mission, Kansas, 2003. ISBN 978-1-58503-
545-8.
Engineering 183_01 Student Course Packet (*Purchase at campus Barnes and
Noble*)
o (includes Student Lab Manual and Student Homework Packet and a DVD of
materials)
Recommended Items:
Storage Medium – USB flash drives Note: 3GB storage space on a network drive
accessible by Remote Desktop from outside of class is provided by the First-Year
Engineering Program.
Mechanical pencils, ruler (inches and metric)
Representative Topics List
A13
Technical Graphics
Computer Aided Design
Programming in MATLAB
Engineering Design and Analysis
Project Management
Ethics in Engineering
Teamwork
Oral and Written Technical Communication
Representative Lab Assignments
The current design-build project involves constructing a working model of a roller-
coaster; the labs therefore cover topics in basic physics such as:
• Various forms of energy and those that are useful in producing work
• Principle of conservation of energy
• Friction and other energy losses
• Use of switches and sensors in building an electronic speed-trap circuit for measuring
the speed of a moving object
Representative Grading Plan
Class Activities: 27%
o Daily Assignments/Quizzes: 17%
o MATLAB Quizzes: 2%
o Initial Paper Design: 8%
Lab Activities 28%
o Lab Memos
o Lab Quizzes: 3%
o Initial Project Schedule: 1%
o Final System Set: 5%
o Oral Presentation: 5%
o Lab Notebook 4%
o Final Written Lab Report 5%
Exams (Class and Labs) 40%
o Midterm: 20%
o Final: 20%
Team Work: 5%
o Final Team Evaluation: 3%
o Attendance: 1%
o Journal: 1%
Relationship to BS Program Outcomes (***: major contribution; **:some contribution)
ABET Criteria:
a b c d e f g h i j k
*** *** *** *** *** ** *** ** ***
Course Coordinator: Dr. John Merrill
A14
1. ECE 300 Electrical Circuits
2. 3 cr. hr; 2 – 48 min. lecture and 1 – 48 min recitation per week
3. Course Supervisor: Charles Klein
4. Textbook: Principles and Applications of Electrical Engineering, 5th Ed., Rizzoni,
2007
a. References:
i. Schaum's Outline of Electric Circuits, J. Edminister and M. Nahvi
ii. Publisher‘s website for the textbook: http://highered.mcgraw-
hill.com/sites/0072463473/information_center_view0/
iii. Analysis and Design of Linear Circuits, 5th Ed., Thomas and Rosa,
2006
5. Specific course information
a. Catalog Description: Introduction to circuit analysis; circuit analysis concepts
and their extension to mechanical and thermal systems by analogy; electrical
instruments and measurements.
b. Prerequisites: Physics 132, Math 254, minimum CPHR of 2.00, and in Eng
college. Not open to Elec & Cptr Eng majors.
6. Specific goals for this course
a. Outcomes of instruction
i. Students learn the basic laws of circuit theory.
ii. Students learn to analyze simple resistive or dc circuits.
iii. Students learn to analyze simple and ideal operational amplifier
circuits.
iv. Students learn to analyze simple sinusoidal RLC circuits.
v. Students learn about frequency domain concepts and filters.
vi. Students learn to analyze simple switching or transient circuits.
b. Student Outcomes: ABET standard Student Outcome 3a
7. Topics (number of lectures)
a. DC or Resistive Circuit Analysis (10)
b. Ideal Operational Amplifier Circuits (3)
c. AC or RLC Circuit Analysis (9)
d. Filters and AC Circuits (6)
e. Switching Circuits and Transient Response (2)
A15
1. ECE 309 Electrical Circuits Laboratory
2. 1 cr. hr; 1 – 3 hr lab per week
3. Course Supervisor: Steven Bibyk
4. Textbook: A Practical Introduction to Electronic Instrumentation, 3rd Ed., Rizzoni,
1997
5. Specific course information
a. Catalog Description: Accompanies and complements 300 by demonstrating the
physical principles discussed there; use of electrical instruments such as
oscilloscopes, voltmeters, ammeters, etc., are also emphasized.
b. Prerequisite or concurrent: ECE 300 and minimum CPHR of 2.00. Not open to
Elec & Cptr Eng majors.
6. Specific goals for this course
a. Outcomes of instruction
i. Engineering students outside the major learn the basic techniques of
electrical measurements with instruments such as oscilloscopes,
voltmeters, etc. (3(k))
ii. Students reinforce knowledge of basic electrical principles and analysis
techniques taught in non-major circuits classes through hands-on
experience. (3(a),(e))
b. Student Outcomes: ABET standard Student Outcome in parenthesis after each
outcome of instruction
7. Topics (number of labs)
a. Introduction to Oscilloscope (1)
b. Introduction to DC Electrical Measurements (1)
c. Introduction to AC Electrical Measurements (1)
d. The Strain Gauge Whetstone Bridge: Measurement of Force (1)
e. Introduction to Operational Amplifiers (1)
f. Sinusoidal Frequency Response of Circuits Containing Energy Storage
Elements (1)
g. Op-Amp Active Filters (1)
h. Step Response of Circuits Containing Energy Storage Elements (1)
i. Introduction to Half-wave and Full-wave Rectifiers (1)
A16
Math 151: Calculus and Analytic Geometry I
Credits: 5 credits (Three 48-min lectures, two 48-min. recitations)
Course Coordinator: Crichton Ogle
Textbook and Supplementary Materials:
Calculus: Early Transcendentals, Volume I, 6th
OSU custom edtition, Stewart, 2009
Calculator
Description: Limits, continuity, derivatives, Mean Value Theorem, extrema, curve sketching,
related rates, differentiation of the trig, log, and exp functions.
Pre-requisites: C- or better in Math 150 or Course Code L on Math Placement Test
Required Course
Course Goals: ABET Criteria: 3a
1) To master the essentials of Differential Calculus and its applications, and to
develop the computational and problem solving skills for that purpose
2) To understand the basic techniques of Calculus, including the notions of limit and
continuity, the definition of the derivative of a function, how to compute the
derivative of a function, how to compute the derivative of any elementary function
(polynomial, exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric, or any combination of such),
how to determine maxima and minima, and how these techniques apply to real life
situations
Topics:
1) Exponential Functions
2) Inverse Functions and Logarithms
3) The Tangent and Velocity Problems
4) The Limit of a Function
5) Calculating Limits Using the Limit Laws
6) Continuity
7) Limits of Infinity; Horizontal Asymptotes
8) Derivatives and Rates of Change
9) The Derivative as a Function
10) Derivatives of Polynomials and Exponential Functions
11) The Product and Quotient Rules
12) Derivatives of Trigonometric Functions
13) The Chain Rule
14) Implicit Differentiation
15) Derivatives of Logarithmic Functions
16) Rates of Change in the Natural and Social Sciences
17) Exponential Growth and Decay
A17
18) Related Rates
19) Linear Approximations and Differentials
20) Maximum and minimum values
21) The Mean Value Theorem
22) How Derivatives Affect the Shape of the Graph
23) Summary of Curve Sketching
24) Optimization Problems
25) Antiderivatives
26) Graphic with Calculus and Graphing Calculators
27) Indeterminate forms of L‘Hopital‘s Rule
28) Newton‘s Method
A18
Mathematics 152.01 5 cr. Calculus and Analytic Geometry
Au, Wi, Sp, Su
Prerequisite: Mathematics 151.xx with grade of C- or better.
Catalog Description: Integrals, area, fundamental theorems of calculus, logarithmic and
exponential functions, trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions, methods of
integration, applications of integration, polar coordinates.
Objectives of Course: To provide students with a solid foundation in one-variable integral
calculus. ABET Criteria: 3a
Text: Calculus: Early Transcendentals, Volume 1 ISBN-13: 978-1-4240-6455-7 or ISBN-10:
1-4240-6455-4. , 6th
OSU custom edition, by Stewart, Cengage,
Alternate Text: Calculus: Early Transcendentals ISBN 0534393217. , 6th edition, by Stewart,
Thomson,
Topics List & Sample Syllabus
4.4 Indeterminate Forms and L‘Hospital‘s Rule
5.1 Areas and Distances
5.2 The Definite Integral
5.3 The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus
5.4 Indefinite Integrals and the Net Change Theorem
5.5 The Substitution Rule
5.6 The Logarithm Defined as an Integral
6.1 Areas between Curves
6.2 Volumes
6.3 Volumes by Cylindrical Shells
6.4 Work
7.1 Integration by Parts
7.2 Trigonometric Integrals
7.3 Trigonometric Substitution
7.4 Integration of Rational Functions by Partial Fractions
7.8 Improper Integrals
8.1 Arc Length
8.2 Area of a Surface of Revolution
9.1 Modeling with Differential Equations
9.3 Separable Equations
9.4 Exponential Growth and Decay
A19
Math 153: Calculus and Analytic Geometry III
Credits: 5 credits (Three 48-min. lectures, two 48-min recitations)
Course coordinator: Kenneth Koenig
Textbook and Supplementary Materials:
Calculus: Early Transcendentals, Volume I, 6th
OSU custom edtition, Stewart, 2009
Calculator
Description: Indeterminate forms, Taylor‘s formula, improper integrals, infinite series,
parametric curves, and vectors in the plane; vectors, curves, and surfaces in space.
Pre-requisites: C- in Math 152 or 152.xx or 161 or 161.xx or 161H or 161.xxH
Required Course
Course goal: To provide students with a solid foundation in calculus covering such topics as
infinite series, power series, Taylor theorem; planar curves; vectors, curves and surfaces in
space. ABET Criteria: 3a
Topics:
1) Sequences
2) Series
3) The integral test and estimates of sums
4) The comparison tests
5) Alternating series
6) Absolute convergence, and the ratio and root tests
7) Strategy for testing series
8) Power series
9) Representations of functions as power series
10) Taylor and Maclaurin series
11) Binomial series
12) Applications of Taylor polynomials
13) Curves defined by parametric equations
14) Calculus with parametric curves
15) Polar coordinates
16) Area and lengths in polar coordinates
17) Three-dimensional coordinate systems
18) Vectors
19) The dot product
20) The cross product
21) Equations of lines and planes
22) Cylinders and quadric surfaces
A20
23) Cylindrical and spherical coordinates
24) Vector functions and space curves
25) Derivatives and integrals of vector functions
26) Arc length and curvature
A21
Math 254: Calculus and Analytic Geometry IV Credits: 5 credits (Three 48-min. lectures, two 48-min. recitations) Course coordinator: Kenneth Koenig Textbook and Supplementary Materials: Calculus: Early Transcendentals, Volume I, 6
th OSU custom edtition, Stewart, 2009
Calculator Description: Partial differentiation, Lagrange multipliers, multiple integrals, line integrals, and Green‘s theorem Pre-requisites: Math 153.01 Required Course Course goal: To provide students with a solid foundation in calculus. ABET Criteria: 3a Topics:
Functions of several variables Limits and continuity Partial derivatives Tangent planes and linear approximation The chain rule Directional derivatives and the gradient vector Maximum and minimum values Lagrange multipliers Double integrals over rectangles; Iterated integrals Double integrals over general regions Double integrals in polar coordinates Triple integrals Triple integrals in cylindrical coordinates Triple integrals in spherical coordinates Vector fields Line integrals Fundamental theorem for line integrals Green‘s theorem Curl and Divergence Parametric surfaces and their areas Surface integrals Stokes‘ theorem and the divergence theorem
A22
MSE 205-Introduction to Materials Science and Engineering (Required) offered every quarter
Catalog Data: Structure, processing, properties, and applications of metals, ceramics,
polymers, and composite materials. Su, Au, Wi, Sp Qtr. 3 1-hr lectures, 1-1hr recitation.
Prerequisites: Math 141 or 151 or 161; Physics 131; Chem 121 or Chem H201 Time and Place: 3-48 minute lectures per week
1-48 minute recitation per week (optional) Objectives: Apply knowledge of math, elementary physics, and introductory
chemistry to understand structures, processing methods, and resulting properties of engineering materials. ABET Criteria: 3 (a, e, h, j, k)
Textbook: W.D. Callister, Jr., Materials Science and Engineering: An
Introduction (7th ed), Wiley and Sons, 2007. Student Learning Resources CD-ROM
Topics: See detailed list appended. Grading Plan: 25% weekly quizzes (based on homework), 50% midterms (2), 25%
final (1). Laboratory Projects: None Professional Component Content:
Engineering Science: 2.5 credits or 83% Engineering Design: 0.5 credits or 17%
Design Component Content:
In lectures and in assigned homework, students learn how to (1) determine thermal and mechanical processing that achieve particular structures and properties, (2) determine needed material properties to meet an engineering requirement, and (3) select materials that meet or exceed required properties.
Relation to Program Objectives:
1. This course applies basic science and engineering concepts to materials engineering and therefore is integral to ABET Outcome 3(a). 2. This course provides examples of the relationship between microstructure, properties and processing of materials and therefore is integral to ABET Outcome 3(c,e).
Updated by: P.M. Anderson
A23
Lecture Topics Each bulleted item comprises approximately one lecture
• General Introduction.
• Types of atomic bonding and the relation to properties.
• Comparison of densities of material
• Engineering stress and engineering strain; stress-strain testing, linear elastic moduli.
• Plastic (permanent) deformation, yield strength, tensile strength, ductility, toughness, hardness,
hardening, design/safety factors.
• Dislocations and strengthening; plastic strengthening due to grain size reduction and alloying.
• Plastic strengthening due to precipitation and due to work hardening. estimate of %cold work on
yield strength, tensile strength, and ductility. Recovery, recrystallization, and grain growth due to
heating after cold work.
• Ductile vs brittle failure and case examples; features of fracture surfaces.
• Role of flaws, stress concentration factors, fracture toughness; estimates of critical stress (load) for
fracture. Effect of loading rate and temperature.
• Fatigue and fatigue design parameters; improving fatigue life; creep and creep failure.
• Phase diagrams. Solubility limit, components and phases, estimates of number and types of phases,
phase composition, and weight fraction of phases.
• Cooling in a Cu-Ni binary; mechanical properties versus composition and structure.
• Eutectic systems; eutectoid systems (steel).
• Phase transformations and kinetics. TTT diagrams for eutectoid steels. tempering martensite;
processing options for steels.
• Taxonomy of metals; precipitation hardening; metal fabrication methods. • Bonding in ceramic
materials; predicting the structure of ceramics with ionic bonding; defects in ceramics; methods to
measure elastic moduli, strength, and elevated temperature response.
• Applications and processing of ceramics; ceramic fabrication methods; glass structure, properties,
and heat treatment.
• Polymer microstructure, molecular weight and crystallinity; tensile response of thermosets,
thermoplastics, and elastomers; predeformation by drawing; time-dependent deformation.
• Composite materials and classifications; estimates of elastic moduli and strength; benefits of
composites such as specific properties.
• The cost of corrosion, standard EMF tests, galvanic series, forms of corrosion; controlling corrosion.
• Electrical conduction; comparison of conductivities; insulators, semiconductors, and metals;
estimating conductivity versus composition in an alloy; conductivity versus temperature in a metal
versus a semiconductor; doping.
• Heat capacity, thermal expansion coefficient, and thermal conductivity of materials; thermal stress;
thermal shock resistance.
• Response of a material to an applied magnetic field; types of magnetism; magnetic susceptibility;
permanent magnets; magnetic storage.
• Light interaction with solids; absorption, transmission, and reflection in metals and nonmetals; color
of nonmetals; applications to luminescence, photoconductivity, solar cells, fiber optics.
• Price and availability of materials; relative cost of materials; optimization for stiff/light and
strong/light members in tension, tornsion, and bending. Stiff/cheap and stong/cheap members.
• Material property database (on CD-ROM); use in materials selection.
A24
MATSCEN 581.04 – Materials Science and Engineering Laboratory for Welding
Engineering
Credits 2 credit hours
Instructor David Phillips, Associate Professor of Practice
Office: 114 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-292-1974
Email: phillips.176@osu.edu
Required Materials None required
Course Information: Laboratory experiments related to materials characterization and
properties for Welding Engineering Students. Development of
technical writing skills
WI Qtr., 1 lecture, 1 lab, Prerequisites: MSE 205 and 3rd
yr
engineering standing, MSE 525 (conc.)
This is a required class for BSWE majors
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (1)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(3)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (2)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (1)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(2)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (2)
WELDENG (L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes
and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (2)
WELDENG (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (3)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
Topics: (Hours)
Metallography (7.0)
Heat Treatment and Welding of Steels (8.0)
Casting of Aluminum (5.0)
Analysis of Steel Weldment Fusion Zone (3.0)
Technical Writing (9.0)
A25
MSE 525 Phase Diagrams
Catalog Data: Phase diagrams of unary, binary, and ternary materials systems;
thermodynamics and applications. Prerequisites: 4
th year standing in engineering or permission of instructor. MSE 401
or equivalent. Not open to students with credit for MSE 521.01. Time and Place: Winter quarter. 3-48 minute lectures per week Objectives: Provide students with a working knowledge of how to read phase
diagrams and use them to solve problems involving alloy and process
design. Meet ABET Criteria 3 Outcomes a, e, i, j, and k. Textbook: F. N. Rhines, Phase Diagrams in Metallurgy (McGraw-Hill, 1956, New
York). Other supplemental reading will be provided. Topics: See detailed list appended. Grading Plan: 20% homework (8), 35% midterm (1), 45% final (1). Professional Component content:
Engineering Science: 2.5 credits or 83%. Engineering Design: 0.5 credits or 17%.
Design Component content: Students learn to apply principles of phase diagrams to the design of alloys and material processes that involve multicomponent systems.
Lecture Topics
Each bulleted item comprises approximately one lecture
Review of phase binary diagram axes and analysis
Applications
Phase Rule, LeChatelier‘s Principle
Unary P vs T Phase Diagrams
Invariant and univariant equilibrium, allotropy
Thermodynamics, free energy vs. temperature
Phase boundary slopes, vapor pressure
Binary Phase Diagrams and types of solutions
Equilibrium and ―cored‖ microstructures
Eutectic systems
Eutectoid and monotectic systems, miscibility gaps
Other phase diagram features
Peritectic and syntectic systems
Invariant equilibria classification
Ternary phase diagrams and the Gibbs triangle
Isomorphous systems
3-phase equilibria
example system with 2 binary eutectics and 1 isomorphous
Phase diagram topology and ZPF lines
Classification of 4-phase, invariant equilibria
Example system with 3 binary eutectics
Example with 2 binary eutectics and 1 peritectic
Example with 1 binary eutectic and 2 peritectics
A26
Quasi-binaries
Phase diagram division
Representing complex ternary systems
Higher-order multicomponent systems
Important ceramic phase diagrams
A27
MSE 543-Materials Structure III
Description: Principles of structural transformations in materials. Thermodynamics
and kinetics of nucleation, growth, precipitation, and martensitic
reactions.
Prerequisite: MSE 342 and 525 or 542.01.
Time Distribution: Three-48 minute classes per week
Textbook: Physical Metallurgy Principles, R. E. Reed-Hill & R. Abbaschian,
(PWS Pub. Co., Boston, MA 1994).
Course Objectives:
Ability to apply basic concepts of thermodynamics and diffusion to driving forces and
mechanisms of microstructural transformations. ABET Criteria: 3(a)
Understanding basic kinetics and morphology of nucleation and growth processes in solids.
ABET Criteria: 3(a).
Ability to apply concepts of transformation kinetics to practical microstructure-processing
relations in materials. ABET Criteria: 3(a), 3(c), 3(e).
Ability to find, interpret, and use material properties in computational models of
transformation kinetics. ABET Criteria: 3(a), 3(b), 3(c), 3(e), 3(k).
Topics:
1. Microstructures by Transformation: Examples from various materials classes.
2. Chemical potential, phase equilibrium, and driving force
3. Structure, Energy & Mobility of Surfaces and Interfaces
4. Interface Migration by short-range diffusion
5. Grain Growth vs. Polymorhpic phase growth
6. Diffusional Nucleation: Energetics & Kinetics
7. Crystal Growth and Morphology (Example: CVD Diamond)
8. Overall Kinetics of Nucleation & Growth Processes: IT- Diagrams.
9. Applications of N & G Kinetics, and Processing-Structure Relations in:
9.1 Solidification, Morphological stability
9.2 Glass formation and devitrification (Example: Glass ceramics.)
9.3 Annealing: Recrystallization and Grain Growth (Example: silicon steels)
9.4 Precipitation in Solids (Example: precipitation hardening)
10. Sintering of powders: Driving Forces & Mechanisms (Example: fully dense Alumina)
11. Nondiffusional Transformations
Professional Component: 1.5 credit hours of engineering science and 1.5 hours of
engineering design.
Design component Content: Students must learn and apply the principles of phase
transformations in solids to a range of important technological
problems. Students are given and opportunity to develop their technical
judgment and scientific insight though homework and exams.
A28
ME 410 - Statics
1. Course Number and Name Mech Eng 410 - Statics
2. Credits and Contact Hours 4 cr hrs - 3x1 1/3 cr hrs Lecture, 1 hr Recitation
3. Course Coordinator Daniel A. Mendelsohn, Assoc. Prof. of Mechanical Engineering
4. Text Engineering Mechanics - Statics, 12th Ed. by R. C. Hibbeler,
Pearson - Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, 2010
5. Course Information
(a) Catalog Description Vector concepts of static equilibrium for isolated and
connected bodies, centroids, inertia, truss, frame and
machine analysis, shear force and bending moment
diagrams, and friction. (Au, Wi, Sp, Su Qtrs.)
(b) Prerequisites Engineer 182 or 183 or H192 or En Graph 167 or H167 or
Cptr/Inf 201 or Cptr/Inf 202, and Physics 131, and Math
254 (prereq or concur). CPHR 2.00 or above
recommended. Not open to students with credit for H210
or 400.
(c) Course Type Required
6. Course Goals [Outcomes Addressed]:
Our students will obtain:
1. Ability to determine resultant forces and moments and equivalent force/couple
systems for a given system of forces and/or couple moments. [a,e]
2. Ability to isolate a particle or rigid body from its surroundings and draw a free-
body diagram. [a,e]
3. Ability to write the equilibrium equations for a body given its free-body diagram
and then solve those equations for unknowns. [a,e]
4. Ability to find forces at external supports and internal connections of structures in
equilibrium such as trusses, frames, and machines. [a,e]
5. Ability to find internal forces in structures and to draw shear force and bending
moment diagrams for beams. [a,e]
6. Ability to solve equilibrium problems involving impending motion at surfaces with
Coulomb friction. [a,e]
7. Ability to determine geometric and inertial properties of solid bodies. [a,e]
8. Ability to develop a systematic approach to solving problems, including careful
sketching, precise mathematical notation, and clear presentation of solution. [a,e,g,k]
A29
7. Course Topics
Topics Covered Number of Lecture/Exam Hours
1. 2D and 3D Force Vectors and Particle Equilibrium 4
2. Moment due to a force, Couples, Force/Couple Systems 4
3. 2D Rigid Body Equilibrium 3.5
4. 3D Rigid Body Equilibrium 3.5
5. Centroids, Area Mom‘s of Inertia, Distributed Loading, Fluid Statics 7
6. Trusses, Frames and Machines 7
7. Internal Forces, Shear and Bending Moment Diagrams 4
8. Dry Friction and Coulomb‘s Law 3
9. Midterm Exams 3
10. Total 40
Relationship to ABET-Accredited Program Outcomes:
ABET and Program Outcomes Addressed: a , e, k
Prepared by: Daniel A. Mendelsohn, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
A30
ME 420- Introduction to Strength of Materials
1. Course Number and Name Mech Eng 420- Introduction to Strength of Materials
2. Credit and Contact Hours 4 cr hrs- 3x64 min Lecture, 1 hr Recitation
3. Course Coordinator Daniel A. Mendelsohn, Associate Professor of
Mechanical Engineering
4. Text Mechanics of Materials, 8th
Ed. By R.C. Hibbeler,
Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, 2010
5. Course Information
(a) Catalog Description Stress and strain analysis of structural components
subjected to unidirectional and combined loads; vessels;
beam deflections, Mohr‘s Circle, and columns
(b) Prerequisites ME 210H or ME 410, or EngMech 210H
(c) Course Type Required
6. Course Goals [Outcomes Addressed]:
Our students will obtain:
1. Ability to use internal forces to model normal and shear stress distributions in
frame and machine components under various loadings including pure shear, axial,
torsion, and bending loading [a,e,k]
2. Ability to relate stresses to strains and use published experimentally determined
material properties such as Young’s modulus and Poisson’s ratio [a,e,k]
3. Ability to analyze displacement or deflection and use constraints on deformation
quantities to calculate forces on bodies supported in a statically indeterminate
manner [a,e,k]
4. Ability to transform stresses and strains at a point between differently oriented
coordinate systems [a,e,k]
5. Ability to size structural elements and determine allowable loads on components
based on considerations of critical values of stress and factors of safety [a,e,c,k]
6. Ability to develop a systematic approach to solving problems, including careful
sketching, precise mathematical notation, and clear presentation of solutions
[a,e,g,k]
A31
7. Course Topics
Topics Covered Number of
Lecture/Exam Hours
1. Review of Statics 1
2. Definition of Stress, Average Normal and Shear Stress,
Allowable Stress and Factor of Safety 2
3. Deformation and Normal and shear Strain, Mechanical
Properties of Materials, Hooke‘s Law 3
4. Deformation of Axially Loaded Members (Statically
Indeterminate and Thermal Loading Problems) 4
5. Torsion of Bars (Stress, Angle of Twist and
Statically Indeterminate Problems) 4.5
6. Shear Force and Bending Moment Diagrams 1.5
7. Bending Stress in Transversely Loaded Beams 2.75
8. Shear Stress and Shear Flow in Transversely Loaded Beams 3.25
9. Stresses in Pressure Vessels and Combined Loading 3.5
10. Plane Stress Transformation 3.25
11. Plane Strain Transformation and Generalized Hooke‘s Law 2.75
12. Deflection of Transversely Loaded Beams and Statically
Indeterminate Problems 4
13. Buckling of Columns 1.5
14. Exams 3
Total 40
Contribution to ABET Professional Component:
Distribution of hours
Mathematics:
Basic Science:
Engineering Topics: 4
General Education:
Relationship to ABET-Accredited Program Outcomes:
ABET and Program Outcomes Addressed: a , e, k
Prepared by: Daniel A. Mendelsohn, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering,
A32
Materials Science and Engineering (MSE 401)
Materials Thermodynamics
Catalog Data: First three laws of thermodynamics; phase equilibria; reaction equilibria;
solution theory; phase diagrams. 4 Credit hrs.
Prerequisites: MSE 205, Physics 132; Math 254, and Chemistry 121.
Time Distribution: Autumn quarter, 3 1-hr lectures, 1 2-hr recitation.
Course Objectives: Introduce the fundamental concepts and the basic laws of
thermodynamics, as applied to materials. Program Outcome (a).
Apply the concepts of chemical thermodynamics to examine the chemical
and phase stabilities of materials. Program Outcome (a).
Textbook: Introduction to the Thermodynamics of Materials, by D. R. Gaskell,
Taylor and Francis, 2003 (4th ed.)
Topics Covered: Introduction and stabilities of materials
Basic concepts
First law
Enthalpy, heat capacity, enthalpy changes
Second law, entropy, and entropy changes
Free energy and free energy changes
Stability diagrams and stability boundaries
Thermodynamics of mixing
Solution thermodynamics
Phase equilibria
Reaction equilibria
Grading Plan: 3 Exams (25% each), Quizzes 15%, Attendance 10%
Professional Component: 4 Credits of Engineering Sciences
Relationship to ABET outcomes:
This offering is integral to ABET 3(a) as it applies basic science concepts
to Materials Engineering, and ABET 3(c,e) as it provides examples of
analytical relations between thermodynamic properties and
experimentally measurable properties of materials.
A33
WE Required courses
A34
WELDENG 300 - Survey of Welding Engineering
Credits 3 credit hours
Instructor David Phillips, Associate Professor of Practice
Office: 114 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-292-1974
Email: phillips.176@osu.edu
Required Materials 1) WE 300 Lecture Notes, D. Phillips, 2011
2) ―Welding Essentials‖, 2nd
Ed., Galvery, Marlow
Course Information: Principles of welding engineering including processes,
materials, design, quality assurance, and codes
WI, SP Qtr., 3 classes, Prerequisites: MSE 205
This is a required class for BSWE majors
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (3)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(2)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (2)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(2)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (2)
WELDENG (L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes
and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (2)
WELDENG (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (2)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
Topics: (Hours)
Arc Welding Processes (7.0)
Non-Arc Welding and Solid-State Welding Processes (4.0)
Welding Metallurgy (4.0)
Welding Design (3.0)
Weld Quality and NDE (2.0)
Codes and Standards (2.0)
Midterm exams (2.0)
A35
WELDENG 350 – Introductory Welding Laboratory I
Credits 1 credit hour
Instructor David Phillips, Associate Professor of Practice
Office: 114 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-292-1974
Email: phillips.176@osu.edu
Required Materials Hobart Institute of Welding Technology Training Manuals -
Item #EW-369 SMAW B and Item #EW-269 OAW
Safety equipment - welding helmet with a #10 lens + a cover
lens,
gloves (light weight, heavy arc), green welding jacket, safety
glasses,
leather work boots
Course Information: Demonstration of a fundamental working knowledge of manual
arc welding
AU, WI, SP Qtrs., 1 class, Prerequisites: WE 300 (concur.)
This is a required class for BSWE majors
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (3)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (2)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(3)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (3)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(2)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (3)
WELDENG (L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes
and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (3)
WELDENG (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (1)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
Topics: (Hours)
Shielded Metal Arc Welding Skills (18.0)
Cutting Skills (8.0)
Exams (2.0)
A36
WELDENG 351 – Introductory Welding Laboratory II
Credits 1 credit hour
Instructor David Phillips, Associate Professor of Practice
Office: 114 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-292-1974
Email: phillips.176@osu.edu
Required Materials Hobart Institute of Welding Technology Training Manuals -
item #EW-369 GMAW B, item #EW-369 GTAW B
Safety equipment - welding helmet with a #10 lens + a cover
lens,
gloves (light weight, heavy arc), green welding jacket, safety
glasses,
leather work boots
Course Information: Demonstration of a fundamental working knowledge of
semiautomatic arc welding
AU, WI, SP Qtrs., 1 class, Prerequisites: WE 350 (concur.)
This is a required class for BSWE majors
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (3)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (2)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(3)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (3)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(2)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (3)
WELDENG (L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes
and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (3)
WELDENG (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (1)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
Topics: (Hours)
Gas Metal Arc Welding Skills (11.0)
Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Skills (11.0)
Exams (2.0)
A37
1. WE 489 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE
2. Credits 1 credit hour, classes as arranged for report discussions
3. Instructor S.Suresh Babu, Associate Professor
Office: 130 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-247-0001
Email: babu.13@osu.edu
4. Required Materials None
5. Course Information Experience in an industrial organization and submission of an
acceptable report on the work done. Su, Au, Wi, Sp Qtrs. Prereq: Permission of instructor.
One qtr full time industrial experience or equiv part-time field experience.
This is a required course in the Welding Engineering major
6. Course Objective This course is intended to provide the student with an opportunity to
apply his / her knowledge in an industrial environment and to expose the student to conditions
in the real world of industry.
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: at the end of the course, students should
have:
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (1)
WELDENG(L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection
techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions (3)
WELDENG(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes,
design and inspection requirement (3)
WELDENG n(3) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet
application requirement (3)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
7. Topics (hours)
The industrial work experience will be for quarter full time or equivalent part time
Prepared by: D. Farson, March 2011
A38
1. WE 500/550 PRINCIPLES OF ARC WELDING SYSTEMS
2. Credits WE500: 3 credit hours WE500: 1 credit hour 3 classes 1 3 hr. lab per week
3. Instructor Dave F. Farson, Associate Professor
Office: 116 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-688-4046
Email: farson.4@osu.edu
4. Required Materials 1.) WE 500 Lecture Notes; Principles of Arc Welding Systems,
D. Farson, R. Richardson, 2011
5. Course Information Study of the application of electric and magnetic principles in
welding engineering.
Autumn Quarter, 3-1 hour lectures/week (500), 1-3 hour lab/week (550)
Prerequisites WE300; WE350; EE300/309 (may be concurrent)
WE500 and WE550 are required classes for BSWE majors
6. Contribution to ABET Professional Component (Criterion 4):
Mathematics and Basic Science - 0 Credits
Engineering - 4 Credits
General Education - 0 Credits
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (1)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(1)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(2)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (2)
WELDENG(L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and
inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (1)
WELDENG(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (1)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
7. Lecture Topics (hours):
Review of materials joining concepts (1)
Welding processes (1)
A39
Energy and power sources (1)
Electric power (2)
Thermal Processes (1)
AC and DC circuits and analysis (2)
Electrical measurements (1)
Rectification (1)
Arc electrical characteristics (2)
Arc heat source characteristics (2)
Welding arc control (4)
Welding power source characteristics (4)
Feedback control of power sources (2)
Solid-state power control (2)
Inverter technology power sources (2)
Lab Topics (hours):
Simple AC circuits and measurements (3)
Electrical power and safety (3)
AC circuit characterization (3)
DC circuits and measurements (3)
Inductance in electrical circuits (3)
Manual arc characteristics (3)
Power source characteristics (3)
Gas metal arc characteristics (3)
Solid-state electrical power circuits (3)
A40
1. WELDENG 600 - Physical Principles in Welding Engineering II
2. Credits 3 credit hours 3 classes per week
3. Instructor Dave F. Farson, Associate Professor
Office: 116 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-688-4046
Email: farson.4@osu.edu
4. Required Materials 1.) WE 600 Lecture Notes, D. Farson, C. Albright, 2011
2.) AWS Welding Handbook, Vol. II, 8th Edition
5. Course Information Study of physical principles in welding processes.
Wi Qtr. 3 cl. Prerequisites: WE500, ME 420
This is a required class for BSWE majors
6. Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (1)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(1)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(2)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (2)
WELDENG(L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and
inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (1)
WELDENG(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (1)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
6. Topics: (Hours)
Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (5.0)
Gas Metal Arc Welding (6.0)
Plasma Arc Welding (3.0)
Heat Transfer Effects (2.0)
Welding Deposition Calculations & Procedure Development (4.0)
Heat Transfer Effects (1.0)
High Energy Density Welding (5.0)
Midterm Exams (2.0)
A41
WELDENG 601 – Welding Processes and Applications
Credits 3 credit hours
Instructor David Phillips, Associate Professor of Practice
Office: 114 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-292-1974
Email: phillips.176@osu.edu
Required Materials 1) WE 601 lecture notes, D. Phillips, 2011
Course Information: Fundamentals, theory, and practice of Resistance and Solid-
State Welding processes
SP Qtr., 3 classes, Prerequisites: WE 600
This is a required class for BSWE majors
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (3)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(2)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(2)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (1)
WELDENG (L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes
and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (1)
WELDENG (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (2)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
Topics: (Hours)
Resistance Welding Processes (10.0)
Solid-State Welding Processes (8.0)
Equipment and Power Supplies (2.0)
Quality Control (2.0)
Midterm exams (2.0)
A42
Course WE610, Introduction to Welding Metallurgy
Credits 3 credit hours, two 75 minute classes per week
Instructor John C. Lippold, Professor
Office: 136 Welding Engineering Laboratory, EJTC
Phone: 614-292-2466
E-mail: lippold.1@osu.edu
Required Materials 1) Welding Metallurgy, S. Kou, 2nd
Edition, Wiley and Sons, Inc.
2) WE610 Notes, Welding Metallurgy Principles,
Copyright 2004.
3) Selected technical papers and readings.
Course Information Application of physical metallurgy principles to non-equilibrium, thermo-
mechanical conditions associated with welding.
Required course for BSWE majors
Prereq: MSE541, Phase Diagrams
Co-req: MSE543, Phase Transformations
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (2)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
(3)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired need (3)
(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (2)
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a
global and societal context (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice (3) In addition, three welding engineering-specific outcomes defined by the program are:
(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques
based on application, fabrication and service conditions (1)
(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes, design and
inspection requirements (2)
(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirement
(3)
Degree of contribution: (1) significant (2) moderate (3) small
A43
Topics (hours):
Regions of a fusion weld (1.5)
Regions of a solid-state weld (1.0)
Weld solidification principles (6.0)
The weld fusion boundary and unmixed zone (1.0)
The partially melted zone of the HAZ (2.0)
The heat affected zone (4.0)
Classification of weld defects and discontinuities (0.5)
Weld solidification cracking (2.0)
HAZ and weld metal liquation cracking (2.0)
Solid-state cracking phenomena (2.0)
Hydrogen-induced cracking (2.0)
Weldability testing (3.0)
Weld metal fluid flow and penetration characteristics (1.0)
Gas/metal reactions and porosity formation (1.0)
Prepared by: J.C. Lippold (4/15/2011)
A44
WE 611/661
Welding Metallurgy I
Catalog Description: Study of the metallurgy and welding of transformable steels.
Level/Credits: UG/G, 3 credits lecture (WE611), 1 credit laboratory (WE661)
Quarter/Time: AU Quarter, three 1-hour lectures/week, one 3 hour lab/week.
Prerequisite: WE610
Course Objective: This course is intended to provide a basic understanding of the nature of
iron and its allotropic forms and the effect of alloying elements on the solid-state
transformation of iron alloys (steels). Heat treatment of carbon and low-alloy steels is
discussed and related to the effect of welding thermal cycles on resulting structure and
properties of steels in the heat-affected-zone and weld metal. Major emphasis is placed on
microstructure evolution in the weld metal and HAZ and the relationship of microstructure to
mechanical properties. Welding procedures, steel and filler metal classification systems are
described. Weldability and weldability testing are discussed. The associated laboratory
exercises are designed to support the lectures and demonstrate the structure and properties of
steel as a function of welding procedure and heat treatment.
Required Materials: Course Notes, Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Structural
Steels, NEMJET 2004
Reference Materials: 1. Linnert, Welding Metallurgy, Carbon and Alloy Steels, 4th
Edition,
American Welding Society, ISBN 0-87171-457-4.
2. Porter & Easterling, Phase Transformations in Metals and Alloys,
Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., ISBN 0-442-30439-0.
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
(1)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired need (1)
(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams (3)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (1)
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a
global and societal context
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice (3) In addition, three welding engineering-specific outcomes defined by the program are:
(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques
based on application, fabrication and service conditions (1)
(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes, design and
inspection requirements (1)
A45
(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirement
(2)
Degree of contribution: (1) significant (2) moderate (3) small
Topics (hours): Introduction - What is Steel ? (1.0)
Steel making and processing (1.0)
Classification of steels (1.0)
Review of Iron-iron carbide phase diagram. (1.0)
Alloying elements in steel and hardenability. (2.0)
TTT and CCT diagrams (2.0)
Steel microstructures (2.0)
Weld HAZ microstructures (2.0)
Weld metal microstructures (2.0)
Mechanical properties of steels (2.0)
Selection of welding consumables (1.0)
Fluxes and slags (1.0)
Hydrogen in steel and measurement. (1.0)
Hydrogen induced cracking. (3.0)
Weldability (2.0)
Weldability testing for hydrogen cracking. (1.0)
Weld failure analysis techniques and fractography (1.0)
Welding Fume (1.0)
Hot tapping (1.0)
Case Studies (2.0)
Lecture Grading Midterm #1 – 30%
Midterm #2 – 30%
Final Exam – 40%
Laboratory Grading Lab # 1 – 25%
Lab # 2 – 25%
Lab # 3 – 25%
Lab # 4 – 25%
Lab Teams consist of 3-4 students/team
A46
Course WE612/662, Welding Metallurgy II and Laboratory
Credits WE612: 3 credit hours, two 75 minute classes per week
WE662: 1 credit hour, 30 hours of laboratory
Instructor John C. Lippold, Professor
Office: 136 Welding Engineering Laboratory, EJTC
Phone: 614-292-2466
E-mail: lippold.1@osu.edu
Required Materials 1) Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Stainless Steels, J.C.
Lippold and D.J. Kotecki, Wiley and Sons, Inc.
2) Selected technical papers and readings.
Course Information WE612: welding metallurgy and weldability of stainless steels and
nonferrous alloys.
WE662: characterization of weld structures in stainless
steels, aluminum alloys, and Ni-base alloys.
Required course for BSWE majors
Prereq: WE611, Welding Metallurgy I
Co-req: WE662, Welding Metallurgy II Laboratory
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (2)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
(2)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired need (3)
(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (2)
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (2)
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a
global and societal context (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice (2) In addition, three welding engineering-specific outcomes defined by the program are:
(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques
based on application, fabrication and service conditions (1)
(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes, design and
inspection requirements (2)
(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirement
(3)
Degree of contribution: (1) significant (2) moderate (3) small
A47
Topics (hours)
Introduction to Stainless Steels (0.5)
Fe-Cr, Fe-Cr-C, and Fe-Cr-Ni phase diagrams (1.0)
Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Ferritic Stainless Steels (3.0)
Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Martensitic Stainless Steels (2.0)
Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Austenitic Stainless Steels (5.0)
Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Duplex Stainless Steels (2.0)
Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Precipitation-Hardened Stainless Steels (1.0)
Dissimilar Combinations with Stainless Steels (1.0)
Corrosion Behavior of Welded Stainless Steels (1.0)
Welding Metallurgy of Ni-base Alloys (2.0)
Weldability of Ni-base Alloys (1.0)
Welding Metallurgy of Cu-base Alloys (0.5)
Weldability of Cu-base Alloys (0.5)
Welding Metallurgy of Aluminum Alloys (4.0)
Weldability of Aluminum Alloys (2.0)
Physical Metallurgy of Titanium Alloys (1.0)
Weldability of Titanium Alloys (1.0)
Alloy Selection (1.5)
Prepared by: J.C. Lippold (4/15/2011)
A48
WELDENG 620 – Engineering Analysis for Design and Simulation
Credits 4 credit hours
Instructor Avraham Benatar, Associate Professor
Office: 124 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-292-1390
Email: benatar.1@osu.edu
Required Materials 1.) Lecture Notes, A. Benatar, 2010
2.) Laboratory Notes, A. Benatar, 2010
3.) Matlab, Student Edition
4.) Abaqus, Student Edition
Course Information Fundamentals of engineering analysis of heat flow, thermal and
residual stresses, and fracture and fatigue with applications to design
and simulation in welding and manufacturing.
Au Qtr. 3 cl. 1 3-hr lab Prerequisites: MechEng 210H or 400 or 410
This is a required class for BSWE majors
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (3)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(3)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility (3)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and societal context (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(2)
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues (3)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (3)
WELDENG(L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and
inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (1)
WELDENG(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (3)
WELDENG(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet
application requirements (3)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
A49
Topics: (Hours)
Lectures
Introduction to Heat Flow (3.0)
Introduction to Finite Difference and Finite Element Methods (4.0)
Heat Flow with Moving Heat Sources (5.0)
Introduction to Thermal and Residual Stresses and Distortion (3.0)
Three-bar analogy (3.0)
Residual Stress Measurement, Stress Relieving, and Distortion Control (2.0)
Fracture (4.0)
Fatigue (4.0)
Exams (2.0)
Laboratories Matlab Programming and Application to Heat Flow and Finite Difference (9.0)
Abaqus Modeling of Heat Flow (6.0)
Abaqus Elastic, Thermo-Elastic and Thermo-Elastic-Plastic Models (6.0)
Ababqus analysis of Fracture (6.0)
A50
WELDENG 621 – Engineering Analysis for Design and Simulation
Credits 4 credit hours
Instructor Avraham Benatar, Associate Professor
Office: 124 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-292-1390
Email: benatar.1@osu.edu
Required Materials 1.) Lecture Notes, C. Tsai, 2008
2.) Laboratory Notes, A. Benatar, 2011
3.) Abaqus, Student Edition
Course Information Design fundamentals applicable to welded structures. Hands-on PC-
based design laboratory.
Wi Qtr. 3 cl. 1 3-hr lab Prerequisites: 620, 620 and EngMech 440 or
MechEng 420 or 440
This is a required class for BSWE majors
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (3)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(2)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility (3)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and societal context (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(3)
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues (3)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (1)
WELDENG(L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and
inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (1)
WELDENG(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (3)
WELDENG(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet
application requirements (1)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
A51
Topics: (Hours)
Lectures
Essential Elements in Structural Welding (3.0)
Review of Torsion, Bending, and Buckling (9.0)
Weld Sizing and Weld Requirements for Built-Up Structural Members (2.0)
Design of Welded Plate Girders (3.0)
Design of Structural Connections (3.0)
Beam to Column Rigid Frame Connections (2.0)
Design for Torsion and Tubular Connections (4.0)
Design for Fatigue Loading (2.0)
Exams (2.0)
Laboratories Abaqus Structural Modeling of Torsion, Bending and Buckling (15.0)
Abaqus Structural Modeling of Welds (6.0)
Ababqus Structural Modeling of Plate Girders and other Welded Structures
(6.0)
A52
WE631 Nondestructive Evaluation
Credits 4 credit hours 3 cl, 1 3-hr lab.
Instructor S. I. Rokhlin
EJTC-1248 Arthur E. Adams Dr., Rm. 132, Phone #: 2-7823.
E-Mail: rokhlin.2@osu.edu
Required Materials WE631 Class Notes package
ASM Metals Handbook, Vol. 17, 9th
ed., ―Nondestructive Evaluation
and Quality Control‖
Laboratory Manual package
Course Information Catalog Description: Principles of nondestructive evaluation and
inspection of materials and structures for engineering plus laboratory
experience with principles, equipment, techniques and interpretation of
nondestructive tests.
Prereq: 3rd yr standing in Eng or equiv with written permission of
instructor. Safety related equipment and procedures required.
This is a required course in the BSWE curriculum
Course Objective: This course addresses the main concept and aim of Nondestructive
Testing of materials as applied to inspecting the integrity of different joints and structures.
The course provides the theoretical principles of conventional NDT methods, and their
capabilities and limitations. The course gives an introduction to other NDT techniques. The
associated laboratory session is designed to demonstrate calibration procedures, performing
inspection techniques and interpretation of indications received from different discontinuities.
Contribution to Professional Component (Criterion 4) of ABET 2000: Mathematics and Basic
Science – 0.5 Credits; Engineering - 3 Credits; General Education – 0.5 Credit
Specific Outcomes of Instruction Students should be able to:
1) Understand the importance of different NDT techniques for structural integrity.
2) Understand the meaning of discontinuity, flaw and defect.
3) Understand the capabilities, limitations and applicability of each method.
4) Understand the physical principles of each method.
5) Know the different types of ultrasonic waves in isotropic materials.
6) Know how to measure ultrasonic velocities and how to determine elastic moduli of
material.
7) Understand reflection and transmission of ultrasonic waves on interfaces between
solids. 8) Understand reflection, transmission and mode conversion of ultrasonic waves at oblique incidence on
an interface.
9) Know how to use Snell‘s law and how to determine critical angles and be able to
select an angle-beam transducer for an ultrasonic inspection.
A53
10) Know how to use and calibrate an angle-beam transducer for weld inspection.
11) Learn ultrasonic inspection of welds.
12) Be familiar with different ultrasonic testing methods (pulse echo, through-
transmission, and different scanning procedures).
13) Understand X-ray generation.
14) Understand the basics of radiation safety.
15) Understand the importance of the X-ray tube current and voltage control on a
radiographic test.
16) Know the different mechanisms of X-ray attenuation in materials.
17) Understand different features of radiographic films and the meaning of optical density
and contrast.
18) Know how to use film characteristic curves and densitometer.
19) Understand the effect of different factors on the quality of radiographs like geometric
unsharpness, scattering, and image distortion.
ABET + WE outcomes (a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1); (e) an
ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1); (l) an ability to select
and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application,
fabrication and service conditions (1); (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that
specify materials, processes, design and inspection requirements (2); (n) an ability to
design welded structures and components to meet application requirements (2)
Topics (hours):
Introduction to NDT (1.0),
Introduction to Ultrasonic Testing (0.5)
Physical Principles of Ultrasonics (0.5)
Reflection & Transmission of Ultrasonic waves (2.5),
Ultrasonic Transducers (1.5)
Testing Methods (1.5) ,
Introduction to Radiographic Testing (0.5)
Generation of X-rays (1.0),
Radiation Attenuation (1.0)
X-Ray Films (1.0),
Selection of Exposure Parameters (2.5)
Factors Affecting Quality of Radiographs (1.0)
Image Quality Indicators (1.0),
Different Radiographic Techniques (1.5)
Radiographs of Welds (1.0), Gamma Rays (1.0),
Real-Time Radiography (0.5)
Computerized Tomography, Compton Back Scattering (0.5)
Introduction to Magnetic Particle Testing (0.5),
Physical Principles (1.5)
Magnetization (1.0), Liquid Penetrant Testing (2.0),
Eddy Current Testing (1.5)
Laboratory: UT (12.0), RT (9.0), MPT (3.0), LPT (3.0)
A54
WELDENG 641 – Welding Codes, Specifications, and Standards
Credits 3 credit hours
Instructor Avraham Benatar, Associate Professor
Office: 124 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-292-1390
Email: benatar.1@osu.edu
Required Materials 1.) Lecture Notes, C. Tsai, 2008
2.) AWS D1.1:2002
Course Information Consideration of the welding requirements in a variety of industry and
government documents including examples from the aircraft,
automotive, maritime, piping, and pressure vessel fields.
Sp Qtr. 3 cl. Prerequisites: 4th yr standing in Eng or permission of
instructor
This is a required class for BSWE majors
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (2)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(2)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility (2)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and societal context (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(2)
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues (2)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (1)
WELDENG(L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and
inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (1)
WELDENG(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (2)
WELDENG(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet
application requirements (1)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
A55
Topics: (Hours)
Essential Elements in Structural Welding (3.0)
Review of Torsion, Bending, and Buckling (9.0)
Weld Sizing and Weld Requirements for Built-Up Structural Members (2.0)
Design of Welded Plate Girders (3.0)
Design of Structural Connections (3.0)
Beam to Column Rigid Frame Connections (2.0)
Design for Torsion and Tubular Connections (4.0)
Design for Fatigue Loading (2.0)
Exams (2.0)
A56
WELDENG 651 – Welding Process Applications - Laboratory
Credits 1 credit hour
Instructor David Phillips, Associate Professor of Practice
Office: 114 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-292-1974
Email: phillips.176@osu.edu
Required Materials 1) WE 651 laboratory instructions, D. Phillips, 2011
Course Information: Laboratory experience in engineering aspects of welding
SP Qtr., 1 class, Prerequisites: WE 601 (concurrent)
This is a required class for BSWE majors
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (1)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(1)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (2)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (1)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(2)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (1)
WELDENG (L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes
and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (2)
WELDENG (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (1)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
Topics: (Hours)
Resistance Welding (10.0)
Solid-State Welding (8.0)
Arc Welding (5.0)
Laser Welding (5.0)
A57
1. Course WE690/691/692, Welding Engineering Capstone Senior Design
2. Credits WE690: 1 credit, WE691: 2 credits, WE692: 2 credits
3. Instructor John C. Lippold, Professor
Office: 136 Welding Engineering Laboratory, EJTC
Phone: 614-292-2466
E-mail: lippold.1@osu.edu
4. Required Materials None
5. Course Information Capstone senior design course (3 quarters)
Weekly meetings (~ 2 hours)
Required course for BSWE majors
Prereq: Senior standing in Welding Engineering
6. Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (2)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data (1)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired need (1)
(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams (1)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility (2)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (1)
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global
and societal context (2)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning (3)
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues (3)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering
practice (1)
In addition, three welding engineering-specific outcomes defined by the program are:
(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on
application, fabrication and service conditions (1)
(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes, design and
inspection requirements (1)
(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirement (1)
Degree of contribution: (1) significant (2) moderate (3) small
7. Topics (approximate hours per student):
Proposal development – WE690 (20)
Project execution – WE691/692 (>100)
Prepare interim reports and presentations (20)
Prepare final report (10)
Prepare final presentation (5)
Prepare poster (5)
Prepare project portfolio (2)
Prepared by: J.C. Lippold (4/15/2011)
A58
WE Elective Undergraduate Courses
A59
WE602
FUNDAMENTALS OF RESISTANCE WELDING PROCESSES
Catalog description: The Fundamentals of the resistance welding process will be
presented; distinctions made between variations in processes. Emphasis will also be
placed on process systems.
Level/Credits: Undergraduate/Graduate 3 credits
Quarter/Time: Sp Qtr 3-hr-1 hour lectures recitations /week
Prerequisities: WE 601
Course Objective: Students will develop an understanding of various resistance welding
processes used in commercial manufacturing. An understanding of the process, power
supplies, control (including microprocessor feedback control), and metallurgical variables
will be obtained.
Required Materials: Course CD and notes provided
Lecture topics:
PROCESS REVIEW & SAFETY (1 WEEK)
SPOT WELDING (1.5 WEEK)
Physics of Spot Welding
Heat Balance
Spot Weldability
PROJECTION WELDING (1.5 WEEK)
Projection Welding Principles
Projection Physics
Projection Weldability
Solid Projections
Projection Equipment
Seam Welding (1/3 week)
Flash Butt Welding (1/3 week)
Other Processes (1/3 week)
Process Selection 1/3 week)
Systems (2 weeks)
Electrodes and Tooling
Cooling & Mechanical Systems
Power Systems & Controls
Stored Energy Systems
Codes & Standards (1/3 week)
Monitoring & Feedback Control (1 week)
Process Modeling
Industrial Applications (1 week)
Prepared by: D. Dickinson, 4/17/2005
A60
1. WE 605/655 PRINCIPLES OF WELDING PROCESS CONTROL
WELDING PROCESS CONTROLS I - LABORATORY
2. Level/Credits: WE 605: Undergraduate/graduate, 3 cr
WE655: Undergraduate/graduate, 1 cr
Quarter/Time: WE 605: Winter, 3 x 1 hr lecture classes/week
WE655: Winter, 1 x 3 hr laboratory class/week
3. Instructor Dave F. Farson, Associate Professor
Office: 116 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-688-4046
Email: farson.4@osu.edu
4. Required Materials: 1) WE605 Lecture Notes
2) WE 655 Laboratory Project Notes
5. Course Information
a. Catalog Description: WE605: Study of principles and practical application of
control systems and control elements of welding processes. WE655: Experimentation with the
applications of process controls in welding engineering.
b. Prerequisites: WE 500, WE655 to be taken concurrent with WE605
c. This is an elective course in the WE undergraduate curriculum
6. Objectives
Contribution to Professional Component (Criterion 4)
a.) Mathematics and Basic Science – 0 Credits
b.) Engineering – 4 Credits
c.) General Education –0 Credit
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data (1)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs (1)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning (2)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice. (2)
WELDENG(L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection
techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions (1)
WELDENG(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes,
design and inspection requirement (1)
7. WE605 Topics (hours)
Process Concepts (0.5)
Welding As a Process (2)
Process Control Concepts (4)
Logical/Sequential Control (1)
Relay-Based Controls (4)
Motors (3)
A61
Transistor Logic-Based Control (5)
PLC-Based Control (6)
WE655 Topics (hours)
Automated welding sytem operation (2)
Relay logic introduction (2)
Relay control of motor-powered manipulator (2)
Solid state logic introduction (2)
PLC programming (2)
PLC control of motor-powered manipulator (2)
Arc Monitor System Operation (2)
Prepared by D. Farson (12/10)
A62
WE634
INTRODUCTION TO ULTRASONICS
Catalog Description: Ultrasonic waves in solids and fluids; ultrasonic generators and
systems; physical ultrasonics; applications of ultrasonics.
Prerequisites: None
Required Materials: None
Schedule: AU Qtr., 4 classes/week (Laboratory experiments are included)
Course Objective: The course addresses the principles and application of ultrasonic
evaluation of materials. It examines mechanical oscillations, the generation of ultrasonic
waves, and propagation of elastic waves in isotropic materials. It covers mathematical
modeling of one-dimensional wave propagation in materials. The interaction of ultrasonic
waves with materials, and reflection and transmission of elastic waves at different
boundaries are studied with the application of evaluating layered materials. Ultrasonic
oblique incidence at interfaces and Snell‘s Law are discussed. Other topics like Rayleigh,
and Lamb waves and their applications to materials evaluation are covered.
Topics (hours):
Introduction and historical overview (1.0)
Mechanical oscillation (1.0)
Simple harmonic oscillation, damped and forced oscillations (3.0)
Resonance, band width, quality factor (1.0)
Generation and detection of ultrasound, piezoelectricity (3.0)
Mathematical representation of wave equation (3.0)
Wave propagation, boundary conditions (2.5)
Reflection and transmission of ultrasonic waves at fluid/solid boundaries (2.0)
Normal incidence, layered materials (2.0)
Snell‘s law and oblique incidence of ultrasonic waves at interfaces (3.0)
Rayleigh wave (1.0)
Guided waves: Lamb wave and its applications (1.5)
Diffraction and scattering of ultrasonic waves by obstacles (2.5)
Attenuation of ultrasonic waves in materials (2.0)
Prepared By: S. I Rokhlin (4/26/99)
A63
WE635
FUNDAMENTALS OF RADIOGRAPHY
Catalog Description: Introduction to concept, and basic elements of industrial radiography,
characterization of a radiographic system as a linear system, parameters that affect the
quality of radiographs, real-time radiography, image digitization, microradiography, and
computerized tomography.
Prerequisites: None
Required Materials: 1) WE635 Class Notes package
2) Laboratory Manual package
Recommended Books:
1) Halmshaw, R. Industrial Radiology, Theory & Practice, 2nd
ed., Chapman & Hall,
1995.
2) ASM Metals Handbook, Vol. 17, ―Nondestructive Evaluation and Quality Control‖
Schedule: SP Qtr., 3 classes/week, 1 laboratory period (3 hr/week)
Course Objective: The objective of this course is to study the major concepts of industrial
radiography: generation of X-ray, interaction of ionizing radiation with materials and X-
ray imaging. Parameters, which affect the image quality and methods for characterization
of radiographic systems are discussed for film and real-time radiography. Other topics like
image digitization, microradiography and computerized tomography also are addressed in
this course.
Topics (hours):
Lecture:
Introduction (1.0)
Generation of X-ray (1.0)
The effect of changing mA and kV on the X-ray spectrum (2.0)
Interaction of X-rays with materials (1.0)
Image formation and X-rays Films (2.0)
Film characteristic curves and contrast sensitivity measurement (2.0)
Selection of Exposure Parameters (1.0)
Factors Affecting Quality of Radiographs (2.0)
Detectability and Image Quality Indicators (2.0)
Image digitization (2.0)
Microradiography (1.5)
Real-Time Radiography (2.0)
Introduction to linear systems (2.0)
Modeling a radiographic system as a linear system (3.0)
Evaluation of a radiographic system (2.0)
Introduction to Computerized Tomography (3.0)
Laboratory:
Film Radiography (9.0)
Real-Time Radiography (9.0)
A64
Microradiography and Computerized Tomography (3.0)
Prepared By: S. I Rokhlin (4/26/99)
A65
WE 656
ROBOT PROGRAMMING AND OPERATIONS
Catalog description: Types and applications of industrial robot systems; lab experience in
robot programming and operations
Prerequisites: Welding Eng or Ind Eng major and written permission of instructor.
Required Materials: Lab Notes
Schedule: 1-3 hr lab per week
Course Objective: To introduce and train students in the programming and operation of
welding robots.
Topics:
Safety in welding robot operation (1)
Components of robot systems (2)
Robot programming – Robot 1 (9)
Robot programming – Robot 2 (6)
Robot programming – Robot 3 (6)
Programming problem (6)
Prepared By: R. Richardson (3-22-99)
A66
WELDENG 701 – SOLID STATE WELDING
Credits 3 credit hours lecture (WE 701) (elective)
Instructor Prof. Sudarsanam Suresh Babu, Associate Professor
Office: 130 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-247-0001
Email: babu.13@osu.edu
Required Material / Reference Text
(1) Solid State welding course notes developed by Prof. C. Albright in 1996;
(2) Additional research papers to be added by Prof. Babu before each subject matter.
(3) R. F. Tylecote, ―The solid phase welding of metals,‖ St. Martin Press, 1968
(4) ASM Handbool Vol. 6, Welding, Brazing and Soldering, 1993, ASM International
Course Information The welding of metals in the solid state with emphasis on processes
and metallurgical principles; SP Quarter, 2 X 1.5 hr lectures/week
This is elective course; Prerequisites: Concurrent 600 level courses
Course Objectives: First objective is to expand the students in understanding of solid-state
welding process through exploration of processes and scientific and
engineering principles that governs the processes. The students should
be able to understand how the physical laws affect the observed
phenomenon including microstructure evolution in solid state welding
processes. Through this understanding of the physical laws and the
observed welding phenomenon, the students should be in a better
position to predict the effects of welding variable changes on welding
process behavior. With the above predictions, students should be able
to understand material compatibility and phenomenon that affect
compatibility after solid-state welding.
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (1)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(1)
(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams (3)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(2)
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues (3)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (2)
A67
WELDENG (l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and
inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (1)
WELDENG (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirements (1)
WELDENG (n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet
application requirement (2)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
WE701 Topics: (Hours)
Mechanisms of solid-state welding: (6)
Cold Pressure Welding (1)
Roll bonding (1)
Flash Butt Welding (1)
Friction Welding (2)
Friction Stir Welding (2)
Explosive Welding (1)
Ultrasonic Welding (1)
Magnetic Pulse Welding (1)
Deformation Resistance Welding (1)
Diffusion and Transient Liquid Phase Bonding (2)
Microscale Welding (1)
Nanoscale Welding (1)
Material Changes (1)
Mid Term (1)
Group Project Presentations (2)
Final Exam (1)
A68
WELDENG 702 – Fundamentals of Resistance Welding
Credits 3 credit hours
Instructor David Phillips, Associate Professor of Practice
Office: 114 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-292-1974
Email: phillips.176@osu.edu
Required Materials W.E. 701 class notes, D. Phillips, 2011
Course Information: Fundamentals of Resistance Welding processes with emphasis
on material weldability
AU Qtr., 3 classes, Prerequisites: WE 601
This is not a required class for BSWE majors
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (3)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(1)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (2)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(2)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (1)
WELDENG (L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes
and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (1)
WELDENG (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (2)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
Topics: (Hours)
Resistance Welding Fundamentals (4.0)
Resistance Welding Processes (6.0)
Resistance Welding Equipment (4.0)
Weldability of Materials using Resistance Welding Processes (8.0)
Resistance Welding Quality Control (2.0)
A69
1. WELDENG 703 – Brazing and Soldering
2. Credits 3 credit hours
3. Instructor Boian T. Alexandrov, Research Scientists
Office: 128 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-292-1735
Email: alexandrov.1@osu.edu
Guest Lecturers: A. Shapiro, Titanium Brazing Inc., M. Lucas, Belcan
Inc., P. Ditzel, Parker and Hannifin, A. Rbinkin, Metglass Inc., Y.
Flom, NASA Goddard Center
4. Required Materials 1) WE 703 Lecture Notes, A. Shapiro, M. Lucas, P. Ditzel, B.
Alexandrov, A. Rabinkin, and Y. Flom (2008)
2) AWS Brazing Handbook, 5th
Edition,
3) AWS Soldering Handbook, 3rd
Edition
5. Course Information Study of fundamental concepts in brazing and soldering
processes and their thermodynamic and metallurgical background.
AU Qtr. 3 cl. Prerequisites: WE400
This is a technical elective class for BSWE majors
6. Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (2)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (2)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(2)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (2)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice (3)
(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection
techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions (1)
(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes,
design and inspection requirement (2)
(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application
requirement (3)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
7. Topics: (Hours)
Introduction and definitions. (3.0)
A70
Thermodynamic considerations and metallurgical background. (5.0)
Brazing processes and brazing materials. (11)
Soldering processes and soldering materials. (3.0)
Design and strength of brazed and soldered joints. (4.0)
Inspection of brazed and soldered structures. (1.0)
Safety considerations in brazing and soldering. (1.0)
Midterm Exams (2.0)
A71
WE 704 HIGH ENERGY DENSITY WELDING
Credits 3 credit hours
Instructor Dave F. Farson, Associate Professor
Office: 116 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-688-4046
Email: farson.4@osu.edu
Required Materials 1) Laser Material Processing, 2nd Ed., W. Steen, WE704 Lecture
Notes, Carmen web site
Course Information Theory and practices in laser, electron beam, plasma, and other high
energy density welding processes; process demonstrations.
Prerequisites: WE600
This is a technical elective class for BSWE majors
SP Qtr. 2 1.5hr classes per week
Course Objective: To provide: 1) a fundamental understanding of lasers and optics relevant
to materials processing 2) an understanding of the important industrial
laser materials processes, 3) a basic acquaintance with electron beam
systems and welding
Contribution to ABET Professional Component (Criterion 4):
Mathematics and Basic Science - 0 Credits
Engineering - 3 Credits
General Education - 0 Credits
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (1)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(1)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(2)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (2)
WELDENG(L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and
inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (1)
A72
WELDENG(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (1)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
Topics:
High Energy Density Processes, Process Properties, Applications
Electron Beam Basics, Electron Guns, Electric Fields
Magnetic Lenses, Beam Deflection, Alignment
Vacuum Systems
Safety, Joints
Variable, Weld Quality
Lasers and Laser Physics
Laser Systems
CO2 Lasers, CO2 Laser Systems
Nd:YAG Lasers, Diode Lasers
Excimer Lasers, Q-switching
Optics, Laser Optics, Brightness, Fresnel Number, Cavity Modes
Beam Propagation, Focus
Optical Components
Fiber Optics
Optical Phenomenon
Laser Welding Basics, Laser Penetration Welding, Laser Welding
Joints, Variables
Materials, Polarization, Focusing
Plasma Suppression
Laser Weldability, Costs
Laser Cutting 1, Laser Cutting 2
A73
1. WE 705/755 ADVANCED WELDING PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
2. Credits SP Qtr., 2 1.5hr lectures, 1-3 hr lab per week
3. Instructor Dave F. Farson, Associate Professor
Office: 116 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-688-4046
Email: farson.4@osu.edu
4. Required Materials 1.) Lecture Notes R. Richardson, 1999
2.) AWS Welding Handbook, Vol. I, 8th Edition
3) Excerpts from selected texts provided on Carmen site
5. Course Information Principles of automation of welding processes, especially arc
welding.
Prerequisites: WE605/655; WE755 Lab Concurrent
This is a technical elective class for BSWE majors
6. Course Objective To provide a framework of fundamentals for understanding and
utilizing automation in the welding industry.
Contribution to ABET Professional Component (Criterion 4):
Mathematics and Basic Science - 0 Credits
Engineering - 4 Credits
General Education - 0 Credits
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data (1)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs (1)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning (2)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice. (2)
WELDENG(L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection
techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions (1)
WELDENG(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes,
design and inspection requirement (1)
7. Topics
Introduction to arc welding automation (3)
Elements of robot manipulator control (4)
Servo system fundamentals (4)
A74
Robot programming methods (2)
Fundamentals of economic justification (3)
Positioning and fixture design for automation (2)
Weld design for automation (1)
Cell design and layouts (3)
Weld procedure development and optimization (3)
Sensors and advanced process controls (3)
Lab topics
Robot welding systems safety
Robot coordinate systems
Robot programming by teach pendant
Robotic arc welding programming
Coordinated motion programming
Robotic weld seam sensing systems
Robotic welding systems examples (local site visits)
A75
WELDENG 706 – Welding of Plastics and Composites
Credits 3 credit hours
Instructor Avraham Benatar, Associate Professor
Office: 124 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-292-1390
Email: benatar.1@osu.edu
Required Materials 1.) Plastics and Composites Welding Handbook, D.A. Grewell, A.
Benatar and J.B. Park, Editors, Hanser, 2003.
Course Information Theory and practice in welding of plastics and polymeric composites,
including theory and analysis of welding processes, part and joint
design, and process selection.
Wi Qtr. 3 cl. Prerequisites: 620 or permission of instructor
This is a technical elective for BSWE majors
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (2)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(2)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility (2)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (2)
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and societal context (2)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(3)
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues (2)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (1)
WELDENG(L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and
inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (1)
WELDENG(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (3)
WELDENG(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet
application requirements (1)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
Topics: (Hours)
A76
Introduction to Structure and Properties of Polymers and Composites (6.0)
Hot Plate Welding and Welding Steps (4.0)
External Heating Methods: Hot Gas, Extrusion and Implant Welding (6.0)
Internal Heating Methods: Ultrasonic, Vibration and Spin Welding (6.0)
Electromagnetic Heating Methods: RF, Microwave and Laser Welding (6.0)
Exams (2.0)
A77
WELDENG 707 – Adhesive Bonding and Mechanical Joining of Plastics
Credits 3 credit hours
Instructor Avraham Benatar, Associate Professor
Office: 124 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-292-1390
Email: benatar.1@osu.edu
Required Materials 1.) Adhesion and Adhesives Technology: an Introduction, A.V. Pocius,
2nd Edition, Hanser (2002).
2.) First Snap-Fit Handbook - Creating and Managing Attachments for
Plastic Parts, P.R. Bonenberger, 2nd Edition, Hanser (2005).
Course Information Fundamentals of adhesive bonding science and technology and
methods for mechanical joining of plastics including fasteners,
swaging, staking, snap-fits and press-fits.
Sp Qtr. 3 cl. Prerequisites: 620 or permission of instructor
This is a technical elective for BSWE majors
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (2)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(1)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility (3)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(3)
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues (3)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (1)
WELDENG(L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and
inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (1)
WELDENG(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (1)
WELDENG(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet
application requirements (1)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
Topics: (Hours)
A78
Introduction to Properties of Polymeric Adhesives (4.0)
Theories of Adhesion (4.0)
Adhesive Bonding Procedures and Rapid Curing Methods (4.0)
Design and Testing of Adhesive Joints (2.0)
Analysis and Design of Snap-fits (5.0)
Analysis and Design of Press-fits (3.0)
Analysis and Design of Bolted Joints (3.0)
Staking and Swaging (3.0)
Exams (2.0)
A79
1. Course WE715, Special Topics in Welding Engineering
2. Credits 3 credit hours, two 75 minute lectures per week
3. Instructor John C. Lippold, Professor
Office: 136 Welding Engineering Laboratory, EJTC
Phone: 614-292-2466
E-mail: lippold.1@osu.edu
4. Required Materials 1) WE715 Course Notes, J.C. Lippold, Copyright 2009.
2) Selected technical papers and readings.
5. Course Information This course will review the nature of weld defects and their prevention.
Other topics include failure analysis and weldability testing.
Elective course for BSWE majors
Prereq: WE610, or basic knowledge of physical metallurgy principles.
6. Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (2)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
(3)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired need (3)
(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (2)
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (2)
(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a
global and societal context (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice (3)
In addition, three welding engineering-specific outcomes defined by the program are:
(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques
based on application, fabrication and service conditions (1)
(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes, design and
inspection requirements (2)
(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirement
(3)
Degree of contribution: (1) significant (2) moderate (3) small
7. Topics (hours)
Principles of weld solidification (1.5)
Classification of weld defects (0.5)
Weld solidification cracking (3.0)
A80
HAZ and weld metal liquation cracking (3.0)
Ductility dip cracking (1.0)
Reheat cracking (2.0)
Strain age cracking (2.0)
Lamellar tearing (0.5)
Copper contamination cracking (0.5)
Hydrogen-induced cracking (2.0)
Corrosion and corrosion-induced cracking (2.0)
Fatigue and fracture (2.0)
Weldability testing (3.0)
Failure analysis (2.0)
Interpreting fractography (2.0)
Student presentations (3.0)
Prepared by: J.C. Lippold (4/15/2011)
A81
WELDENG 740 – Fitness-for-Service of Welded Structures
Credits 3 credit hours
Instructor Avraham Benatar, Associate Professor
Office: 124 Edison Joining Technology Center
Phone: 614-292-1390
Email: benatar.1@osu.edu
Required Materials 1.) Fracture and Fatigue Control in Structures: Applications of Fracture
Mechanics, J.M. Barsom and S.T. Rolfe, 3rd Edition, American
Society for Testing and Materials, 1999.
Course Information The interrelationship of design, fabrication, nondestructive evaluation,
fracture mechanics, and reliability concepts in establishing the overall
fitness-for-purpose of welded structures.
Au Qtr. 3 cl. Prerequisites: 620 or permission of instructor
This is a technical elective for BSWE majors
Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:
(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)
(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data (3)
(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
(1)
(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1)
(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility (3)
(g) an ability to communicate effectively (3)
(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
(3)
(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues (2)
(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice. (1)
WELDENG(L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and
inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service
conditions (1)
WELDENG(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify
materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (3)
WELDENG(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet
application requirements (1)
Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small
Topics: (Hours)
Introduction to Fitness-for-Service and Root Causes of Weld Failure (4.0)
A82
Linear Elastic and Elastic-Plastic Fracture Mechanics (2.0)
Failure Assessments and Fracture Mechanics Design (4.0)
Fatigue (5.0)
Fracture and Fatigue Control (5.0)
Fitness-for-Service Assessments and Standards (3.0)
Case Studies (5.0)
Exams (2.0)
A83
Semester Syllabi
WE required syllabi – Semester
Note: in all semester syllabi, contribution ABET-EAC Criterion 3 and Program Student
Outcomes is denoted as: ***: major; **: some; *: small
A84
WELDENG 3001 (Proposed): Survey of Welding Engineering
Course Description Study of the principles of welding engineering, including processes, design, weldability of materials, codes and
standards, and quality assurance.
Prior Course Number: 300
Transcript Abbreviation: Survey Weld Eng Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom, Less than 50% at a distance Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Sophomore Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Physics 132, MSE 205 Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 300 Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: Yes
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
Ability to describe basic welding engineering terminology.
Understanding of major welding processes and their principles of operation.
Understanding of basic weld design concepts, welding symbols, and testing of weldments.
Ability to explain the effect of various welding processes on the properties of materials.
Understanding of basic weld metallurgy and welding defects and discontinuities
Understanding of the basic weld inspection techniques and the use of codes and standards for assuring weld quality.
A85
Understanding of cutting processes.
Introduction to the welding of plastics.
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Welding processes and terminology 10.0
Physics of welding 2.0 10.0
Weld design, welding symbols, residual stress and distortion, and testing and failure mechanisms of weldments
8.0
Welding codes and standards, weld defects and discontinuities, weld quality, and weld inspection techniques
10.0
Welding metallurgy and joining of materials 8.0
Cutting processes 2.0
Introduction to welding of plastics 2.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
MT 1 25%
MT 2 25%
Quizzes 20%
Final exam 30%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
Welding Essentials, 2nd Edition William Galvery
WE 3001 Lecture Notes, "Survey of Welding Engineering" Phillips
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
* b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
* d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
* e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
* f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
* g An ability to communicate effectively.
h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
* k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
A86
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
* m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
* n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: Dave Farson
A87
WELDENG 3189 (Approved): Industrial Experience I Course Description Experience in an industrial organization and the submitting of an acceptable report on the work done
Prior Course Number: 489
Transcript Abbreviation: Industrial Exp I Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Greater or equal to 50% at a distance Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 1.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 1.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 2.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Permission of instructor. Exclusions: Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: Yes
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
General Information
W.E. 489 is a required course for graduation. The W.E. program may be able to assist the student in obtaining employment. The expectation is that student will be involved in a welding related job experience. There is some flexibility as to the nature of the work.
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
A88
Experience in an industrial organization and the submitting of an acceptable report on the work done
Grades
Aspect Percent
Report 100%
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
** b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
** c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
** d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
* e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
* f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
* g An ability to communicate effectively.
* h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
* i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
* j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
* k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
*** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
*** n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: Dave Farson
A89
WELDENG 3601 (Approved): Introductory Arc Welding Laboratory Course Description An introduction to the basic skills required for manual and semiautomatic arc welding processes.
Prior Course Number: 350, 351
Transcript Abbreviation: Arc Weld Lab Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Sophomore, Junior Course Offerings: Autumn, Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 1.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 0.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Co-req: 300 or 3001 or permission of instructor. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 350 and WE 351. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: No
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
General Information
This course is not open to students with credit for WE 350 or WE 351
Course Goals
Develop basic welding skills in manual arc welding processes
Develop basic welding skills in semiautomatic welding processes
Develop flame cutting skills
A90
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Manual arc welding training 19.5
Semiautomatic arc welding training 19.5
Flame cutting training 3.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
Exam 30%
Manual arc welding skill test 30%
Semiautomatic arc welding skill test 30%
Flame cutting skill test 10%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
3010 laboratory manuals
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
* a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
g An ability to communicate effectively.
h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
* k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
* m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
A91
WELDENG 4001 (Approved): Physical Principles in Welding
Processes I Course Description Study of the application of physical principles in engineering of arc welding processes and equipment.
Prior Course Number: 500, 550, 600
Transcript Abbreviation: Phy Prn Weld Pro I Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 4.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec, 3.0 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 300 or 3001 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 500. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: Yes
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
1. Understand how the physical laws affect the observed phenomenon in welding processes.
2. Through an understanding of the physical laws and the observed welding phenomenon, to be in a better position to predict the effects of welding variable changes on welding process behavior
3. Understand the design of electrical power supplies and systems for arc welding.
4. Predict joint fill rates and nugget areas for typical arc welding processes.
A92
5. Design experiments and analyze results to develop welding process procedure specifications
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Electrical energy sources, power distribution 4.0
Arc electrical circuit characteristics 6.0
Arc heat generation 6.0
Electrical welding power supply designs 13.0
GTAW, PAW, GMAW, FCAW, SAW 13.0
Current and voltage measurements in electrical circuit 6.0
Lab safety and power systems 3.0
AC circuits 6.0
Rectification and filtering 5.0
SMA and GTA arc characteristics 5.0
Welding power source characteristics 6.0
GMA arc characteristics 6.0
SCR power supplies 5.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
MT 1 20%
MT 2 20%
HW, labs 20%
Final exam 40%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
WE5000 Lecture Notes PHYSICAL PRINCIPLES IN WELDING ENGINEERING I Richardson, R.W., Farson, D.F.
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
*** b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
*** c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
*** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
g An ability to communicate effectively.
h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
A93
** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
*** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: Dave Farson
A94
WELDENG 4002 (Approved): Physical Principles in Welding
Processes II Course Description Study of the application of physical principles in engineering of non-arc welding processes and equipment.
Prior Course Number: 600, 601, 651
Transcript Abbreviation: Phy Prn Wld Pro II Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 4.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec, 3.0 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 500 or 4001 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 600. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: Yes
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
Understanding of major Resistance Welding processes, weld parameters, equipment, and applications.
Understanding of the fundamentals and theory of Resistance Welding.
Understanding of the fundamentals and theory of Solid-State Welding.
Ability to describe and understand the major Solid-State Welding processes, weld parameters, equipment, and industrial applications.
A95
Understanding of the fundamentals and theory of High Energy Density welding processes.
Ability to describe and understand Laser and Electron Beam welding processes, weld parameters, equipment, and industrial applications.
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Fundamentals of Resistance Welding processes 10.0
Equipment, parameters, and applications for Resistance Welding processes
6.0
Laboratory experiments - Resistance Welding 14.0
Fundamentals of Solid-State Welding processes 8.0
Equipment, parameters, and application of Solid-State Welding processes
4.0
Fundamentals of Laser and Electron Beam Welding
processes
8.0
Equipment, parameters, and application of Laser and Electron Beam Welding processes.
6.0
Laboratory experiments - Solid-State Welding 14.0
Laboratory experiments - Laser Welding 14.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
MT 1 20%
mt 2 20%
HW, labs 20%
Final exam 40%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
4001 Class Notes Dickinson, Farson, Phillips
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
*** b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
* c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
* d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
*** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
g An ability to communicate effectively.
A96
h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
*** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: Dave Farson
A97
WELDENG 4101 (Approved): Welding Metallurgy I Course Description Application of physical metallurgy principles to nonequilibrium thermo-mechanical conditions associated with
welding in structural alloys and focus on carbon steels
Prior Course Number: 610, 611
Transcript Abbreviation: Weld Met I Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: MSE 401 or 2251, Co-req: MSE 543 or 3141 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 610. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: Yes
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
First part of the course introduces the fundamental concepts of welding/joining metallurgy. This will build upon physical metallurgy principles from prerequisite MSE courses.
Topics presented include regions of fusion and solid-state welds, weld solidification, HAZ phenomena, weld defects, and weldability testing.
A98
This course provides the foundation for the second part of the class, as well as, subsequent required and elective courses to be offered in related welding/joining metallurgy courses.
This second part of the course will provide basic understanding of the nature of iron and its allotropic form. In addition, the effect of alloying elements on the solid state transformation of iron alloys (steels) will be discussed.
Heat treatment of carbon and low-alloy steels is discussed and related to the effect of welding thermal cycles on resulting structure and properties of steels in the heat-affected-zone and weld metal.
in the third part of the course, welding procedures, steel and filler metal classification systems, and post-weld heat treatments are described. Weldability and weldability testing are discussed.
Major emphasis is placed on the toughness characteristics of steel weldments and the influence of hydrogen in producing HAZ and weld metal cracks.
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Introduction to Welding Metallurgy 1.0 Regions of a Weld in Fusion and Solid-State Weld 1.0 Weld Solidification Principles 3.0 Fusion Zone 2.0 Unmixed-Zone and Partially Melted Zone 2.0 Heat-Affected-Zone 3.0 Classification of Defects and Discontinuities 1.0 Weldability 5.0 Weldability Testing 2.0 Introduction to Steels 1.0 Steel Making and Processing 2.0 Physical Metallurgy of Steels 4.0 Weld Microstructure Evolution 4.0 Consumables and Selection 2.0 Welding Fume 1.0 Weldability of Steels (General) 2.0 Hydrogen Cracking 3.0 Post-weld Heat Treatment and High-Temperature Properties of Steel Welds
2.0
Fracture and Fatigue Behavior 1.0
Representative Assignments
Home work problems are assigned from the text book and notes distributed in the class
Home work may also include some of the computational tools that will be made available to to the students
Grades
Aspect Percent
Midterm 1 30%
Midterm 2 30%
Final Exam 40%
A99
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
Welding Metallurgy Sindo Kou
Welding Metallurgy: Fundamentals (v. 1) G. E. Linnert
Title Author
Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Structural Steels, Class Notes; Copyright
2007
J.C. Lippold and B.T. Alexandrov
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
* a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
* b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
* c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
* e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
g An ability to communicate effectively.
* h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
* k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
* n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Additional Notes or Comments This course may be taken by graduate students also
Prepared by: Sudarsanam Babu
A100
WELDENG 4102 (Approved): Welding Metallurgy II Course Description This course addresses the welding metallurgy and weldability principles associated with stainless steels, nickel-
base, aluminum-base, and titanium-base alloys and other nonferrous alloys.
Prior Course Number: 612
Transcript Abbreviation: Weld Met II Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 610 or 4101, Co-req: 4612 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 612. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: Yes
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
General Information
This course represents the second in the Welding Metallurgy sequence in the Welding Engineering UG degree program. It has an associated laboratory WELDENG4612 that should be taken concurrently with this course.
Course Goals
A101
Provide a basic understanding of the physical and welding metallurgy of stainless steels, including the use of phase diagrams and constitution diagrams.
Describe the weldability aspects of stainless steels, including susceptibility to various forms of cracking that occur during fabrication and service. Provide a basic understanding of the physical and welding metallurgy of important nonferrous alloy systems, including nickel-, titanium-, and aluminum-base alloys. Provide guidelines for selection of these alloy systems based on their welding metallurgay and welability characteristics. Review basic concepts regarding characterization and failure analysis.
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Introduction and History of Stainless Steels 1.0
Effect of alloying additions to stainless steel, and use of phase diagrams and constitution diagrams
3.0
Physical metallurgy, welding metallurgy, and weldability of the major classes of stainless steels
15.0
Dissimilar welding of stainless steels 2.0
Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Ni-base alloys 6.0
Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Al-Alloys 5.0
Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Ti-alloys and Mg- alloys
2.0
Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of other nonferrous alloys
1.0
Characterization and failure analysis 4.0
Computational modeling of microstructure evolution in
welds
3.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
Midterm 1 30%
Midterm 2 30%
Final Exam 40%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Stainless Steels J.C. Lippold and D.J. Kotecki
Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Ni-base Alloys J.N. DuPont, J.C. Lippold, and S.D. Kiser
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
* a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
* c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
A102
d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
* e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
g An ability to communicate effectively.
Course Contribution College Outcome
* h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
* k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
* m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
* n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: John Lippold
A103
WELDENG 4201 (Approved): Engineering Analysis for Design and
Simulation Course Description Fundamentals of engineering analysis of heat flow, thermal and residual stresses, and fracture and fatigue with
applications to design and simulation in welding and manufacturing.
Prior Course Number: 620, 621
Transcript Abbreviation: Eng Anal Des & Sim Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 4.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec, 3.0 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 300 or 3001, Math 255 or 415 or 2177, ME 420 or 440 or 2040, or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 620 and 621. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: Yes
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
Obtain fundamental understanding of heat flow including heat conduction with moving heat sources.
Obtain basic understanding of causes for and development of thermal stresses, residual stresses and distrotion.
Obtain basic understanding of linear elastic fracture mechanics including ability to apply fracture criteria.
A104
Obtain basic understanding of high cycle fatigue, effect of mean stress using Goodman diagram, and life prediction for a variety of structures inculing welded structures.
Ability to analyze and design simple welded joints.
Obtain basic understanding of and ability to apply finite difference and finite element modeling to simple heat flow, stress analysis and fracture mechanics problems.
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Introduction to heat flow including steady state
conduction.
6.0
Finite difference and finite element modeling of heat
flow.
5.0
Heat flow with moving heat sources including Cooling rates and peak temperature equations.
5.0
Introduction to thermal stresses, residual stresses and distortion.
4.0
Three-bar analogy analysis for residual stresses and
distrotion.
5.0
Residual stress measurement, stress relieving, and distortion analysis.
6.0
Introduction to fracture mechanics, stress intensity factors and fracture toughness.
4.0
Introduction to high cycle fatigue, Goodman diagaram, and fatigue of welded structures.
4.0
Welded joint analysis and design. 3.0
Matlab programming and application to heat flow and finite difference modeling.
12.0
Abaqus modeling of steady state and transient heat flow. 9.0
Ababqus analysis of elastic, thermo-elastic and thermo- elastic-plastic problems.
12.0
Abaqus analysis of fracture. 9.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
Homework and quizzes 20%
Exam 1 25%
Exam 2 25%
Final exam 30%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
Lecture and Lab Notes A. Benatar
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
A105
*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
* b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
* c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
*** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
* f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
* g An ability to communicate effectively.
* h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
** i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
* j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
*** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
* m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
* n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: Avraham Benatar
A106
WELDENG 4202 (Approved): Welding Design Course Description Fundamentals of design and application of codes and standards for welded structures.
Prior Course Number: 621, 641
Transcript Abbreviation: Welding Design Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 620 or 4201 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 621 and 641. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: Yes
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
Ability to analyze structures including torsion, bending, pressure vessels, and columns.
Ability to analyze and design joints in welded structures.
Ability to analyze and design welded structures for dynamic and fatigue loading.
Ability to apply industry codes and standards to the design of welded joints in steel structures.
Course Topics
A107
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Essential elements in structural welding. 2.0 Torsion and polar moment of inertia. 3.0 Beam bending, area moment of inertia, and graphical methods for bending analysis.
5.0
Stress, strain, and moment of inertia transformations and Mohr circle.
3.0
Analysis of pressure vessels. 2.0 Buckling of columns. 3.0 Weld sizing and weld requirements for built-up
members. 2.0
Design of welded plate girders and AISC codes. 6.0 Design of welded pressure vessels and ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
6.0
Design of strcutural connections and AWS D1.1 code. 5.0 Design of welded structures for dynamic and fatigue
loading. 5.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
Homework and quizzes 20%
Exam 1 25%
Exam 2 25%
Final exam 30%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
Lecture Notes C. Tsai and A. Benatar
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
** b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
** c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
*** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
** f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
* g An ability to communicate effectively.
* h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
** i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
** j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
A108
*** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
*** n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: Avraham Benatar
A109
WELDENG 4301 (Approved): Nondestructive Evaluation Course Description Main concepts of Nondestructive Evaluation of materials as apply to inspections of joints and structures;
principles of conventional methods, their capabilities and limitations.
Prior Course Number: 631
Transcript Abbreviation: NDE Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.5 hr Lec, 1.5 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 5.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: junior standing or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 631. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: Yes
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
Achieve basic understanding of main concepts and aims of nondestructive evaluation (NDE). Learn theoretical principles of NDE methods and their capabilities and limitations. Learn applications of nondestructive material evaluation. Learn to apply NDE for joint inspections. Obtain some basic laboratory experience with nondestructive evaluation methods.
A110
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Introduction to NDE. 1.5
Introduction to Ultrasonic Testing. 1.0
Physical Principles of Ultrasonic. 3.5
Reflection and transmission of ultrasonic waves. 4.0
Ultrasonic Transducers. Ultrasonic laboratory.
3.0 3.0
Ultrasonic testing methods. Laboratory.
3.0 3.0
Introduction to radiography. 1.0
Generation of X-rays. 3.0
Radiation attenuation. 3.0
X-Ray Films. 2.0
Selection of Exposure Parameters. Radiographyc laboratory.
1.5 3.0
Factors affecting quality of radiographs .
2.0
Image quality indicators. 1.0
Radiographs of welds and different radiographic techniques.
2.0
Gamma Rays 2.0
Real-Time Radiography 1.0
Magnetic particle testing fundamentals. 1.5
Physical principles of magnetization and inspection. Magnetic particle testing laboratory.
2.0 3.0
Liquid penetrant testing. Liquid penetrant testing laboratory.
1.5 3.0
Representative Assignments
Homework problem assignment for problem solving.
Grades
Aspect Percent
Quizzes 5%
Laboratory 20%
MT 25%
Final 50%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
A111
Class notes S. I. Rokhlin
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
* b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
* c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
*** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
* f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
* g An ability to communicate effectively.
** h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
* i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
* j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
*** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
* n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: Stanislav Rokhlin
A112
WELDENG 4611 (Approved): Welding Metallurgy Laboratory I Course Description Fundamental understanding of microstructure evolution in alloys and steels during heat treatment, as well as,
welding through various characterization techniques
Prior Course Number: 661
Transcript Abbreviation: Weld Met Lab I Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 1.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 0.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Co-req: 4101 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 661. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: Yes
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
Identification of microstructures and related properties in a variety of iron based alloys subjected to similar heat treatments, as well as, welding and post-weld heat treatment.
Design of proper control methodologies to avoid weldability issues in steels.
Course Topics
A113
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
(1) Identification of microstructures and related properties in a variety of iron based alloys subjected to similar heat treatments
9.0
(2) Evaluation of microstructure and hardness in welds and the similarity of the same to samples subjected to thermo- mechanical processing in a Gleeble thermal-mechanical simulator
9.0
(3) Understanding of complex interaction between prior heat treatment, welding process and post-weld heat treatments on the final weld microstructure and properties
9.0
(4) Design and implementation of control methodologies to avoid hydrogen assisted cracking in steel welds using published standards
9.0
(5) Optimization of welding process, process parameters, welding consumable selection and post-weld heat treatment for structural steel welds using computational models and experimentation
6.0
Representative Assignments
The laboratory exercises are provided with instructions and samples. The students will evaluate the microstructure and hardness of the samples. Students will present the results for each laboratory (5 labs) exercise in the form of power point presentation and small report.
One of the assignment will involve the use of computational tools that will be introduced in WE611.
Grades
Aspect Percent
Laboratory Exercise 1: General Microstructure Identification 20%
Laboratory Exercise 2: Similarity between Weld and Thermo-Mechanical Simulation 20%
Laboratory Exercise 3: Microstructure Evolution During Welding and PWHT 20%
Laboratory Exercise 4: Welding Process Design to Avoid Hydrogen Assisted Cracking 20%
Laboratory Exercise 5: Computational Optimization of Welding Consumable and Process Parameters for
Structural Steel Weld
20%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
Class Notes
Welding Metallurgy S. Kou
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
A114
* a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
*** b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
* c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
* d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
* e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
Course Contribution College Outcome
* f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
* g An ability to communicate effectively.
* h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
* k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
* n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Additional Notes or Comments
This laboratory will be relying on theory discussed in Welding Metallurgy 1 Course
Prepared by: Sudarsanam Babu
A115
WELDENG 4612 (Approved): Welding Metallurgy Laboratory II Course Description Offered in conjunction with WE4102 - Welding Metallurgy II. The course demonstrates microstructure
evolution and weldability principles in stainless steels and nonferrous alloys.
Prior Course Number: 662
Transcript Abbreviation: Weld Met Lab II Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:
Classroom Course Levels:
Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course
Offerings: Autumn Flex
Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 1.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 0.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Co-req: 4102 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 662. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: Yes
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
General Information
This is offered in conjunction with WEENG4102. The laboratories are closely linked to lecture material. The graduate equivalent of this course is WEENG7612.
A116
Course Goals
Provide the student with hands-on experience with identifying microstructures in stainless steels and
nonferrous alloys. Develop an in-depth understanding of the weldability issues associated with stainless
steels and nonferrous alloys.
Use optical metallography techniques to characterize microstructure and develop a concise and well written laboratory report.
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Lab 1 - Microstructure evolution in martensitic and ferritic stainless steels.
6.0
Lab 2 - Solidification behavior of austenitic stainless steel welds
6.0
Lab 3 - Solidification anbd transformation behavior of duplex stainless steel welds
6.0
Lab 4 - Dissimilar weldability: stainless and carbon steels 3.0
Lab 5 - Weldability of stainless steels - cracking
susceptibility
3.0
Lab 6 - Welding metallurgy and weldability of Ni-base
alloys
3.0
Lab 7 - Welding metallurgy and weldability of Al-base
alloys
6.0
Lab 8 - Welding metallurgy and weldability of Ti-base
alloys
3.0
Lab 9 - Use of constitution diagrams 6.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
Lab 1 15%
Lab 2 10%
Lab 3 15%
Lab 4 10%
Lab 5 10%
Lab 6 10%
Lab 7&8 15%
Lab 9 15%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Ni-base Alloys DuPont/Lippold/Kiser
Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Stainless Steels Lippold/Kotecki
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
A117
Course Contribution College Outcome
* a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
* b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
*** d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
* e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
*** g An ability to communicate effectively.
h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
Course Contribution College Outcome
i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: John Lippold
A118
WELDENG 4901 (Approved): Capstone Welding Design I Course Description Group design projects building on all aspects of welding engineering.
Prior Course Number: 690, 691
Transcript Abbreviation: Capst Weld Des I Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels:
Undergrad Student Ranks:
Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course:
Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length:
14 Week Credits: 2.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 4.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by
Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: senior standing or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 690 and WE 691. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: Yes
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
General Information
Welding Engineering capstone projects are supported by industrial sponsors. The success of the project relies on good communication among students, sponsors , and advisors.
A119
This is the first semester of a two semester capstone experience. Most of the first semester is spent developing the proposal. A few weeks at the end of the semester is spent in initiating the project. Although this is 2-credit course, each student may spend over 100 hours during the semester completing the project. The hour distribution has tried to reflect the number of laboratory hours typically required for each student.
Course Goals
Students learn how research a topic proposed by a sponsor and prepare a research proposal.
Students communicate with the research sponsor, course coordinator, and faculty advisor in the development of the
proposal. Students perform initial investigations and testing to meet the objectives of the proposal.
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Course introduction and guidelines for proposal
development
4.0
Groups communicate with sponsors and advisors to understand problem definition and critical issues
20.0
Groups develop draft proposal 25.0
Draft proposal presentations 4.0
Revise and finalize proposal 25.0
Final proposal presentations 4.0
Testing and analysis from proposal 25.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
Communication with team members, sponsors, and advisors 30%
Written progress reports 20%
Proposal presentation 10%
Final proposal 40%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
None
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
** b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
** c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
*** d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
A120
** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
* f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
*** g An ability to communicate effectively.
* h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
* i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
* j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
** n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Additional Notes or Comments Contribution to ABET l, m, and n is dependent on the nature of the project.
Prepared by: Dave Farson
A121
WELDENG 4902 (Approved): Capstone Welding Design I
Course Description Group design projects building on all aspects of welding engineering.
Prior Course Number: 690, 691
Transcript Abbreviation: Capst Weld Des I Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels:
Undergrad Student Ranks:
Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course:
Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length:
14 Week Credits: 2.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 4.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by
Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: senior standing or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 690 and WE 691. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: Yes
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
General Information
Welding Engineering capstone projects are supported by industrial sponsors. The success of the project relies on good communication among students, sponsors , and advisors.
A122
This is the first semester of a two semester capstone experience. Most of the first semester is spent developing the proposal. A few weeks at the end of the semester is spent in initiating the project. Although this is 2-credit course, each student may spend over 100 hours during the semester completing the project. The hour distribution has tried to reflect the number of laboratory hours typically required for each student.
Course Goals
Students learn how research a topic proposed by a sponsor and prepare a research proposal.
Students communicate with the research sponsor, course coordinator, and faculty advisor in the development of the
proposal. Students perform initial investigations and testing to meet the objectives of the proposal.
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Course introduction and guidelines for proposal development 4.0
Groups communicate with sponsors and advisors to understand problem definition and critical issues
20.0
Groups develop draft proposal 25.0
Draft proposal presentations 4.0
Revise and finalize proposal 25.0
Final proposal presentations 4.0
Testing and analysis from proposal 25.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
Communication with team members, sponsors, and advisors 30%
Written progress reports 20%
Proposal presentation 10%
Final proposal 40%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
None
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
** b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
** c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
A123
*** d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
* f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
*** g An ability to communicate effectively.
* h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
* i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
* j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
** n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Additional Notes or Comments Contribution to ABET l, m, and n is dependent on the nature of the project.
Prepared by: Dave Farson
A124
WE Elective Syllabi - Semester
A125
WELDENG 4003 (Approved): Principles of Welding Process Control
Course Description Study of principles and practical application of control systems and control elements of welding processes.
Prior Course Number: 605, 655
Transcript Abbreviation: Prn Weld Pro Cntrl Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Greater or equal to 50% at a distance Course Levels: Undergrad Student
Ranks: Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course:
Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length:
14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.5 hr Lec, 1.5 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 5.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by
Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 500 or 4001 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 605. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: No
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
To provide a rudimentary understanding of welding as a process
To provide an acquaintance with the various technologies used to implement industrial process controls
A126
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Introduction to welding processes & control 7.0 3.0
Relay logic controls 5.0 6.0
Servo motors 4.0 3.0
Programmable logic controls 7.0 6.0
Sensors 6.0
Computer data acquisition 6.0 3.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
MT 1 35%
HW 15%
Labs 15%
Final 35%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
WELDENG 4003 Lecture Notes Richardson, R.W., Farson, D.F.
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering. *** b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data. *** c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams. ** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
g An ability to communicate effectively.
h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j A knowledge of contemporary issues. ** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
A127
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
* m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
A128
WELDENG 4012 (Approved): Resistance Welding Processes Course Description This course addresses the fundamentals, theory, and application of Resistance Welding processes, with
emphasis on processes, equipment, materials, and quality control.
Prior Course Number: 602, 702
Transcript Abbreviation: Res Weld Proc Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:
Classroom Course Levels:
Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course
Offerings: Autumn Flex
Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 2.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 4.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Open to WE or MSE majors only or with permission of instructor. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 602 or WE 702. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: No
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
Develop an understanding of the theories and fundamentals of Resistance Welding processes.
Understanding of Resistance Welding equipment details including power supplies and tooling.
A129
Understanding of methods for quality control and mechanical testing of Resistance Welds.
Understanding of the Resistance Welding of important structural materials including carbon and low alloy steels, stainless steels, aluminum, and titanium.
Understanding of the Resistance Welding of coated steels including galvanized, aluminized, tin coated, and terne coated
steels.
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Resistance Welding fundamentals. 10.0
Resistance Welding equipment, tooling and power
supplies.
4.0
Resistance Welding of materials. 5.0
Resistance Welding of coated steels. 5.0
Resistance Welding quality, quality control, and testing. 4.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
Exam #1 30% Exam #2 30% Final exam 40%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
4012 Class Notes Dickinson, Phillips
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
* b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
** c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
g An ability to communicate effectively.
h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
*** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
A130
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
* m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: David Phillips
A131
WELDENG 4021 (Approved): Solid-State Welding - Joining Course Description The welding and Joining of materials in the solid state with emphasis on physical processes and metallurgical
principles
Prior Course Number: WE701
Transcript Abbreviation: SS Weld Proc Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:
Classroom Course Levels:
Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course
Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency:
Every Year Course Length:
14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 601 or 4001 and 612 or 4102, or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 701. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: No
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
To expand the students understanding of solid state welding process through exploration of processes and scientific and engineering principles that govern the processes, as well as, fundamental mechanisms
A132
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Mechanisms of Solid State Welding I 4.0
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Thermo-mechanical Processing of Metals and Alloys
(Low to High Strain Rates)
2.5
Cold and Pressure Welding 2.5 Roll Bonding 2.5 Flash Butt Welding 2.5 Friction Welding 3.5 Friction Stir Welding 4.5 Ultrasonic Welding 3.0 Explosive (Impact) Welding 3.0 Magnetic Pulse (Impact) Welding 2.0 Deformation / Resistance Welding 2.0 Material Changes during Solid-State Joining and Its
Impact 2.0
Diffusion Based Joining Processes (includes transient liquid phase bonding)
4.0
Meso-, Micro- and Nano-Scale Welding 2.0 Computational Tools for Solid-State Joining 2.0
Representative Assignments
Homework problems are assigned based on the class notes, research papers and text books
Some assignments may involve use of the computational tools for describing solid-state joining
Grades
Aspect Percent
Home Works 15%
Proposal / Presentation 25%
Mid Term 25%
Final Exam 35%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
Class Notes and Research Papers to be provided during the class
ASM ans AWS Handbooks on Welding
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
A133
Course Contribution College Outcome
*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
** b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
* c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
** d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
* f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
** g An ability to communicate effectively.
Course Contribution College Outcome
* h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
* i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
* j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
*** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
*** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
** n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Additional Notes or Comments
Solid-State Joining Process Literature is Expanding at Rapid Scale; We
need 3 credit hours to do the justice to the field.
Prepared by: Sudarsanam Babu
A134
WELDENG 4023 (Approved): Brazing and Soldering Course Description Brazing and soldering processes with emphasis on physical and metallurgical principles, materials, design and
application considerations.
Prior Course Number: 703
Transcript Abbreviation: Brazing&Soldering Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels:
Undergrad Student Ranks:
Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course:
Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length:
14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.5 hr Lec, 1.5 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 5.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by
Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 610 or 4101 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 703. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: No
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
General Information
This course is a technical elective in the Welding Engineering UG degree program. It describes the basic processes and physical metallurgy principles of Brazing and Soldering. Three laboratory exercises (a total of nine hours) are incorporated in the course.
A135
Course Goals
Describe the basic principles of brazing and soldering processes, and of microstructure, properties, quality, and reliability of brazed and soldered joints. Provide specific knowledge about brazing and soldering of metals, ceramics, and composites.
Provide basic understanding of surface energy, wetting, and capillary flow in brazing and soldering. Interaction of solid and liquid metals, solidification, diffusion, phase transformations. Formation of oxides, carbides, nitrides and intermetalics. Provide basic knowledge about the brazing and soldering filler metals and fluxes, their composition, properties, application, compatibility to base metals, selection, and classification. Describe the basic principles and considerations in the design and strength of brazed and soldered joints, including joint geometry and gaps, strenght calculation, thermal expansion mismatch, stress concentration, testing, and quality control. Provide basic knowledge about the inspection and quality control of brazed and soldered joints, and about the safety considerations in brazing and soldering.
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Introduction, definitions, and general characterization of brazing and soldering
3.0
Physical and metallurgical phenomena in brazing and soldering
6.0
Wetting and capillary flow of brazing and soldering filler metals
7.0
Brazing and soldering processes 7.0
Brazing and soldering filler metals and fluxes 3.0
Base materials and brazeability, brazing and soldering of metals and metallic alloys.
6.0
Effect of preplacing of brazing and soldering filler metals on filling the joint gap and joint quality.
7.0
Brazing and soldering of non-metallic materials. 2.0
Design and strength of brazed and soldered joints. 5.0
Inspection of brazed and soldered joints. 2.0
Microstructure characterization and defects in brazed and soldered joints.
7.0
Safety considerations in Brazing and soldering 1.0
Representative Assignments
Lab reports on: 1. Wetting and capillary flow of brazing and soldering filler metals 2. Effect of preplacing of brazing and soldering filler metals on filling the joint gap and joint quality. 3. Microstructure characterization and defects in brazed and soldered joints.
Grades
A136
Aspect Percent
Lab reports 15% Exam 1 25% Exam 2 25% Final Exam 35%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
Lecture Notes A. Shapiro, A. Rbinkin, B. Alexandrov, M. Lucas, P. Ditzel, Y. Flom
Title Author
Brazing Handbook AWS
Soldering Handbook AWS
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
* b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
*** c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
* d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
g An ability to communicate effectively.
* h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
* i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
* k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
*** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
** n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
A137
WELDENG 4024 (Approved): High Energy Density Welding
Processes Course Description Theory and practice of laser, electron beam, and other high energy density welding processes.
Prior Course Number: 704
Transcript Abbreviation: HED Weld Proc Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:
Classroom Course Levels:
Undergrad Student Ranks: Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency:
Every Year Course Length:
14 Week Credits: 2.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 4.0 Graded Component:
Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 500 or 4001 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 704. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: No
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
Understand how the physical laws affect the design and operation of electron beam and laser material processes and processing systems.
A138
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Electron beam welding systems 6.0
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Electron beam welding processes 2.0
Lasers and systems 14.0
Optics 2.0
Laser beam welding process 2.0
laser cutting and drilling processes 2.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
MT 1 25%
MT 2 25%
HW 15%
Final exam 35%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
Lecture Notes High Energy Density Welding Processes and Systems Albright, C.E., Farson, D.F.
Laser Material Processing Steen, W.M.
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
* a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
g An ability to communicate effectively.
h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j A knowledge of contemporary issues. * k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice.
A139
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
*** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: Dave Farson
A140
WELDENG 4025 (Approved): Robotic Welding Systems Course Description Theory, methods, economics and applications of robotic welding systems and processes.
Prior Course Number: 705
Transcript Abbreviation: Robot Wld Syst Des Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels:
Undergrad Student Ranks:
Senior Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency:
Every Year Course Length:
14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.5 hr Lec, 1.5 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 5.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 300 or 3001 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 705. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: No
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
Understand the basics of robotic welding systems design including manipulator kinematics, actuators and control.
Understand cost/benefit analysis of robotic welding systems
Understand the principles of robotic welding cell design including part motion, fixtures and tooling and operator safety.
A141
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Economic justification 5.0
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Robot systems 3.0
Welding robot cell design 3.0
Part motion 3.0
Robot safety 3.0
Welding robotic system accessories 2.0
Tooling and fixturing for robotic welding 4.0
Motors and servo systems 3.0
Feedback control 3.0
Arm manipulator kinematics 3.0
Process control 3.0
Robotic system coordinates 4.5
Robot system programming by pendant 6.0
Coordinated motion 6.0
Welding robot systems torch definition 4.5
Grades
Aspect Percent
MT exam 20%
HW, quizzes 50%
Final exam 30%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
Class notes Richardson, R.W., Farson, D.F.
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
*** c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
* e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
A142
f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
g An ability to communicate effectively.
h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
* j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
*** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
* m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: Dave Farson
A143
WELDENG 4302 (Approved): Industrial Radiography Course Description Basic elements of industrial radiography, characterization of a radiographic system as a linear system, quality
of radiographs, real-time radiography, microradiography, and computerized tomography.
Prior Course Number: 635
Transcript Abbreviation: Radiography Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:
Classroom Course Levels:
Undergrad Student Ranks: Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency:
Even Years Course Length:
14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.5 hr Lec, 1.5 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 5.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: senior standing or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 635. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: No
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
Achieve basic understanding of main concepts and aims of radiography.
A144
Learn generation of X-ray and interaction of ionizing radiation with materials.
Learn to select parameters to optimize image quality.
Learn fundamentals of real-time radiography, microradiography and computerized tomography.
Obtain some basic laboratory experience with radiographic testing.
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Introduction to course. 1.5
Generation of X-ray. 1.5
The effect of changing mA and kV on the X-ray
spectrum.
3.5
Interaction of X-rays with materials. 4.0
Image formation and X-rays Films. Film characteristic curves and contrast sensitivity measurement.
3.0
Selection of Exposure Parameters. Film radiography laboratory.
4.0 3.0
Factors Affecting Quality of Radiographs. Inspection of welds laboratory.
1.0 3.0
Real-time radiography. Evaluation of radiographic systems.
3.0
Homework siposia presentations and practical examples. 5.0 6.0
Modeling a radiographic system as a linear system. 4.0
Real-time radiography. Radiographyc laboratory.
1.5 3.0
Microradiography. 2.0
Introduction to computerized tomography. 1.0 3.0
Computerized tomography. 3.0
Representative Assignments
Homework problem assignment
Grades
Aspect Percent
Homework 33%
Laboratory 33%
Final 34%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
A145
Title Author
Class notes S. I. Rokhlin
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
* b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
* c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
*** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
Course Contribution College Outcome
* f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
* g An ability to communicate effectively.
** h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
* i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
* j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
*** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
* n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: Stanislav Rokhlin
A146
WELDENG 4303 (Approved): Ultrasonic Nondestructive Testing Course Description Principles of ultrasonic wave generation, interaction of ultrasonic waves with material structures with emphasis
on characterization of material properties, quantitative ultrasonic evaluation of material discontinuities.
Prior Course Number: 732
Transcript Abbreviation: Ultrasonic NDT Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:
Classroom Course Levels:
Undergrad Student Ranks: Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency:
Odd Years Course Length:
14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.5 hr Lec, 1.5 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 5.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: senior standing or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 732. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: No
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
A147
Achieve basic understanding of main concepts and aims of ultrasonic NDT.
Learn theoretical principles of ultrasonic methods and their capabilities and limitations.
Learn ultrasonic wave interaction with interfaces between materials and ultrasonic spectroscopic methods.
Learn applications of ultrasonics for material characterization.
Obtain some basic laboratory experience with ultrasonic testing.
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Introduction to course. 1.5 Vibrations and ultrasonic waves. 1.5 Physical principles and interaction with interface between materials.
3.5
Oblique incidence of ultrasonic wave on liquid solid
interface. 4.0
Ultrasonic transducers. Radiation field of ultrasonic transducer.
3.0
Measurements of velocity and attenuation. Ultrasonic laboratory.
3.0 3.0
Ultrasonic spectroscopy. Sepectroscopic evaluation of adhesive joints laboratory.
2.0 3.0
Ultrasonic evaluation of joints. 3.0 Homework siposia presentations and practical examples. 5.0 6.0 Modeling of ultrasonic systems as a linear system. 4.0 Ultrasonic scattering. Ultrasonic laboratory.
1.5 3.0
Ultrasonic scattering in polycrystalline materials. 2.0 Reflection from defects. 1.0 3.0
Ultrasonic NDT and damage tolerance concept. 3.0
Representative Assignments
Homework problem assignment
Grades
Aspect Percent
Homework 33%
Laboratory 33%
Final 34%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
A148
Title Author
Class notes S. I. Rokhlin
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
* b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
* c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
*** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
Course Contribution College Outcome
* f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
* g An ability to communicate effectively.
** h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
* i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
* j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
*** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
* n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: Stanislav Rokhlin
A149
WELDENG 4540 (Approved): Welding Production Course Description This course addresses the industrial engineering aspects of welding engineering. This includes process
selection, manufacturing floor layout, economics, quality assurance, and personnel issues.
Prior Course Number: 640
Transcript Abbreviation: Weld Prod Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:
Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks:
Junior, Senior Course
Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course:
Never Course Frequency:
Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 2.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 4.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by
Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 601 or 4002 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 640. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: No
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
Present basic knowledge of the management of a welding manufacturing facility
Establish comprehension and application of management techniques within a technological company for efficient facility management, project management, personnel management, and quality assurance.
A150
Provide simulated management experience through the use of team-based case studies.
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Plant layout-fundamental and optimization 4.0
Equipment needs and selection 4.0
Time studies-optimization 4.0
Quality control and quality assurance 6.0
Management and leadership skills 2.0
Motivational techniques 1.0
Professional ethics 1.0
Case studies 6.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
Midterm 1 20%
Midterm 2 20%
Case Studies 20%
Final Exam 40%
Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials
Title Author
Course Notes
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
* a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
* b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
** c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
** d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
* f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
* g An ability to communicate effectively.
* h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
* i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
* j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
A151
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
Course Contribution Program Outcome
n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: John Lippold
A152
WELDENG 4595 (Approved): Topics in Welding Engineering Course Description Theory and application of novel and hybrid welding processes.
Prior Course Number: 695
Transcript Abbreviation: Topics Weld Eng Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels:
Undergrad Student Ranks:
Senior Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency:
Every Year Course Length:
14 Week Credits: 2.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 4.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 601 or 4002 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 695, "Theory and Application of Novel and Hybrid Welding Processes". Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: No
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Goals
Understanding of the novel and hybrid welding processes being developed by industry and research organizations
A153
Understanding of the theory behind novel and hybrid welding processes, and possible industrial applications
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Novel and hybrid welding process details and equipment 14.0
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Novel and hybrid welding process theories and industrial
applications
14.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
Midterm #1 30%
Midterm #2 30%
Participation in brainstorming and discussion boards 20%
Proposal 20%
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
g An ability to communicate effectively.
h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
*** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
* m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: David Phillips
A154
WELDENG 4606 (Approved): Welding Robot Programming and
Operations
Course Description Laboratory experience programming and operation of robotic welding systems
Prior Course Number: 656
Transcript Abbreviation: Wldng Robot Prg Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:
Classroom Course Levels:
Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course
Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency:
Every Year Course Length:
14 Week Credits: 1.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 0.0 Graded Component:
Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 300 or 3001 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 656. Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: No
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Topics
A155
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Introduction to robotics Welding robot programming 17.0
Welding robot programming 25.0
Grades
Aspect Percent
Completion of robot programming exercises 100%
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
* a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
* b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
g An ability to communicate effectively.
h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
* k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Prepared by: Dave Farson
A156
WELDENG 4998 (Approved): Undergraduate Research in Welding
Engineering
Course Description Opportunity for supervised undergraduate research in Welding Engineering.
Prior Course Number: 699
Transcript Abbreviation: Ugd Res Weld Eng Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:
Classroom Course Levels:
Undergrad Student Ranks: Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Autumn, Spring, May Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency:
Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 1.0 - 3.0 Repeatable: Yes Maximum Repeatable Credits: 6.0 Total Completions Allowed: 6 Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Exclusions: Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: No
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
Course Topics
A157
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Supervised undergraduate research on various topics.
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
*** b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
*** c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
* d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
*** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
* g An ability to communicate effectively.
* h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
* i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
* j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
*** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
** n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Additional Notes or Comments Contributions to ABET-EAC Outcomes l, m, and n depend on the specific research
project.
Prepared by: Avraham Benatar
A158
WELDENG 4999H (Approved): Undergraduate Honors Research in
Welding Engineering Course Description Honor program students are offered the opportunity for supervised undergraduate research in Welding
Engineering. Student presentation and thesis writing included.
Prior Course Number: H783
Transcript Abbreviation: Ugd Honor Res WE Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:
Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Autumn, Spring, May Flex Scheduled Course:
Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length:
14 Week Credits: 1.0 - 3.0 Repeatable: Yes Maximum Repeatable Credits: 6.0 Total Completions Allowed: 6 Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No Graded Component: Lecture Credit by
Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Students must have a GPA of 3.4 or higher and permission of instructor. Exclusions: Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: No
The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Programs
Abbreviation Description
WELDENG Welding Engineering
A159
Course Topics
Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor
Supervised undergraduate research on various topics. Student presentation and thesis writing included.
ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes
Course Contribution College Outcome
*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
*** b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
*** c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.
* d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.
*** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
** g An ability to communicate effectively.
* h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
* i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
* j A knowledge of contemporary issues.
*** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.
WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes
Course Contribution Program Outcome
** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions
** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements
** n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements
Additional Notes or Comments Contributions to ABET-EAC Outcomes l, m, and n depend on the specific research
project.
Prepared by: Avraham Benatar
A160
Non-WE required syllabi - Semester
A161
CHEM 1250 (PENDING)
General Chemistry for Engineers
Course Description
First course for engineering majors, covering dimensional analysis, atomic and molecular structure, the mole,
stoichiometry, chemical reactions, states of matter, solutions, kinetics, equilibrium, acids & bases,
thermodynamics, and electrochemistry.
Transcript Abbreviation: Gen Chem Engineers
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries:
100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels: Undergrad
Student Ranks:
Freshman Yes
Sophomore Yes
Junior Yes
Senior Yes
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths:
14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) No
7 Week Yes
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 4.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Laboratory
Components: Lecture
Laboratory
A162
Credit by Examination: Yes
EM Tests via Office of Testing
International Baccalaureate
Advanced Placement Program
Admission Condition: Yes
Natural Science
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations:
Columbus Yes
Lima Yes
Mansfield Yes
Marion Yes
Newark Yes
Wooster Yes
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: One unit of high school chemistry and eligibility to enroll in Math 1150.
Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for Chemistry 1210, 1610 or 1910H.
A163
CSE 1221 (PENDING)
Introduction to Computer Programming in MATLAB for Engineers and Scientists
Course Description
Introduction to computer programming and problem solving techniques with applications in engineering and the
physical sciences; algorithm development; programming lab experience.
Transcript Abbreviation: Prgrmng MATLAB
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries:
100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels: Undergrad
Student Ranks:
Freshman Yes
Sophomore Yes
Junior No
Senior No
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths:
14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) No
7 Week No
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 2.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Lecture
Components: Lecture
Laboratory
Credit by Examination: Yes
Departmental Exams
Admission Condition: No
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations:
Columbus Yes
Lima No
Mansfield No
Marion No
A164
Newark No
Wooster No
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: ENGINEER 1181 or ENGINEER 1281; or Math 151 and Phys 131.
Exclusions: CSE 205
Cross-Listings: ENGINEER 1221
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors No
The course is a GEC No
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.0901
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Goals Be competent with writing simple MATLAB programs performing numerical calculations
Be competent with use of basic constructs provided by high-level imperative programming languages: sequencing,
selection, and iteration
Be familiar with algorithmic thinking
Be familiar with use of computational approaches to solving problems in science and engineering
Be familiar with using basic data structures such as arrays
Be familiar with procedural composition
Be exposed to computational science concepts, including simulation, optimization, and data analysis
Course Topics Introduction to computation, concept of algorithm
Variables, expressions and assignment
Selection statements: if, switch
Booleans, strings
Matrices and indexing
Loops: for and while; use of arrays
Graphing, input/output with files, scripts
Functions
Higher order operators on matrices
Review/exams
ECA Request
ACAD Group: ENG
ACAD ORG: D1435
Created By: Rowland,Shaun M
Created Date: 2011-02-25 10:32:23 -0500
Status: PENDING
Updated By: McCaul Jr,Edward Baldwin
Updated Date: 2011-03-11 11:22:43 -0500
A165
ECE 2300 (PENDING)
Electrical Circuits and Electronic Devices
Course Description
Introduction to circuit analysis; circuit analysis concepts and mechanical systems analogies; theory and
applications of electronic devices; operational amplifiers; electrical instruments and measurements.
Transcript Abbreviation: ElecCirc&ElctrnDev
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries:
100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels: Undergrad
Student Ranks:
Freshman No
Sophomore Yes
Junior Yes
Senior Yes
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths:
14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) No
7 Week No
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 3.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Lecture
Components: Laboratory
Lecture
Recitation
Credit by Examination: No
Admission Condition: No
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations:
Columbus Yes
Lima No
Mansfield No
A166
Marion No
Newark No
Wooster No
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Physics 132 or Physics 1132, Math 254 or Math 1152 or Math 1172,
minimum CPHR of 2.00, and in Eng college.
Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for ECE 300, 320, or 309; not open to Electrical and Computer
Engineering majors.
Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors No
The course is a GEC No
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.1001
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Goals
Students learn the basic laws of circuit theory
Students learn to analyze simple resistive or dc circuits
Students learn to analyze simple sinusoidal RLC circuits, including frequency domain
concepts and filters
Students learn the fundamentals of AC power circuits including the distinction between
three-phase and residential power wiring and distribution
Students learn to analyze basic ideal operational amplifier circuits
Students learn basic elements of electronic circuits including diodes and their application in
rectifiers and snubbers, and transistors and their applications in amplifiers and as switches
Students learn the basics of interfacing and control output for electronic instrumentation and
measurements
Course Topics
Fundamentals of electric circuits: Kirchhoff?s current & voltage laws, power & sign
conventions, Ohm?s law, practical sources & measuring devices
Resistive network analysis: node voltage analysis,mesh current analysis, superposition &
Thevenin equivalent, loading
AC network analysis: capacitors and inductors, sinusoids and sinusoidal response; phasor
analysis of sinusoidal circuits
Transient analysis with emphasis on 1st order circuits and brief overview of 2nd order
circuits
A167
Sinusoidal frequency response of RLC circuits, filter circuits
Power in AC circuits, complex power, transformers, three-phase power, residential wiring &
power distribution
Ideal op-amps, basic op-amp circuits
Diodes: ideal diode model and constant-voltage-drop circuit models, applications in rectifiers
and for snubbers
Bipolar junction transistors: operations, circuit models and applications
Field-effect transistors: operations, circuit models and applications
Electronic instrumentation and measurements: sensor interfacing, control output, embedded
computing systems
ECA Request
ACAD Group: ENG
ACAD ORG: D1445
Created By: Rowland,Shaun M
Created Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:26 -0400
Status: PENDING
Updated By: McCaul Jr,Edward Baldwin
Updated Date: 2011-05-17 08:51:15 -0400
Version: 4
Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors No
The course is a GEC Yes
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 40.0501
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Goals
Courses in natural sciences foster an understanding of the principles, theories, and methods of modern science,
the relationship between science and technology, and the effects of science and technology on the environment.
Course Topics
Dimensional analysis, atomic and molecular structure, the mole, stoichiometry, chemical reactions, states of
matter, kinetics, equilibrium, acids & bases, thermodynamics, and electrochemistry.
ECA Request
ACAD Group: ASC
ACAD ORG: D0628
Created By: Hadad,Christopher Martin
A168
Created Date: 2011-03-22 06:29:34 -0400
Status: PENDING
Updated By: Meyers,Catherine Anne
Updated Date: 2011-04-13 05:22:35 -0400
Version: 10
A169
ENGINEER 1181.02 (PENDING)
Fundamentals of Engineering 1 - Scholars
Course Description
Engineering problem solving utilizing computational tools such as Excel and Matlab; hands-on
experimentation; modeling; ethics; teamwork; written, oral and visual communications.
Transcript Abbreviation: Fund Engr 1 - Schl
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries:
100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels:
Undergrad Student Ranks:
Freshman Yes
Sophomore No
Junior No
Senior No
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths:
14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) No
7 Week No
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 2.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Lecture
A170
Components:
Lecture
Laboratory
Credit by Examination: No
Admission Condition: No
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations:
Columbus Yes
Lima No
Mansfield Yes
Marion No
Newark Yes
Wooster No
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq or concur: Replacement for Math 150 or higher and Scholar Status
Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for ENG 183.01 or ENG 183.02
Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors Yes
The course is a GEC No
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Goals
1. Students will develop professional skills for success in engineering, including teamwork; written, oral,
and visual communications; and ethics.
2. Students will understand basic elements for engineering problem solving utilizing tools such as Excel
and Matlab.
3. Students will have an introductory knowledge of a wide range of fundamental engineering tasks and
principles gained through homework and hands-on laboratory exercises.
4. Students will be motivated towards opportunities within engineering careers and gain an appreciation of
the range of engineering disciplines available to them.
Course Topics
1. Course introduction and overview
2. Teamwork fundamentals and agreements
3. Problem solving fundamentals -- Problem types, systems descriptions, SI units, significant digits,
understanding analsyis vs design
4. Using spreadsheets for problem solving -- Excel spreadsheet structure; equations, operators, array
elements; models and systems; mathematical models; plots and charts
A171
5. Ethics for engineers
6. Using MATLAB for problem solving -- MATLAB tool/environment; command mode; script files,
arrays, and strings; problem solving structure for MATLAB, algorithms, statements and functions; input,
output, plotting; systems and mathematical models
7. Series of laboratory exercises will draw from a wide range of engineering domains - Fundamental
engineering concepts; hands-on measurement and instrumentation; collection and analysis of data;
reporting of results; modeling
ECA Request
ACAD Group: ENG
ACAD ORG: D1400
Status: PENDING
Updated By: McCaul Jr,Edward Baldwin
Updated Date: 2011-05-10 06:58:20 -0400
A172
ENGINEER 1182.01 (PENDING)
Fundamentals of Engineering 2
Course Description
Introduction to 3D visualization and CAD; engineering design-build process; teamwork; written, oral and visual
communications; project management.
Transcript Abbreviation: Fund Engr 2
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries:
100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels:
Freshman Yes
Sophomore No
Junior No
Senior No
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths:
14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) No
7 Week No
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 2.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Lecture
Components:
Lecture
Laboratory
Credit by Examination: No
A173
Admission Condition: No
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations:
Columbus Yes
Lima No
Mansfield Yes
Marion No
Newark Yes
Wooster No
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: ENGR 1181.01 or 1181.02 or ENGR 1281.01H or 1281.02H or 1281.03H;
Concurrent Math (Equiv 151) or higher
Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for ENG 181.01 or ENG 181.02
Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors Yes
The course is a GEC No
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Goals
Students will understand and gain experience with the elements of engineering design
Students will be able to visualize and present objects and systems in three-dimensions
Student will have a basic proficiency with a modern CAD tool (Autodesk Inventor)
Students will develop professional skills for success in engineering, including teamwork and written, oral, and
visual communications
Students will have an introductory level knowledge of project management (e.g. scheduling, budgeting,
reporting)
Students will complete a term-length, design-build project which serves as a cornerstone experience.
Project is to reinforce use of numerical problem solving, engineering documentation, graphics and visualization
and teamwork skills.
Course Topics
Introduction to Course and Overview
Engineering Design Process Fundamentals
Project Management
Visualization of 3-D Objects (Sketching, Pictorials, & Orthographics)
Construction of 3-D Objects with CAD
Standard Views and Presentations of Objects
Assembly and Presentation of Systems
Conventions and Standards (Dimensioning, Tolerance, Sections)
Design/Build Project Preparation Exercises
A174
Design/Build Project(Project to make use of both Problem Solving and CAD knowledge)
ECA Request
ACAD Group: ENG
ACAD ORG: D1400
Status: PENDING
Update By: McCaul Jr,Edward Baldwin
Updated Date: 2011-05-10 06:36:24 -0400
A175
ISE 2040 (PENDING)
Engineering Economics
Course Description
Economic analysis of engineering project alternatives. Cash flow modeling; time value of money;techniques for
comparing projects;influence of taxes, depreciation, and inflation.
Transcript Abbreviation: Eng Econ
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries:
100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels:Undergrad
Student Ranks:
Freshman No
Sophomore No
Junior Yes
Senior No
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths:
14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) No
7 Week No
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 2.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Lecture
Components: Lecture
Credit by Examination: No
Admission Condition: No
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations:
Columbus Yes
Lima No
Mansfield No
Marion No
Newark No
Wooster No
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Sophomore standing in engineering.
A176
Exclusions: Not available to students who have previously taken ISE 504 or IND ENG 504.
Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors Yes
The course is a GEC No
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units Yes
Subjct/CIP Code: 14.35
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Goals
Be able to model descriptions of engineering projects as discrete cash flows
Understand the concept of 'minimal acceptable rate of return' (MARR), how it is used, and what factors
influence it
Be able to use present worth, future worth, rate of return, simple payback period, discounted payback period,
and break-even analysis to evaluate, compare, and rank engineering projects
Understand the advantages, disadvantages, and pitfalls associated with each of the analysis methods above,
interpret the results from these methods, and understand the interrelations among the methods
Be able to include the effects of depreciation, taxes, and inflation in the analysis of engineering projects
Be able to use sensitivity analysis to evaluate projects with uncertain cash flows
Course Topics
Introduction to engineering economics
Equivalence and equivalence calculations using MS Excel
Interest rates
Worth analysis
Rate of return analysis
Payback period and budgeting
Break even analysis, sensitivity analysis
Depreciation
After-tax analysis
Inflation
ECA Request
ACAD Group: ENG
ACAD ORG: D1457
Status: PENDING
Updated By: Soave,Melissa A
Updated Date: 2011-06-08 07:40:04 -0400
Version: 5
A177
ISE 4500 (PENDING)
Manufacturing Process Engineering
Course Description
A thorough quantitative understanding of contemporary manufacturing processes; exposure to laboratory
exercises and computer simulations in major manufacturing processes; design for manufacturing and assembly.
Transcript Abbreviation: Mfg Proc Eng
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries: 100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels: Undergrad
Student Ranks: Freshman No
Sophomore No
Junior No
Senior Yes
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths: 14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) No
7 Week No
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 3.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Lecture
Components: Lecture
Laboratory
Credit by Examination: No
Admission Condition: No
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations: Columbus Yes
Lima No
Mansfield No
Marion No
Newark No
Wooster No
A178
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prerequisites: Mech Eng 420, and Mech Eng 561 or equivalent. Prerequisite
or co-requisite: Mech Eng 510 or equivalent.
Exclusions: Not open to students with prior credit for ISE 350 or IND ENG 311
Cross-Listings: The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors No
The course is a GEC No
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.36
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Goals
Be able to identify viable production processes to create a discrete finished part from a given raw material
Be able to design the critical parameters of basic manufacturing processes, analyze their magnitude,
and predict their influence on process functions
Be able to determine the tooling and equipment requirements for common transformation and
Course Topics
Material
Solidification
Solidification
Deformation
Material
Additive
Design
Joining
Measurement
ECA Request
ACAD Group: ENG
ACAD ORG: D1457
Created By: Rowland,Shaun M
Created Date: 2011-05-11 17:20:56 -0400
Status: PENDING
Updated By: Soave,Melissa A
Updated Date: 2011-06-08 08:35:32 -0400
Version: 5
A179
MATSCEN 2010 (NEW)
Introduction to Engineering Materials
Course Description
Introduction to the properties (mechanical, electrical, thermal, diffusive, degradative, magnetic, optical),
structure, and processing of engineering materials, including ceramic, metals, polymers, biological, and
composite materials.
Transcript Abbreviation: Intro Engin Mater
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries: 100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels:
Undergrad
Student Ranks: Freshman No
Sophomore Yes
Junior No
Senior No
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths: 14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) No
7 Week No
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 3.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Lecture
Components:
Lecture
Credit by Examination: No
Admission Condition: No
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations: Columbus Yes
Lima No
Mansfield No
Marion No
A180
Newark No
Wooster No
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Physics 1250 or 1260; Calculus I; General Chemistry I or Chemistry for
Engineers; or permission of instructor
Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for MSE205
Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors Yes
The course is a GEC No
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.3101
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Goals
Define engineering material properties and their range of values.
Demonstrate the relation between material properties and underlying structure and atomic bonding.
Demonstrate how structure can be manipulated via thermal and mechanical processing.
Provide examples of how materials selection can enable improved performance in engineering applications (e.g.,
structural, thermal, electrical, optical, magnetic).
Course Topics
Inter-relation between properties, structure, and processing
Electronic structure, bonding, and properties that are inferred from these features
Structures of metals, ceramics, and polymers
Imperfections in solids
Diffusion in solids
Mechanical properties: ceramics, metals, and polymers
Strategies to strengthen materials
Mechanical failure: ceramics, metals, and polymers
Thermal properties: ceramics, metals, and polymers
Composite materials: thermal and mechanical response
Hard and soft tissue: structure and mechanical response
A181
Electrical properties: metals, insulators, and semiconductors
Magnetic materials
Optical properties
Corrosion and degradation
Phase diagrams
Phase transformations
Synthesis, fabrication, and processing of materials
Case studies involving materials selection in engineering applications: structural, electrical,
thermal, biological, magnetic, optical
ECA Request
ACAD Group: ENG
ACAD ORG: D1468
Created By: Rowland,Shaun M
Created Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:34 -0400
Status: NEW
Updated By: Rowland,Shaun M
Updated Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:34 -0400
A182
MATSCEN 2251 (NEW)
Thermodynamics of Materials
Course Description
To provide students with fundamental basis of three laws of thermodynamics, phase equilibria, reaction
equilibria, solution theory, phase diagrams and electrochemistry.
Transcript Abbreviation: Thermodynamics
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries: 100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels:
Undergrad
Student Ranks: Freshman No
Sophomore Yes
Junior No
Senior No
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths: 14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) No
7 Week No
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 3.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Lecture
Components:
Lecture
Credit by Examination: No
Admission Condition: No
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations: Columbus Yes
Lima No
Mansfield No
Marion No
Newark No
Wooster No
A183
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: MSE 2010; Calculus I; Physics 1250 or 1260; General Chemistry I or
Chemistry for Engineers; or permission of instructor
Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for BOTH MSE 401 and MSE 525
Cross-Listings: The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors Yes
The course is a GEC No
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.3101
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Goals
Students will learn basic concepts related to three laws of thermodynamics, phase equilibria, reaction equilibria, solution
theory, phase diagrams and electrochemistry.
Students will learn to calculate a wide range of thermodynamic properties from a limted number of experimental data.
Students will learn how to determine stability of materials under a given condition.
Students will learn how to determine what reactions will or will not occur under a specified condition.
Course Topics
Introduction: criterion for stability of materials, basic concepts, definition of processes and systems
First Law and its applications
Enthalpy and Heat capacity
Calculation of enthalpy changes
Entropy and the Second law
Calculation of entropy changes
Second law and free energy
Stability diagrams and stability boundaries
Thermodynamics of mixing and solution thermodynamics
Phase diagrams including ternary and alloy phase diagrams
Reaction equilibria
Thermodynamics of electrochemistry
ECA Request
ACAD Group: ENG
ACAD ORG: D1468
Created By: Rowland,Shaun M
A184
Created Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:34 -0400
Status: NEW
Updated By: Rowland,Shaun M
Updated Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:34 -0400
Version: 0
A185
MATSCEN 3141 (NEW)
Transfomation and Processing of Materials
Course Description
Introduction to transformations, and the relationship between microstructure, properties, and processing in
metals, ceramics, semiconductors, and polymers.
Transcript Abbreviation: Trans Proc Mats
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: Yes
Course Deliveries: 100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance Yes
Course Levels: Undergrad
Graduate
Dentistry
Medicine
Student Ranks: Freshman No
Sophomore No
Junior Yes
Senior No
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths: 14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) No
7 Week No
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 3.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Lecture
Components: Lecture
Credit by Examination: No
Admission Condition: No
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations: Columbus Yes
Lima No
Mansfield No
Marion No
Newark No
Wooster No
A186
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: MSE 2251, MSE 2241 (or equivalent), or permission of instructor
Exclusions: Not open to graduate students in MSE or WE
Cross-Listings: The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors Yes
The course is a GEC No
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.3101
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Goals
To provide students with a detailed understanding of the phenomena, principles, and mechanisms that govern transformations in materials.
To be able to apply the basic concepts of thermodynamics and kinetics in determining the driving forces and mechanisms of microstructural transformations.
To understand the basic kinetics and morphology of nucleation and growth processes in solids.
To be able to apply the concepts of transformation kinetics to the understanding and control of microstructure-property relationships in materials.
To be able to find, interpret, and use materials properties in computational models of transformation kinetics.
Course Topics
Introduction to transformations ? microstructures and mechanisms
Thermodynamics and phase diagrams - chemical potential, binary free energy and phase diagrams
Phase diagrams and their relationship to kinetics of transformations
The nature and types of equilibrium, and the driving force for a reaction
Basics of diffusion ? atomic mechanisms, Fick?s laws
Surfaces, interfaces and microstructure ? interfacial energy and shape, the nature of interfaces,
Gibbs-Thompson equation
Solidification and microstructure ? homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation and growth kinetics
of solids from liquids
Diffusional transformations in solids ? nucleation, growth, and precipitation in solid-solid systems
Processing of defective microstructures ? crystallization of amorphous solids, recrystallization,
sintering of powders
A187
Precipitation kinetics ? Avrami equation, TTT and CCT curves
Diffusionless transformations ? the martensite transformation
Decomposition of martensite, and the shape memory effect
Gas-solid reactions ? CVD and PVD, epitaxial growth and oxidation kinetics
ECA Request
ACAD Group: ENG
ACAD ORG: D1468
Created By: Rowland,Shaun M
Created Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:34 -0400
Status: NEW
Updated By: Rowland,Shaun M
Updated Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:34 -0400
Version: 0
A188
MATSCEN 3331 (NEW)
Materials Science and Engineering Lab I
Course Description
Laboratory experiments related to materials processes, and properties. Introduction to experimental techniques
used in materials fields. Data analysis, presentation and technical writing skills.
Transcript Abbreviation: Mat Sc Eng Lab 1
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries: 100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels:
Undergrad
Student Ranks: Freshman No
Sophomore No
Junior Yes
Senior No
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths: 14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) No
7 Week No
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 2.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Laboratory
Components:
Laboratory
Credit by Examination: No
Admission Condition: No
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations: Columbus Yes
Lima No
Mansfield No
Marion No
Newark No
A189
Wooster No
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: MSE 2331 or permission of instructor
Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for BOTH MSE 581.01 and MSE 581.02
Cross-Listings: The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors Yes
The course is a GEC No
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units No
Subject/CIP Code: 14.3101
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Goals
Ability to conduct simple experiments in materials synthesis, processing and process control.
Ability to conduct simple experiments in materials continuum property measurement.
Skills in reduction, analysis and presentation of redundant and less accurate data.
Computer data acquisition, analysis and process control.
Ability to write, clear, concise, complete and correct technical reports.
Building students' portfolio of important accomplishments.
Course Topics
Materials synthesis and processing.
Transport: modes, species, continuity. Solid state, and irreversible thermodynamics.
Process control for temperature, atmosphere, and vacuum.
LabVIEW instrumentation.
Continuum properties and their analysis in time and frequency domain.
Data reduction, derivations, error analysis and statistics.
Document formatting and processing.
Status: NEW
Updated By: Rowland,Shaun M
Updated Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:35 -0400
Version: 0
A190
MATH 1151 (NEW)
Calculus 1
Course Description
Differential and integral calculus of one real variable.
Transcript Abbreviation: Calculus 1
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries: 100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels:
Undergrad
Student Ranks: Freshman Yes
Sophomore Yes
Junior No
Senior No
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths: 14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) Yes
7 Week Yes
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 5.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Lecture
Components:
Lecture
Recitation
Credit by Examination: Yes
EM Tests via Office of Testing
Admission Condition: No
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations: Columbus Yes
Lima Yes
Mansfield Yes
Marion Yes
Newark Yes
A191
Wooster Yes
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Math Placement Level 1 or L, or C- or better in: 1150, {1148 & 1149}, or
150.
Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for any higher numbered math class.
Cross-Listings: The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors No
The course is a GEC Yes
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 27.0101
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Topics
Limits, continuity, and derivatives; rate of change and slope; relation to increasing and decreasing functions.
Implicit differentiation and related rates.
Extrema of functions, second derivatives and concavity, applications.
Antiderivatives, inde?nite integrals, integration by substitution.
De?nite integrals, Riemann sums, areas, Fundamental Theorem.
ECA Request
ACAD Group: MPS
ACAD ORG: D0671
Created By: Shapiro,Daniel B
Created Date: 2011-03-14 05:10:32 -0400
Status: NEW
Updated By: Shapiro,Daniel B
Updated Date: 2011-04-15 14:53:14 -0400
A192
MATH 1152 (NEW)
Calculus 2
Course Description
Integral calculus, sequences and series, parametric curves, polar coordinates, vectors.
Transcript Abbreviation: Calculus 2
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries: 100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels:
Undergrad
Student Ranks: Freshman Yes
Sophomore Yes
Junior No
Senior No
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths: 14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) Yes
7 Week No
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 5.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Lecture
Components:
Lecture
Recitation
Credit by Examination: Yes
EM Tests via Office of Testing
Admission Condition: No
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations: Columbus Yes
Lima Yes
Mansfield Yes
Marion Yes
Newark Yes
A193
Wooster Yes
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: C- or better in 1151, 1156, 152.xx, or 161.xx; or P in 144 or 1144.
Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for any higher numbered math class, or with credit for quarter
math courses numbered 153 or higher.
Cross-Listings: The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors No
The course is a GEC Yes
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 27.0101
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Topics
De?nite and inde?nite integrals using standard techniques of integration.
Improper integrals; limits using L?H?opital?s rule.
Convergence of sequences and series of numbers. Various convergence tests.
Power series, Taylor series, error estimates for Taylor polynomials.
Parametric curves. Curves and areas in polar coordinates.
Optional topic: Vectors, dot product, and cross product.
ECA Request
ACAD Group: MPS
ACAD ORG: D0671
Created By: Shapiro,Daniel B
Created Date: 2011-03-14 05:10:32 -0400
Status: NEW
Updated By: Shapiro,Daniel B
Updated Date: 2011-04-15 14:53:49 -0400
A194
MATH 2177 (NEW)
Mathematicsl Topics for Engineers
Course Description
Multiple integrals, line integrals; matrix algebra; linear (ordinary and partial) differential equations.
Transcript Abbreviation: Math Topics Eng
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries: 100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels: Undergrad
Student Ranks: Freshman No
Sophomore Yes
Junior No
Senior No
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths: 14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) Yes
7 Week No
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 4.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Lecture
Components: Lecture
Recitation
Credit by Examination: No
Admission Condition: No
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations: Columbus Yes
Lima No
Mansfield No
Marion No
Newark No
A195
Wooster No
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: C- or better in 1172 or 2153; or credit for 1544, or 154.
Exclusions:
Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors No
The course is a GEC No
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 27.0101
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Topics
Multiple integrals, line integrals, applications.
Matrix theory, systems of linear equations, matrix operations.
Second order, constant coefficient, ordinary differential equations.
Fourier series and partial differential equations.
ECA Request
ACAD Group: MPS
ACAD ORG: D0671
Created By: Shapiro,Daniel B
Created Date: 2011-03-14 05:10:32 -0400
Status: NEW
Updated By: Shapiro,Daniel B
Updated Date: 2011-04-15 15:25:17 -0400
Version: 1
A196
MECHENG 2040 (NEW)
Statics and Introduction to Mechanics of Materials
Course Description
Vector concepts of static equilibrium, truss, frame and machine analysis. Stress and strain analysis of
deformable structural components; stress transformations; beam deflections; column buckling
Transcript Abbreviation: Statics Mech Matls
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries: 100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels:
Undergrad
Student Ranks: Freshman No
Sophomore Yes
Junior Yes
Senior No
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths: 14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) No
7 Week No
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 4.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Lecture
Components:
Lecture
Recitation
Credit by Examination: No
Admission Condition: No
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations: Columbus Yes
Lima No
Mansfield No
Marion No
Newark No
Wooster No
A197
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: Engineering 183 or 187 or 1182 or 1187 or H192 or 1282H; and
Physics 131 or 1250; and Math 254 or 1152 or 1172 or 2162
Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for 420 or 2020
Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors No
The course is a GEC No
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 14.1901
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Goals
A thorough understanding of the fundamental concepts of vector mechanics of bodies at rest (vectors, forces, couples,
moments, Newton's laws, free body and equilibrium analysis
Ability to determine reactions at the external supports of bodies in static equilibrium
Ability to analyze common engineering structures such as trusses, frames, and machines
Ability to determine geometric and inertial properties of solid bodies
Ability to use internal forces to model normal and shear stress distributions in frame and machine components under
various loadings including pure shear, axial, torsion, and bending loading.
Ability to relate stresses to strains and use published experimentally determined material properties such as Youngs
modulus and Poissons ratio.
Ability to analyze displacement or deflection and use constraints on deformation quantities to calculate forces on bodies
supported in a statically indeterminate manner.
Ability to transform stresses and strains between differently oriented coordinate systems.
Ability to size structural elements and determine allowable loads on components based on considerations of critical
values of stress and factors of safety.
Develop a systematic approach to solving problems, including careful sketching, precise mathematical notation, clear
presentation of solutions, and computer generated plotting of results.
Course Topics
2D and 3D Force Vectors and Particle Equilibrium
Moment due to a force, Couples, Force/Couple Systems
2D and 3D Rigid Body Equilibrium
A198
Centroids, Area Moments of Inertia and Distributed Loading (including transverse beam loading
and fluid statics)
Trusses, Frames and Machines
Internal Forces, Shear and Bending Moment Diagrams
Definition of Stress, Average Normal and Shear Stress, Allowable Stress and Factor of Safety
Deformation and Normal and Shear Strain
Mechanical Properties of Materials, Hooke's Law
Deformation of Axially Loaded Members (Statically Indeterminate and Thermal Deformation)
Torsion of Bars (Stress, Angle of Twist)
Bending Stress in Transversely Loaded Beams
Shear Stress in Transversely Loaded Beams
Combined Loading
Stress Concentrations
Standard Loading configurations
FEM Demo and results
Plane Stress Transformation
Plane Strain Transformation and Generalized Hooke's Law
Deflection of Transversely Loaded Beams
Buckling of Columns
ECA Request
ACAD Group: ENG
ACAD ORG: D1470
Created By: Rowland,Shaun M
Created Date: 2011-05-22 22:07:11 -0400
Status: NEW
Updated By: Rowland,Shaun M
Updated Date: 2011-05-22 22:07:11 -0400
Version: 0
A199
PHYSICS 1250 (APPROVED)
Mechanics, Thermal Physics, Waves
Course Description
Calculus-based introduction to classical physics: Newton's laws, fluids, thermodynamics, waves; for students in
physical sciences, mathematics, and engineering.
Transcript Abbreviation: Mech,Thermo,Waves
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries:
100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels:
Undergrad
Student Ranks: Freshman Yes
Sophomore Yes
Junior No
Senior No
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths: 14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) No
7 Week Yes
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 5.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Recitation
Components:
Laboratory
Lecture
Recitation
Credit by Examination: Yes
Advanced Placement Program
Departmental Exams
Admission Condition: Yes
Natural Science
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations:
A200
Columbus Yes
Lima Yes
Mansfield Yes
Marion Yes
Newark Yes
Wooster No
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: 1 entrance unit of physics or chem; Math 1151 co-req or higher or written
permission of instructor.
Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for Physics 131
Cross-Listings: The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors Yes
The course is a GEC Yes
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 40.0801
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Topics
Newton's laws
Rotational motion
Linear and angular momentum
Energy
Conservation laws
Thermodynamics
Fluids, density and pressure
Waves and interference
ECA Request
ACAD Group: MPS
ACAD ORG: D0684
Created By: Hughes,Richard E
Created Date: 2010-10-07 12:37:29 -0400
Status: APPROVED
Updated By: Bour,Andrea S
Updated Date: 2011-05-03 13:27:05 -0400
Version: 16
A201
PHYSICS 1251 (APPROVED)
E&M, Optics, Modern Physics
Course Description
Calculus-based introduction to electricity and magnetism, simple optics, modern physics including special
relativity and quantum mechanics; for students in physical sciences, mathematics, engineering.
Transcript Abbreviation: Elec,Magn,Optic,QM
Grading Plan: Letter Grade
Distance Education: No
Course Deliveries:
100% at a distance No
Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No
Less than 50% at a distance No
Course Levels:
Undergrad
Student Ranks: Freshman Yes
Sophomore Yes
Junior No
Senior No
Masters No
Doctoral No
Professional No
Flex Scheduled Course: Never
Course Lengths:
14 Week Yes
12 Week (May + Summer) No
7 Week Yes
4 Week (May Session) No
Credits: 5.0
Repeatable: No
Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No
Graded Component: Recitation
Components:
Laboratory
Lecture
Recitation
Credit by Examination: Yes
Departmental Exams
Admission Condition: Yes
Natural Science
A202
Off Campus: Never
Campus Locations: Columbus Yes
Lima Yes
Mansfield Yes
Marion Yes
Newark Yes
Wooster No
Prerequisites and Co-requisites: 131 or 1250 or 1260 or H1250; and Math 1251 or higher; or written
permission of instructor.
Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for Physics 132
Cross-Listings:
The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors Yes
The course is a GEC Yes
The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units Yes
Subject/CIP Code: 40.0801
Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course
Course Topics
Electricity
Magnetism
Maxwell's equations
Simple optics
Special relativity
Quantum mechanics
ECA Request
ACAD Group: MPS
ACAD ORG: D0684
Created By: Hughes,Richard E
Created Date: 2010-10-07 12:37:29 -0400
Status: APPROVED
Updated By: Bour,Andrea S
Updated Date: 2011-05-04 07:23:14 -0400
Version: 15
B1
Appendix B – Faculty Vitae
Format
1. Name
2. Education – degree, discipline, institution, year
3. Academic experience – institution, rank, title (chair, coordinator, etc. if appropriate), when (ex. 1990-
1995), full time or part time
4. Non-academic experience – company or entity, title, brief description of position, when (ex. 1993-1999),
full time or part time
5. Certifications or professional registrations
6. Current membership in professional organizations
7. Honors and awards
8. Service activities (within and outside of the institution)
9. Most important publications and presentations from the past five years – title, co-authors if any, where
published and/or presented, date of publication or presentation
10. Most recent professional development activities
B2
Boian T. Alexandrov, Research Scientist
Education
B.S./M.S. Materials Engineering, Technical University of Sofia, Bulgaria, 1982
Ph.D. Welding Engineering, Technical University of Sofia, Bulgaria, 2001
Academic Experience
Assistant Professor / Senior Assistant Professor, Technical University of Sofia, 1985 - 2003
Associate Professor, Technical University of Sofia, January 2003 - September 2005
Visiting Faculty, OSU Welding Engineering Program, October 2003 - September 2004
Research Scientist, OSU Welding Engineering Program, January 2006 - Present
Non-Academic Experience
Engineer Designer / Research Associate, Analytic Ltd., Montana, Bulgaria, 1982 - 1985
Certifications and Professional Registrations
None.
Current Membership in Professional Organizations
American Welding Society (AWS)
American Society for Metals, International (ASM)
Bulgarian Welding Society (BWS)
Honors and Awards
2010 - International Metallographic Society and ASM International: 2010 International Metallographic
Contest - First Place in Scanning Electron Microscopy
2010 - International Metallographic Society and ASM International: 2010 International Metallographic
Contest - Third Place in Unique Techniques in Microscopy
Service Activities
Extramural
ASM International, Member of the Joining Technologies Committee, Symposium co-organizer: 2008 -
present
International Institute of Welding, Expert: Commission II ―Arc Welding and Filler Metals‖,
Commission IX ―Behavior of Materials Subjected to Welding‖, 2001 - present
International Institute of Welding, Representative of BWS at the General Assembly, and in
Commissions II and IX, 2001 - 2007
B3
International Institute of Welding / European Welding Federation / Bulgarian Welding Society,
Implementation of IIW / EWF Training and Qualification System, Establishment of Bulgarian National
Authorized Body and Authorized Training Bodies, 2001 - 2007
Bulgarian Welding Society, Coordinator International Relations, 2001 - 2007
Intramural
None
Significant Publications past five years
1. Alexandrov B.T., Hope A.T., Sowards J.W., Lippold J.C., and McCracken S.S, Weldability Studies of High-Cr, Ni-base Filler
Metals for Power Generation Applications, IIW Doc. IX-2313-09, accepted for publishing in Welding in the World, 2011.
2. Sowards J.W., Liang D., Alexandrov B.T., Frankel G.S., and J.C. Lippold, Solidification Behavior and Weldability of Dissimilar
Welds between a Cr-free, Ni-Cu Welding Consumable and Type 304L Austenitic Stainless Steel, accepted for publishing in
Metallurgical and Materials Transactions in 2010.
3. Liang D., Sowards J.W., Frankel G.S., Alexandrov B.T., and J.C. Lippold, Corrosion Resistance of Welds in Type 304l Stainless
Steel Made with a Nickel-copper-ruthenium Welding consumable" accepted for publishing in Corrosion Science, 2009.
4. Liang D., Sowards J.W., Frankel G.S., Alexandrov B.T., and J.C. Lippold, A Corrosion Study of Nickel-Copper and Nickel-
Copper-Palladium Welding Filler Metals, accepted for publishing in Materials and Corrosion, 2009.
5. Alexandrov B. T. and J. C. Lippold, In-Situ Determination of Phase Transformations and Structural Changes during Non-
equilibrium Material Processing, 1st International Workshop In-Situ Studies with Photons, Neutrons and Electrons Scattering,
BAM, Berlin, September 1 -2, 2009.
6. Siefert J., B. Alexandrov1, J. Lippold, J. Sanders, and J. Tanzosh, Examination of Phase Transformations during PWHT of Steel
P91, Safety and Reliability of Welded Components in Energy and Processing Industry, Proceedings, 61st IIW International
Conference, IIW, Graz, Austria, July 10-11, 2008, pp. 75 – 80.
7. Alexandrov B. T., J. C. Lippold, J.K. Tatman, and G.M. Murray, Non-equilibrium Phase Transformation Diagrams in
Engineering Alloys, 8th
International Trends in Welding Research Conference, Proceedings, ASM International, Pain Mountain,
GA, June 1- 6, 2008, pp. 467 - 476.
8. Alexandrov B. T., J. C. Lippold, and N. E. Nissley, Evaluation of Weld Solidification Cracking in Ni-Base Superalloys Using the
Cast Pin Tear Test, Proceedings, Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds II, Berlin, Springer-Verlag, 2008 pp. 193 - 214.
9. Lippold J.C., J.W. Sowards, G.M. Murray, B.T. Alexandrov, and A.J. Ramirez, Weld Solidification Cracking in Solid-Solution
Strengthened Ni-base Filler Metals, Proceedings, Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds II, Berlin, Springer-Verlag, 2008 pp. 147 -
170.
10. Alexandrov B. T. and J. C. Lippold, Single Sensor Differential Thermal Analysis of Phase Transformations and Structural
Changes during Welding and Postweld Heat Treatment, Welding in the World, Vol. 51, n° 11/12, 2007, pp. 48 – 59.
11. Alexandrov B. T. and J. C. Lippold, A New Methodology for Studying Phase Transformations in High Strength Steel Weld
Metal, Proceedings, 7th
International Trends in Welding Research Conference, ASM, May 16-20, 2005, pp. 975 - 980.
12. Alexandrov B. T. and J. C. Lippold, In-Situ Weld Metal Continuous Cooling Transformation Diagrams, Welding in the World,
Vol. 50, n° 9/10, 2006, pp. 65 – 74.
Professional development activities in the last five years.
Regular attendance at a range of professional meetings and conferences.
B4
SUDARSANAM SURESH BABU
Education:
Bachelor of Engineering Metallurgical Engineering,
PSG College of Technology, INDIA; 1986
Master of Technology Industrial Metallurgy – Welding,
Indian Institute of Technology, Madras, INDIA; 1988
Ph. D Materials Science & Metallurgy,
University of Cambridge, Cambridge, United Kingdom; 1992
Academic Experience:
2009- Welding Engineering Program, Materials Science & Engineering
The Ohio State University; Associate Professor with Tenure
2007- 2009 Welding Engineering Program, Integrated Systems Engineering,
The Ohio State University, Associate Professor with Tenure
1996-1997 University of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN
Deputation to ORNL, Oak Ridge, TN, Research Professor
1993-1996 Pennsylvania State University, State College, PA
Deputation to ORNL, Oak Ridge, TN, Postdoctoral Researcher
Non-Academic Experience
2007 - Honorary distinguished scholar, Edison Welding Institute
2005-2007 Edison Welding Institute, Columbus, Ohio, USA, Technology Leader
1997-2005 Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN, USA, Senior Research Staff
1992-1993 Institute of Materials Research, Sendai, Japan, Research Associate
Certification or Professional Registrations: None
Membership in Professional Societies:
American Welding Society, TMS; ASM International; and AAAS
Honors and Awards
Honors and Awards for Technical Leadership: Fellow of American Welding Society (2006); Lidstone Medal
2002 awarded by The Welding Institute for the person less than 40 years of age who have made the significant
contributions to the advancement of welding technology (2003); ASM-IIM India Visiting Lecture Award
(1997)
Honors and Awards for Research: Professor Masubuchi / MIT Award from AWS for advancing science and
technology of materials joining through research and development (1998); UT-Battelle Significant R&D
Accomplishment Award (2000)
Awards based on Publications: AWS - McKay-Helm Award (2009); AWS-William Spraragen award (2005);
AWS-Mc-Kay Helm Award (2002); Warren F. Savage Memorial Award (1998); Pfeil Medal for paper in
physical metallurgy published by Institute of Metals, London (1991)
B5
Service Activities
OSU Undergraduate and Graduate Teaching: Solid-State Joining WE701 course SEI: 5.0 (2009); Integrated
ThermoCalc®, DicTra® and JMatPro® software into WE694 course and also in various CAPSTONE projects;
WE694 (2009): SEI: 4.8 and 4.9; Introduced E-WeldPredictor® online calculations to WE611 welding
metallurgy course; WE 611 SEI Score: 4.9
OSU Science and Technology Initiatives: Director of NSF/IUCRC Center for Integrative Materials Joining
Science for Energy Applications in collaboration with Colorado School of Mines, Lehigh University and
University of Wisconsin (2009-); Associate director of Ohio Manufacturing Institute (2008-);
OSU Interdisciplinary Research: Team member on US-DOE-China Project on Clean Energy Research Center
on Clean Vehicle Collaboration; Team member on multiscale characterization of degradation in Li-Ion battery
degradation
OSU Undergraduate Student Mentoring: Academic advisor of AWS-Student Chapter, NASA - Moon buggy
Student Team and NASA- Microgravity student team
OSU Graduate students Mentored (including joint supervision): D. Schick (OSU), B. Narayanan (OSU), T.
Lolla (OSU), X. Yu (OSU), J. Caron (OSU), Y. Zhang (OSU), S. Nagpure (OSU), M. Gonser (OSU), Alpesh
Shukla (RPI/OSU, OH), Nathan Nissley (OSU, OH)
OSU Post doctoral Fellows Mentored in last 5 years: M. Sriram (OSU) and R. DeHoff (OSU)
Service to Professional Organizations: Member of the committee for Future of Materials Joining Symposium
organized by AWS and EWI; Co-editor of the ASM – Handbook on Welding and Joining (2008-); Active
membership on the ASM Alloy Phase Diagram Committee (2006-); Member of Phase Transformation
Committee (2009-);
Service to Research Journals: Board of Review for Metallurgical & Materials Transactions A, Science &
Technology of Welding and Joining, Welding in the World and Welding Journal
Leadership in Technical Community: Co-organizer of International Workshop on ―In-situ Scattering Studies
with Electrons, Photons and Neutrons,‖ and AWS A9 Committee Chairman on standards for Computational
Weld Mechanics (2008-);
Publications
Number of publications: 170 (105 journals and 65 conference); Number of presentations: 67
B6
Avraham Benatar Associate Professor , Welding Engineering Program
Department of Industrial, Systems, and Welding Engineering
The Ohio State University
Degrees
PhD, 1987 Mechanical Engineering, MIT
SM, 1983 Mechanical Engineering, MIT
SB, 1981 Mechanical Engineering, MIT
Years of Service at OSU
Assistant Professor, 6 years, 7/87-9/93
Associate Professor, 12 years, 10/93-present
Academic and Industrial Experience
10/93-present Associate Professor, Dept. of Industrial, Welding, and Systems Engineering, OSU
9/98-8/99 Lady Davis Visiting Associate Professor, Dept. of Mechanical Engineering, Technion -
Israel Institute of Technology, Israel
7/87-9/93 Assistant Professor, Dept. of Industrial, Welding, and Systems Engineering, OSU
2/81-6/87 Research Assistant, MIT/Industry Polymer Processing Program, MIT
9/79-5/80 Research Assistant, MIT Laboratory for Manufacturing and Productivity, MIT
Summer 79, 80 Junior Engineer, Hydromechanics Ocean Eng. Consulting
Summary Professional Accomplishments
14 Ph.D.dissertations (3 in progress) and 19 M.S. theses (2 in progress) advised, 2 postdoctoral researchers; 115 research
publications, over 50 technical presentations, 2 keynote lectures, awarded as PI or co-PI over $6 million in funding since
joining OSU in 1987, consultant for over 25 companies worldwide.
Consulting, Patents, and Professional Licenses
Consultant to numerous companies including Dupont, Eastman Kodak, Foster Miller, Ford, Branson Ultrasonics, Edison
Welding Institute, Visteon, Boston Scientific, GNB Incorporated, Geauga Company, Baxter Healthcare, Blackstone
Ultrasonics, and Kulicke & Soffa Industries Inc.
Membership in Scientific and Professional Societies
American Welding Society Society of Plastics Engineers
American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Society for Engineering Education
American Society for Materials Society of Manufacturing Engineers
Principal Publications in the Last Five Years
A. Benatar, C. Bonten, D. Grewell, and C. Tuechert, Welding, Plastics Pocket Power Series, T. Osswald, Editor, Hanser Gardner
Publications, 2001.
D. Grewell, A. Benatar and J. Park, Editors, Plastics and Composites Welding Handbook, Hanser Gardner publishers, 2003.
C. Lu, Y.J. Juang, L.J. Lee, D. Grewell and A. Benatar, ―Analysis of Laser/IR-Assisted Microembossing,‖ Polymer Engineering and
Science, Vol. 45, pp. 661-668, 2005.
D. Grewell, A. Benatar, D. Ditmer and D. Hansford, ―Beam Shaping with Diffractive Optics for Laser Micro-welding of Plastics,‖
Proceedings of the 63rd
Annual Technical Conference, Society of Plastics Engineers, Boston, MA, pp. 1019-1023, May 2005
D. Grewell and A. Benatar, ―Modeling Heat Flow for a Distributed Moving Heat Source in Micro-Laser Welding of Plastics,‖
Proceedings of the 8th
International Conference on Numerical Methods in Industrial Forming Processes, Columbus, OH, June 2004
B7
Principal Publications in the Last Five Years (Continued)
A. Benatar, D. Rittel and A.L. Yarin, ―Theoretical and Experimental Analysis of Longitudinal Wave Propagation in Cylinderical
Viscoelastic Rods,‖ Journal of the Mechanics and Physics of Solids, Vol. 51, Issue 8, pp. 1413-1431, August 2003.
M. Rhew, A. Mokhtarzadeh and A. Benatar, ―Through Transmission Laser Welding of Polycarbonate and High Density
Polyethylene,‖ Proceedings of the 61st Annual Technical Conference, Society of Plastics Engineers, Nashville, TN, pp. 1116-1120,
May 2003.
D. Grewll, T. Jerew and A. Benatar, ―Diode Laser Microwelding of Polycarbonate and Polystyrene,‖ Proceedings of the 60th
Annual
Technical Conference, Society of Plastics Engineers, San Francisco, CA, May 2002.
K.M. Kwan and A. Benatar, ―Investigation of Non-Thermal Effects Produced by Ultrasonic Heating on Curing of Two Part Epoxy,‖
Proceedings of the 59th
Annual Technical Conference, Society of Plastics Engineers, Dallas, TX, May 2001.
Honors and Awards
2004 Best Paper Award, SPE SIG on Joining of Plastics and Composites (With C. Lu, Y.J. Juang, L.J. Lee, and D.
Grewell).
2003 Fellow, Society of Plastics Engineers.
2001 Best Paper Award, SPE SIG on Joining of Plastics and Composites (With K. Kwan).
1998 Lady David Fellowship, Israel Institute of Technology, Technion.
1995 Distinguished Lecturer of the 2nd
International Conference of Composite Engineering
1994 Best Paper Award from Society of Plastics Engineers Vinyl Division (With C. Faisst)
1992 Adams Memorial Membership Award from American Welding Society - in recognition of outstanding teaching
activities which advance the knowledge of welding.
1991 Lumley Research Award from The Ohio State University College of Engineering - in recognition of outstanding
research accomplishments.
1990 Presidential Young Investigator Award from the National Science Foundation - in recognition for research and
teaching accomplishments, for potential leadership in the academic community, and for potential contributions to science
and engineering.
1987-1988 Best Teacher of the Year from the Department of Welding Engineering - voted by the students in recognition
of teaching excellence.
Institutional and Professional Service in the Last Five Years
Member of Society of Plastics Engineers Fellows Selection Committee, 2003 - Present.
Member of the Honors Committee of the American Welding Society, 1998 - Present.
Member of Society of Plastics Engineers Technical Program Committee of Special Interest Group on Joining of Plastics
and Composites, 1995 - Present.
Chairman of International Institute of Welding Commission 16 on Plastics Joining and Adhesive Bonding, 1997 - 2003.
United States Delegate to the International Institute of Welding Commission 16 on Plastics Joining and Adhesive
Bonding, 1996 – 2003
Chair of Welding Engineering Graduate Studies Committee, 2003- Present.
Member of the Department of Industrial, Welding and Systems Engineering (IWSE) Chair Search Committee, 2003 -
Present.
Chair of the Department of IWSE Computing Committee, 1996 – 1998, 1999 – Present.
Reviewer for Polymer, Polymer Engineering and Science, Composite Science and Technology.
Journal of Sound and Vibration. NSF proposals, National Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, and
AUTO21 – Canadian initiative for the Automobile of the 21st Century.
Professional Development Activities in the Last Five Years
WebCT training course, OSU Technology Enhanced Learning and Research Course, 2001.
Using Technology in Teaching, OSU Faculty and TA Development, 2003.
B8
1. Name Dave F. Farson Associate Professor, Welding Engineering Program
Department of Materials Science and Engineering
The Ohio State University
2. Education
PhD, 1987 Electrical Engineering, OSU
MS, 1982 Welding Engineering, OSU
BS, 1980 Welding Engineering, OSU
3. Academic Experience
7/09 – present Associate Professor, Dept. of Materials Science and Engineering, Ohio State University
9/95 – 6/09 Assistant, Associate Professor, Dept. of Industrial, Welding and Systems Engineering, Ohio
State University
2/88 – 5/95 Research Associate, Deputy Head, High Energy Processing Department Applied Research
Laboratory, Pennsylvania State University
9/98 – 5/95 Member, Graduate Faculty, Department of Industrial, Manufacturing and Systems Eng.
Pennsylvania State University
5/87 – 1/88 Senior Research Engineer, Laser Processing Department, R&D Center, Westinghouse Electric
Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
4. Non-academic Experience
2/88 – 5/95 Research Associate, Deputy Head, High Energy Processing Department Applied Research
Laboratory, Pennsylvania State University
5/87 – 1/88 Senior Research Engineer, Laser Processing Department, R&D Center, Westinghouse Electric
Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
6. Current Membership in Scientific and Professional Societies
American Welding Society
Laser Institute of America
7. Honors and Awards
OSU College of Engineering Lumley Research Award: 2000, 2007
AWS Adams Memorial Membership Award (for outstanding teaching), 1998
Fellow, Laser Institute of America, 1997
Applied Research Laboratory Letter of Commendation: 1993
Applied Research Laboratory Technical Contribution Award: 1993
American Welding Society Jennings Memorial Award: 1985, McKay-Helm Award: 2008
Phi Kappa Phi Honor Society, Life Member
8. Institutional and Professional Service
Laser Institute of America
Offices, Committees
Past President: 1997
President: 1996
President-Elect: 1995
Board Member: 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999
Secretary: 1993, 1994
Chair, Material Processing Committee: 1992, 1993
Conference: International Congress on Applications of Lasers and Electro-optics (ICALEO)
Material Processing Conference Chair: 2003
Congress General Chair: 1993, 1994
B9
American Welding Society
Committees
Member, C.7.C High Energy Joining Processes Technical Committee, 1994 – present
Member, Research&Development Committee, 2002 - present
Department of Materials Science and Engineering
Undergraduate Studies Committee (WE chair), Realignment committee
9. Principal Publications in the Last Five Years Total: 69 Journal (68 with student co-authors), 78
Conference Proceedings (76 with student co-authors)
Y.C. Lim, D.F. Farson, M.H. Cho, J.H. Cho, ―Stationary GMAW-P weld metal deposit spreading‖, Science
and Technology of Welding and Joining, 14(7):626-635, 2009
H.W.Choi, D.F.Farson, C.M.Lu, L.J.Lee, ―Femtosecond laser micromachining and application of hot
embossing molds for microfluid device fabrication‖, Journal of Laser Applications, 21(4):196 – 204, 2009.
M.J Reiter, D. F Farson, M. Mehl ―Control of penetration depth fluctuations in single-mode fiber laser
welds‖, Journal of Laser Applications 22(1):37-42, 2010
Fei ZZ, Hu X, Choi HW, Wang SN, Farson DF, Lee LJ, ―Micronozzle Array Enhanced Sandwich
Electroporation of Embryonic Stem Cells‖, Analytical Chemistry 82(1):353-358, 2010
Lim YC, Yu X, Cho JH, Sosa J, Farson DF, Babu SS, McCracken S, Flesner B, ― Effect of magnetic
stirring on grain structure refinement Part 2-Nickel alloy weld overlays‖, Science and Technology of
Welding and Joining 15(5):400-406, 2010
Lim YC, Yu X, Cho JH, Sosa J, Farson DF, Babu SS, McCracken S, Flesner B, ― Effect of magnetic
stirring on grain structure refinement Part 1-Nickel alloy weld overlays‖, Science and Technology of
Welding and Joining 15(7):583-589, 2010
Chen J, He LN, Farson DF, Rokhlin SI, ―Particle simulation of femtosecond laser stimulation of electrical
discharges in small gaps‖, Journal of Applied Physics 108(6):063303, 2010.
J.Z. Chen, D.F. Farson, ―Coaxial Vision Monitoring of LBW/GMAW Hybrid Welding
Process‖, Materials Evaluation, 68(12):1318-1328 2010,
Lim YC, Johnson J, Fei ZZ, Wu Y, Farson DF, Lannutti JJ, Choi HW, Lee LJ, ―Micropatterning and
Characterization of Electrospun Poly(epsilon-Caprolactone)/Gelatin Nanofiber Tissue Scaffolds by
Femtosecond Laser Ablation for Tissue Engineering Applications‖, Biotechnology and Bioengineering
108(1):116-126, 2011
He LN, Chen J, Farson, DF, Lannutti JJ, Rokhlin SI, ―Wettability modification of electrospun poly(ε-
caprolactone) fibers by femtosecond laser irradiation in different gas atmospheres‖, Journal of Applied
Surface Science, 257:3547–3553, 2011.
Lim YC, Boukany PE, Farson DF and Lee LJ, ―Direct-write femtosecond laser ablation and DNA combing
and imprinting for fabrication of a micro/nanofluidic device on an ethylene glycol dimethacrylate
polymer‖, Journal of Micromechanics and Microengineering, 21(1): 015012, 2011.
10. Professional development activities: Weld-Ed partnership - OSU representative. A national partnership of
colleges, universities, professional societies, government, and private industry committed to increasing the
number and quality of welding and materials joining technicians to meet industry demand.
B10
John C. Lippold Professor, Department of Materials Science and Engineering
Education
B.S., 1973 Materials Engineering, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
M.S., 1975 Materials Engineering, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
Ph.D., 1978 Materials Engineering, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
Academic Experience
04/10-present Professor, Dept. of Materials Science and Engineering
10/04-3/06 Interim Chair, Dept. of Industrial, Welding, and Systems Engineering, OSU
9/01-10/01 Distinguished Lecturer, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada
11/96-12/96 Visiting Professor, University of São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil
04/95-03/10 Professor, Dept. of Industrial, Welding, and Systems Engineering, OSU
Non-Academic Experience
11/89-11/90 Visiting Scientist, Institut de Soudure (French Welding Institute) and the French Iron and Steel
Research Institute, Paris, France
9/85-3/95 Edison Welding Institute, Manager of Materials Dept. and Manager of Research
10/78-8/85 Member, Technical Staff, Sandia National Laboratories, Livermore, CA
Professional Registration, Scientific and Professional Societies
American Welding Society American Society for Engineering Education
The Metals Society of AIME (TMS) International Institute of Welding
American Society for Materials
Honors and Awards
Fellow of ASM International (1994).
Fellow of American Welding Society (1996).
Comfort A. Adams Lecture Award from AWS (1997).
Adams Memorial Membership Award from AWS (1997).
Charles H. Jennings Award, American Welding Society. (1978, 1980, and 2004)
William Spraragen Award, American Welding Society. (1980 and 1993)
Lincoln Gold Medal Award, American Welding Society. (1984)
Warren F. Savage Memorial Award, American Welding Society. (1994,1999, 2009)
McKay-Helm Award, American Welding Society. (1995 and 1997)
A.F. Davis Silver Medal, American Welding Society (2000)
William Irrgang Memorial Award, American Welding Society (2002).
Plummer Memorial Educational Lecture Award, American Welding Society (2002).
Buehler Technical Paper Merit Award, International Metallographic Society. (1985 and 1989)
Lumley Research Award, College of Engineering, OSU (2002 and 2010)
Jaeger Lecture Award, International Institute of Welding (2008)
Yoshiaki Arata Award, International Institute of Welding (2009)
B11
Current Service Activities
American Welding Society Awards Committee: Member, 2000-present, Chair, 2010-present
Commission Delegate, International Institute of Welding (IIW), 1990-present
Principal Reviewer, Welding Journal, 1992-present
Review Board: Welding in the World, Metallurgical Transactions, Science and Technology and Welding
and Joining, Acta Materialia, Scripta Materialia, Materials Science and Engineering
Editor-in-Chief, Welding in the World, published by IIW, 2008-present
College of Engineering – College Committee for Academic Affairs (CCAA)
Department – UG and Grad Studies Committees, Chair Advisory Committee
Publications (Representative last five years)
B.T. Alexandrov and J.C. Lippold, 2006. In-situ weld metal continuous cooling transformation diagrams, Welding in
the World, Vol. 50, No. 9/10, pp. 65-74.
M. Qian and J.C. Lippold. 2007. Investigation of grain refinement during a rejuvenation heat treatment of wrought
alloy 718, Materials Science and Engineering A, 456(2007):147-155.
J.W. Sowards, A.J. Ramirez, D.W. Dickinson and J.C. Lippold, 2008. Characterization Procedure for the Analysis of
Arc Welding Fume, Welding Journal, 87(3):76s-83s.
S. Shi and J.C. Lippold, 2008. Microstructure Evolution during Service Exposure of Two Cast, Heat-Resisting
Stainless Steels — HP-Nb modified and 20-32Nb, Materials Characterization, 59(8):1029-1040.
M. Rubal, M.C. Juhas, and J.C. Lippold, 2008. Friction Stir Processing of Ti-5111, Joining of Advanced and
Specialty Materials X, MS&T Conference, 2008, Pittsburgh, PA, pp. 2341-2348.
J.C. Lippold and N.E. Nissley, 2008. Ductility dip cracking in high-Cr Ni-base filler metals, Hot Cracking
Phenomena in Welds II, ISBN 978-3-540-78627-6, publ. by Springer,, pp. 409-426
N.E. Nissley and J.C. Lippold, 2009. Ductility-dip cracking susceptibility of Ni-based weld metals, Part 2 –
Microstructural Characterization, Welding Journal, 88(6):131s-140s.
E. Taban, J.E. Gould, and J.C. Lippold. 2009. Characterization of 6061-T6 aluminum alloy to AISI steel interfaces
during joining and thermo-mechanical conditioning, Materials Science and Engineering A, 527:1704-1708.
J. Caron, C. Heinze, C. Schwenk, M. Reithmeier, S.S. Babu, and J.C. Lippold, 2010. Effect of continuous cooling
transformation variations on numerical calculation of welding-induced residual stresses, Welding Journal,
89(7):151s-160s.
S. Shi, J.C. Lippold, and J. Ramirez. 2010. Hot ductility behavior and repair weldability of service-aged, heat-resistant
stainless steel castings, Welding Journal, 89(10):210s-217s.
Books and Edited Conference Proceedings (in last 5 years)
Trends in Welding Research, Proc. of the 7th International Conference, Eds. S.A. David, T. Debroy, J.C. Lippold,
H.B. Smartt, and J.M. Vitek, ASM International, 2006. ISBN-10: 0-87170-842-6.
Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds II, Eds. T. Boellinghaus, H. Herold, J. Lippold, and C.E. Cross, Berlin, March
5-6, 2007, Springer-Verlag, ISBN 978-3-540-78627-6.
J.C. Lippold and D.J. Kotecki, 2005. Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Stainless Steels, pub. by Wiley and
Sons, Inc. Hoboken, NJ, ISBN 0-47147379-0.
J.N. DuPont, J.C. Lippold, and S.D. Kiser, 2009. Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Nickel Base Alloys, pub.
by Wiley and Sons, Inc. Hoboken, NJ, ISBN 978-0-470-08714-5, October 2009.
Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III, Eds. J. Lippold, T. Boellinghaus, and C.E. Cross, Columbus, March 11-12,
2010, Springer-Verlag, in press.
B12
B13
B14
Stanislav I. Rokhlin Professor, Welding Engineering Program
Department of Industrial, Systems, and Welding Engineering
The Ohio State University
Degrees
Leningrad Electrical Engineering Institute, MS, 1967, Electro-Physics Engineering
Leningrad State University, Mathematics and Mechanics study, 1967-1969
Leningrad Electrical Engineering Institute, Ph.D., 1972, Engineering Physics
Years of Service at OSU
Full Professor, 16 years, 1990-present
Associate Professor, 4 years, 1985-1989
Visiting Associate Professor, 1 year, 1984-1985
Academic and Industrial Experience
Professor, Dept. of Industrial, Welding, and Systems Engineering, OSU, 1990-present
Associate Professor, Dept. Welding Engineering, OSU, 1984-1989
Senior Lecturer and later Associate Professor, Dept. of Materials Engineering, Ben-Gurion University of the
Negev, Beer-Sheva, Israel, 1977-1985
Senior Engineer and later Group Leader, National Scientific Research Institute, Broadcasting and Acoustics,
Leningrad, USSR, 1967-1969, 1973-1976
Summary Professional Accomplishments
11 Ph.D. dissertations and 17 MS theses advised, over 300 research publications, over 200 technical
presentations (30 keynote or invited presentations at national and international conferences), nearly $10 million
in research grants since joining the university.
Consulting, Patents, and Professional Licenses
L.G. Merkulov and S. I. Rokhlin, "The Ultrasonic Nondestructive Testing Method of Parts," Patent No.
3614111, GO-I-f 23/00 Bull. No. 1, 1973.
L.G. Merkulov and S. I. Rokhlin, "The Method of Measurements of a Liquid Level," Patent No. 430286 GO-I-f
23/00 Bull. No. 20, 1974.
One patent pending; four OSU invention disclosures for last five years.
Membership in Scientific and Professional Societies
Fellow Acoustical Society of America
American Society for Nondestructive Testing
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Principal Journal Publications in the Last Five Years 1. J.- Y. Kim, V. A. Yakovlev and S. I. Rokhlin, ―Parametric modulation mechanism of surface acoustic wave on a partially
closed crack‖, Appl. Phys. Lett., 82 (19),3203-3205, (2003).
2. R. Wang, N. Katsube, R.R. Seghi and S. I. Rokhlin, ―Failure probability of borosilicate glass under Hertz indentation load‖,
J. Mater. Sci. 38 (8), 1589-1596 (2003).
3. A. Baltazar, L. Wang, B. Xie and S. I. Rokhlin, "Inverse ultrasonic determination of imperfect interfaces and bulk properties
of a layer between two solids" J. Acoust. Sos. Am., 114 (3), 1424-1434 (2003).
4. L. Wang and S. I. Rokhlin, "Ultrasonic wave interaction with multidirectional composites: modeling and experiment" J.
Acoust. Sos. Am., 114 (5), 2582-2595 (2003).
5. X. Zhao, G.S. Frankel, B. Zoofan and S.I.Rokhlin, ―In situ X-ray radiographic study of intergranular corrosion in Al alloys‖
Corrosion, 59, 1012-1018 (2003).
6. X. Liu, G.S. Frankel, B. Zoofan and S.I.Rokhlin, ―Effect of applied tensile stress on intergranular corrosion of AA2024-T3‖
Corrosion Sci., 46, 405-425 (2004).
7. S.I. Rokhlin, B. Xie and A. Baltazar, ―Quantitative ultrasonic characterization of environmental degradation of adhesive
bonds‖ J. Adhesion Sci. Tech., 18 (3) 327-360 (2004).
B15
8. S. I. Rokhlin, L. Wang, B. Xie, V.A. Yakovlev and L. Adler, ―Modulated angle beam ultrasonic spectroscopy for evaluation
of imperfect interfaces and adhesive bonds‖ Ultrasonics 42, 1037-1047 (2004).
9. L. Wang and S. I. Rokhlin, ―A compliance/stiffness matrix formulation of General Green‘s function and effective
permittivity for piezoelectric multilayers‖, IEEE Trans. Ultrasonics Ferroelectrics Frequency Control (UFFC) 51, 453-463
(2004).
10. J. Kim, V. Yakovlev and S.I. Rokhlin, ―Surface acoustic wave modulation on a fatigue crack" J. Acoust. Sos. Am., 115 (5),
1961-1972 (2004).
11. J. Kim, A. Baltazar and S.I. Rokhlin, ―Ultrasonic assessment of rough surface contact between solids from elastoplastic
loading-unloading hysteresis cycle‖, J. Mech. Phys. Solid., 52 (8), 1911-1934 (2004).
12. L. Wang and S. I. Rokhlin, ―Modeling of wave propagation in layered piezoelectric media by a recursive asymptotic method‖
IEEE Trans. Ultrasonics Ferroelectrics Frequency Control (UFFC) 51(9), 1060-1071 (2004).
13. L. Wang and S. I. Rokhlin, ―Recursive geometric integrators for wave propagation in a functionally-graded multilayered
elastic medium‖, J. Mech. Phys. Solids 52 (11), 2473-2506 (2004).
14. L. Wang and S.I. Rokhlin ―Universal scaling functions for continuous stiffness nanoindentation with sharp indenters‖
International Journal of Solids and Structures 42(13), 3807-3832 (2005).
15. L. Wang, M. Ganor and S.I. Rokhlin ― Inverse scaling functions in nanoindentation with sharp indenters: determination of
material properties‖ J. Material Res. 20 (4), 987-1001 (2005).
16. L. Wang, M. Ganor, S.I. Rokhlin and A. Grill ―Mechanical properties of ultras-low dielectric constant SiCOH films:
nanoindentation measurements‖ J. Mater.Res. 20 (8), 2080-2093 (2005).
17. R. Wang, N. Katsube, R.R. Seghi and S. I. Rokhlin, ― Statistical failure analysis of brittle coatings by spherical indentation:
theory and experiment‖, J. Mater. Sci. (accepted).
18. X. Liu, G. S. Frankel, B. Zoofan and S. I. Rokhlin, ―In Situ X- ray radiographic study of stress corrosion cracking in
AA2024-T3,‖ Corrosion (submitted ).
19. B. Zoofan, J-Y. Kim, S.I. Rokhlin and G.S. Frankel, ―Application of phase-contrast microradiography in NDE‖, Materials
Evaluation. (Accepted).
Honors and Awards 2004 Lumley Interdisciplinary Research Award, College of Engineering, The Ohio State University 2004 Lumley Research Award, College of Engineering, The Ohio State University
1998 Lumley Research Award, College of Engineering, The Ohio State University
Charles H. Jennings Memorial Medal of the American Welding Society, 1986
Alcoa Foundation Award for Research in Field of Nondestructive Evaluation of Adhesive Joints, 1988 and 1989
Faculty Research Award, College of Engineering, The Ohio State University, 1990
F. Davis Silver Medal of the American Welding Society, 1991
American Society for Nondestructive Testing Fellowship Award, 1991
Fellow of Acoustical Society of America, 1993
Lumley Research Award, College of Engineering, The Ohio State University, 1994
American Society for Nondestructive Testing and Fellowship Award, 1995
NASA Technical Recognition Award, 1996
Lumley Research Award, College of Engineering, The Ohio State University, 1998
American Society for Nondestructive Testing Outstanding Paper Award, 1998
Institutional and Professional Service in the Last Five Years
Associate Editor, Materials Evaluation, J. of Am. Soc. for Nondestructive Testing, present.
Member of Editorial Board, Journal of Nondestructive Evaluation, present.
Member of Editorial Board "Research in Nondestructive Evaluation", present.
Chair Peer Review Panel of AFRL Nondestructive Evaluation Branch, August, 2003.
Organizer and Chair of the Special Session on Composites at 2005 QNDE meeting.
Member of the Host Committee and Coordinator for 2001 ASNT Fall Conference, Columbus, OH, 2001
Chairman of the ASNT Research Symposium on "On Track to a Safer Millenium" 27-31 March
2000,Birmingham, AL.
B16
Regular reviewer for over 10 major journals.
C1
Appendix C – Equipment
The major equipment items dedicated primarily to laboratory instructional
purposes are listed below. Selected depicted items are labeled *.
Table C-1: Teaching laboratory equipment (* = depicted)
Mechanized/Robotic Arc Welding Systems
(WE 656, 651, 755)
Manual/Semi-Auto Arc Welding Stations
(WE350/351/55)
Fanuc ArcMate 100 6-axis robotic system*
Lincoln PW655 GMA welding system
Manual welding booths*, each with the
following equipment (x 12)
Lincoln 255XT PowerMIG welding system*
Lincoln 222 PrecisionTIG welding system*
Motoman Arcworld 6-axis robotic system*
Miller Auto-Axcess 300DI GMA
welding system
1-axis coordinated rotary positioner
Drawn arc stud welder*
Nelweld 6000, dual gun, 1200A
ITW Miller Travel Master GMA system *
- Miller Invision 456P Power Supply*
Polymer Welding Systems (WE706)
1. Branson ultrasonic welding system*
C2
2. Vibration welding system *
JetLine GTA Sidebeam System
- Series 9500 Controller
- Thermal Dynamics 400 GTSW PS
Resistance Welding Systems (WE 701)
1. Taylor-Winfield AC Resistance Welders*
(x2)
- 75 and 100 KVA
- Medar Controllers
Lincoln Sidebeam SubArc System*
- Tandem Lincoln DC1000 PS’s
- Lincoln PW1000 PS
NDE (WE631)
1. Ultrasonic Flaw Detectors* (x6)
1. X-ray imaging system*
C3
Process controls (WE550, 650, 755)
1. Omron CPM2C Programmable Logic
Controls*
- includes off-line programming software
2. Electrical circuit experimenter boards
*(quantity = 10)
- AC/DC amp and volt meters, low voltage AC
power supply
- miscellaneous connection hardware,
elementary circuit components,
- relay logic control
3. Dual trace 1 MHz oscilloscopes* (quantity
= 10)
4. DC motor-actuated slide systems*
(quantity = 2)
2. Microfocus X-ray system
Metallography (WE610,611,612)
1. abrasive sectioning saw, bench grinder, mounting presses*(x2) polishers* (x3), optical microscopes w/ cameras, monitors* (x4), LCD overhead display*
2. Rockwell hardness tester
- macro and superficial hardness
- Rockwell A, B, and C scales
3. LECO microhardness tester
- Knoop and DPH indenters
- load range from 25 to 1000 grams
- data storage and print out
4. Metallographic sample preparation
C4
equipment
- mounting presses (2)
- grinding and polishing units (4)
5. Box furnace
- 1 ft3 capacity
- maximum temperature 2000 F
Table C-2: Shared Teaching/Research Equipment.
Materials/Metallography (WE661 and WE662)
1. Gleeble 3800C Thermo-mechanical
simulator
Polymer Welding (WE706)
1. Laser through-transmission IR welding
system
2. Microwave polymer welding system
3. Hot plate polymer welding system
Lasers (WE704)
1. Spectra-Physics Tornado 40W Q-
Switched DPSSL laser
2. Clark-MXR CPA2110 femtosecond
pulsed laser
3. Continuum Q-Switched 3.5J Nd:YAG
laser
X-ray/UT (WE671)
1. X-Y scanning water tank ultrasonic
imaging system
2. Microfocus X-ray system
Table C-3 EJTC Student Computing Laboratory Hardware
EJTC Computer laboratory:
Primary Server:
HP Proliant ML350, Xeon ES420
processor at 2.5 GHz/2MB cache (4
core), 8 GB DDR SDRAM, 1.046TB
(2x73GB+3x300GB) 15K SAS hard
drives, 1TB USB external hard drive.
Scanner:
Epson 4990 PHOTO 4800 dpi optical
resolution, 16 bits/pixel, 8.5 in. x 11.7
maximum document size.
Projection System:
Dedicated Computers:
C5
Client Computers:
HP xw6400 workstation, Xeon ES335
processor at 2.0 GHz/8 MB cache (4
core), 4 GB DDR2 SDRAM, 160 GB
7.2K RPM SATA hard drive. LCD
monitor.
(Quantity = 20)
HP xw6600 workstation, Xeon ES405
processor at 2.0 GHz/12 MB cache(4
core) , 4 GB DDR2 SDRAM, 160 GB
7.2K RPM SATA hard drive LCD
monitor.
(Quantity = 18)
Printers:
Hewlett Packard LaserJet 4200dtn,
1200dpi, 35ppm B/W – Duplex
Printing.
Hewlett Packard Color LaserJet
3700dn, 600dpi, 16ppm (B/W)/16ppm
(Color) – Duplex Printing.
HP DesignJet Z2100 44in. Photo large
format color printer, 600 dpi
(2400x1200 dpi in ‗best‘ quality).
HP xw6400 workstation.
Projectors:
Proxima Desktop Projector 6150, (1
unit)
Projectors have 1024 x 768 image
resolution and are compatible with PC
and Video Devices (VCR‘s, Video Disk
Players, Video Cameras…)
UPS:
APC Back-UPS PRO 650, max output
power 650VA (410 watts),
(Quantity=3).
Table C-4 EJTC computer laboratory Software.
Operating System Software:
- Microsoft Windows 2008 Server
Enterprise.
- Microsoft Windows Vista Enterprise 64-
bit
Antivirus:
- Network Associates VirusScan 8.5.0i
Web Browser:
- Internet Explorer 7.0
Desktop Productivity Software:
- Microsoft Office professional 2007:
Microsoft Word
Microsoft Excel
Microsoft PowerPoint
Technical Graphing Software:
- SigmaPlot 11
Graphical Development Software for signal
acquisition, Measurement Analysis and Data
Preparation:
- LabVIEW 8.5
Statistical Analysis Software:
- Minitab 15
Finite Element Analysis Software:
- Ansys (version 12)
- Abaqus (version 6.8-1)
Fatigue Analysis Software:
C6
Microsoft Access
Microsoft Publisher
Microsoft FrontPage
Microsoft Outlook
Microsoft InfoPath
Microsoft Groove
Microsoft OneNote
- Microsoft Visio Professional 2007
Project Management Software:
- Microsoft Project 2007
High Level Technical Computing Software:
- MathCad 14
- Maple 12
- Matlab (release 14)
- FE-Fatigue (release 6.0)
CAD Software:
- AutoCad 2009
Solid Modeling Software:
- Unigraphics NX-6.0
- Solid Edge ST (ver. 100.00.00.133)
Email:
- OSU Webmail (Using Internet Explorer)
Other Software:
Thermo-Calc
JMatPro-5.1
Table C-5: EJTC Local Area Network (LAN) infrastructure:
Backbone:
Fast Ethernet (bandwidth = 100Mbps) Implementation over Category 5/5E Unshielded
Twisted Pair (UTP) Cabling, Connecting Multiple Switches.
Switches:
Dell PowerConnect 2024 (x2), 3024 (x3), 3424 (x1). Cisco Catalyst 2900 XL (x3), 2950
(x1).
Operating Network:
Microsoft Network
D1
Appendix D – Institutional Summary
1. The Institution
a. The Ohio State University, College of Engineering, 2070 Neil Avenue, Columbus, OH
43210-1275
b. President: Dr. E. Gordon Gee
c. Submitted by: Dr. David B. Williams, Dean & Presidential Professor, College of
Engineering
d. The Ohio State University is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission (HLC) of
the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools (NCA). Initial accreditation was
in 1913 and the most recent accreditation was in 2007 for a ten year period.
2. Type of Control: Description of the type of managerial control of the institution.
The Ohio State University is a Land Grant, State Institution.
3. Educational Unit: Describe the education unit in which the program is located including
the administrative chain of responsibility for the program to the chief executive officer of
the institution.
See Table D-3: The Ohio State University Engineering Programs
4. Academic Support Units
Within the College of Engineering:
Civil & Environmental Engineering & Geodetic Science: Carolyn Merry, Department
Chair
Chemical & Biomolecular Engineering: Stuart Cooper, Department Chair
Computer Science and Engineering: Xiaodong Zhang, Department Chair
Electrical and Computer Engineering: Robert Lee, Department Chair
Engineering Education Innovation Center: Robert Gustafson, Center Director
Integrated Systems Engineering: Julia Higle, Department Chair
Materials Science and Engineering: Rudolph Buchheit, Department Chair
Mechanical & Aerospace Engineering: Krishnaswamy Srinivasan, Department Chair
Outside of the College of Engineering:
Anatomy: Phillip R. Payne, Department Chair
Biochemistry: Michael Chan, Department Chair
Food, Agricultural, and Environmental Sciences: Bobby Moser, Dean
Fisher College of Business: Christine Poon, Dean
Earth Sciences: Berry Lyons, Department Chair
Economics: Donald Haurin, Department Chair
Evolution, Ecology, and Organismal Biology: Peter Curtis, Department Chair
Natural and Mathematical Sciences (Biology, Chemistry, Math): Peter March, Interim
Dean
D2
Physics: James Beatty, Department Chair
Statistics: Doug Wolfe, Department Chair
4.1 Engineering Education Innovation Center: Robert Gustafson, Center
Director, Honda Professor for Engineering Education
The Engineering Education Innovation Center (EEIC) (http://eeic.osu.edu/ ) was established in
May 2007 with the mission to enrich the student experience and to strengthen the academic
credentials of our undergraduates. In conjunction with the Guiding Values and Principles of the
College, the EEIC further highlights:
Promoting innovation and creativity in all of our UG programs
Offering multidisciplinary courses and opportunities for students that enhance their
experience, and
Fostering scholarship of teaching and learning across the college.
Although all of our elements are interactive and complimentary of each other, each of the
following elements makes unique contributions to the EEIC Mission as well as Ohio State
University and College of Engineering strategic goals.
OSU/COE Strategic Goals
Elements of the EEIC One
University
Students
First
Fac/Staff
Talent &
Culture
Research
Prominence
Outreach &
Collaboration
Operation
/Fiscal
Soundness
1. Fundamentals of Engineering Sequences
a. First-year Engineering X X X
b. Programming for Engineering
Problem Solving X
2. Multi-Disciplinary Design
a. Capstone Design X X X
b. Social Innovation Initiative X X X
3. Enrichment Programs and Courses
a. Engineering X X X
b. Non-Engineers X X
c. Pre-College X
4. Graduate Program and Research
a. STEM/Engineering Education PhD X
b. Scholarship of Teaching and Learning X
5. Professional Development and Support
a. Student X
b. Faculty/Staff X
Although not an academic department or tenure-initiating unit for faculty, the EEIC plays a
pivotal role in education of all engineering students. Table EEIC 1, at the end of this section,
gives a personnel summary for those with full or partial appointments with the EEIC. In
addition, Table EEIC 2 and EEIC 3 present a Faculty Workload Summary and Faculty
Qualifications for the EEIC respectively.
D3
Overview of Programs
1. Fundamentals of Engineering Sequences ( http://eeic.osu.edu/fundamentals )
The First-Year Engineering course sequence is generally a prerequisite for declaring engineering
majors at OSU. Incoming freshmen take either a two-quarter or three-quarter series ( two-
semester, beginning AU 2012) which broadly introduces the topics of engineering problem
solving, technical graphics, computer-aided design, programming in MATLAB, engineering
design and analysis, project management, ethics in engineering, teamwork, and oral and written
technical communication. Topics and laboratories provide a broad overview of engineering
disciplines. Many "undecided" freshmen use these courses to help them narrow down and
declare a major in the College of Engineering.
The First-Year Engineering Program consists of three different course sequences, designed to
give students a broad understanding of the principles and practices of engineering:
The regular two-quarter sequence - Engineering 181 and 183 (ENGR 1181, 1182
semesters); Special sections for Engineering Scholars designated students are offered.
The Honors sequence- Engineering H191, H192, and H193 (ENGR 1281, 1282
semesters)
The Transfer sequence- Engineering 185,186,187 (ENGR 1185, 1186, 1187 semesters);
for students with elements of the program by transfer.
The two-quarter regular sequence teaches basic engineering skills to prepare students for
advanced courses, internships, major selection, and careers in engineering. The Honors sequence
accomplishes the same objectives but in more depth and in a more accelerated fashion with a
programming course built in to the series. All three program options entail a major design-build
project. The continuously updated curriculum, taught by faculty and professional engineers,
exposes students to different engineering disciplines and helps develop the most up-to-date and
practically relevant skills.
One of the defining features of the FE program is the numerous competitions and exhibitions that
take place during the year (https://eeic.osu.edu/node/1517). These include:
FEH Robot Competition
Nanotech Competition
FE Roller Coaster Competition
Advance Energy Vehicle Showcase
Within the category of Fundamentals of Engineering the EEIC also offers versions of problem
solving with programming course with focus on use of MatLab (ENG 167.02) and C++ (ENG
167.01) (https://eeic.osu.edu/course/engraph-167-problem-solving-through-programming-
engineering-calculations-and-computer-graphic) used by a number of programs across the
college. Under the semester system these courses will evolve into ENGR 1221 (2-credit MatLab
based) and ENGR 1222 (3-credit C++ based). Both courses are to be cross-listed with the
Department of Computer Science and Engineering.
2. Multi-Disciplinary Design
D4
The EEIC Multidisciplinary (MD) Engineering Capstone Program ( http://eeic.osu.edu/capstone ) opens a
broad range of opportunities for engineering and non-engineering students. It incorporates authentic
industry-cooperative projects into the curriculum, providing students the opportunity to apply their
education and develop professional skills in real-world problems. The program began in 2001 as a
cooperation with Honda and had its roots in the Mechanical Engineering department. Over the years it
has developed to incorporate students across the College, as well as business, industrial design, MBA,
agriculture, and humanities students. It has recently partnered with the Engineering Sciences Minor,
which will lead to an even broader variety of student participation.
The MD Capstone includes a three-course sequence:
ENG 658 (3 credits) Intro to MD Design (ENGR 4901, 1credit semesters)
ENG 659.01 (3 credits) MD Design Project I (ENGR 4902, 2 credit semesters)
ENG 659.02 (3credits) MD Design Project II – Continuation of I (ENGR 4903, 2 credit
semesters)
In a continuing effort to create authentic experiences for our students, the College of Engineering began a
new program in Autumn quarter 2009 called the Social Innovation Initiative (SII)
(http://eeic.osu.edu/support-services/siii ). This program provides students with the opportunity to define,
design, and commercialize socially-benefitting products. The intent is to provide a practical learning
opportunity for students and develop products with commercial value. The program is designed to return
commercial proceeds to the program to sustain its ongoing development. It is the goal to create products
and commercialize them to produce an ongoing shared revenue stream to support future socially
responsible products and projects.
3. Enrichment Programs and Courses
In response to recent reports of the National Academy of Engineering, National Research
Council, National Science Foundation, and OSU studies of general education, it is clear that the
College has a responsibility and opportunity to contribute further to the general education of both
engineering and non-engineering students primarily in the area of technological literacy.
The EEIC meets this responsibility to engineering students through multi-disciplinary courses in key
areas of:
University 2nd
Writing, ENG 367 (ENGR 2367 semester) ( https://eeic.osu.edu/other-
courses-services/writing )
Advance Graphics, ENG 410.01, 410.02 (ENGR 4410.01,0.2 semester)
(https://eeic.osu.edu/course/engraph-410-computer-graphics )
Engineering History, ENG 360.01,360.02 (ENGR 2361 and 2362 semester)
(http://eeic.osu.edu/tech-literacy/engineering-history )
Teamwork and Leadership, ENG 680,695 (ENGR 5680, 5695 semester)
(https://eeic.osu.edu/other-courses-services/service-learning )
Service Learning, ENG 692 (ENGR 4692.01) ( http://eeic.osu.edu/other-courses-
services/service-learning )
Current Topics through Seminars, Workshops, Colloquia, ENG 491 (ENGR 4891) The EEIC meets this responsibility to non-engineering students through courses in key areas of:
D5
Graphics for Non-engineers, ENG 121 (ENGR 1121 semesters) (
https://eeic.osu.edu/course/engraph-121-graphic-presentation-i )
Technological Literacy Minors
Engineering Sciences ( https://eeic.osu.edu/minors )
Technological Studies (Currently suspended)
The EEIC contributes to Pre-college engineering education through summer programs, co-
sponsoring of a Boy Scout Explorers Post, special curriculum relations with selected high
schools and connection to Project Lead the Way in Ohio.
4. Graduate Program and Research
Beginning Autumn 2011, the first cohort of students will enter the Engineering Education –
STEM PhD program. This program is a collaboration between the College of Engineering and
the College of Education and Human Ecology. (http://people.ehe.ohio-state.edu/stem/program-
of-study/ )
The EEIC, through the Department of Food, Agricultural and Biological Engineering, offers a
course entitled, ―College Teaching in Engineering‖. The course is designed as initial preparation
for instruction in professional engineering programs at the college level. It focuses on skills,
strategies and issues common to university teaching in general and engineering instruction more
specifically. (https://eeic.osu.edu/other-courses-services/teaching-engineering)
Faculty and staff of the EEIC are also actively engaged in research and publishing in the domain
of scholarship of teaching and learning (SoTL).
5. Professional Development and Support
Technical Communications and Resource Consulting (TCRC) supplies consultation on writing
practice to engineering students. (https://eeic.osu.edu/support-services/tcrc)
The EEIC enhances the teaching and learning environment within the college by encouraging
and supporting the development, evaluation, and use of appropriate educational technologies. To
financially support some of the technological enhancements, a learning technology fee is
assessed of all engineering students. The college provides matching funds for technical support,
staffing, and infrastructure. To promote innovation the EEIC Provide targeted funding for
technology resources and pedagogical improvement, including special one-time grants, and
grants provided on a yearly basis.
The Student Instructional Leadership Team (SILT) was organized during the autumn quarter of
2009 at The Ohio State University for the purpose of professional development of students in an
instructional role. The team consists of five student leadership positions that work across the
First-Year Engineering Program and Engineering Graphics courses which are part of the
Engineering Education Innovation Center. SILT supports student employees through a group of
peers. It strives to help further the development of teaching assistants in many aspects of
teaching and professional and personal development. The group continues to change and evolve,
D6
but with each iteration the team improves which helps to foster general improvements across the
program. (https://eeic.osu.edu/first-year-engineering/silt)
Periodic seminars, book studies, and workshops directed towards topics related to engineering
teaching and advising are offered through the EEIC, often in conjunction with the University
center for the Advancement of Teaching (UCAT).
In addition the faculty and staff of the EEIC support a number of student organizations through
advising. These include:
ASEE Student Chapter
(http://engineering.osu.edu/studentorganizations/index.php?org=88)
Society of Business and Engineering (SoBE) ( http://osusobe.weebly.com/)
Tau Beta Pi ( http://tbp.org.ohio-state.edu/index.php)
Engineers for Community Service ( ECOS) (http://ecos.osu.edu/)
Table EEIC 1. EEIC Personnel Summary
Table EEIC 2. Faculty Workload Summary
FACULTY
# of personnel Name
EEIC FACULTY* 4 Demel, Duane, Gustafson, Rogers (Visiting)
DEPARTMENT FACULTY** 7 Christensen (emeritus), Croft, DeGroat, Gilat, Staab, Tan,
CLINICAL & RESEARCH 3 Abrams, Freuler, Grzybowksi
LECTURER 12 Allam, Black, Busick, Clingan, Harper, Housholder, McCaul, Parke, Schlosser, Skarzynki, Stavridis, Trott, Whitfield
TEACHING ASSISTANTS
GTA'S 40 O.5 FTE Per Person
UTA's 93 Ave. 6 - 10 hours/week
STAFF
ADMINISTRATION 5 McCabe, Merrill, Miyake, Hoffman, Seman (50%)
LAB 2 Brand, Toms
MULTI-DESIGN 1 Rhoads
*100% EEIC Appointment **Partial EEIC Appointments
D7
FACULTY WORKLOAD SUMMARY - EEIC
PT
or
FT
CLASSES TAUGHT (COURSE #,
CREDIT HRS, TERM, YR) T
EA
CH
ING
RE
SE
AR
CH
/
SC
HO
LA
RS
HIP
OT
HE
R
DE
VO
TE
D T
O
PR
OG
RA
M
Abrams, Lisa FT EG 410-3, EG 121-3, 694- 1 to 6 AU10-
SP11
75% 25% 50%
Allam, Yosef FT ENG 181-3, 183-3, 186-2 AU10-SP11 75% 25% 100%
Black, Scott FT ENG 367-5 AU10-SP11 100% 100%
Busick,
Richard
FT ENG 181-3, 183-3, 187-2, EG 167-2
AU10-SP11
65% 35% 100%
Christiansen,
Richard
PT ENG 181-3, AU10-WI11, ENG 183-3,
SP11
100% 60%
Clingan, Paul FT ENG 191-4, 192-4, 193-4 AU10-SP11 80% 20% 100%
Croft, Frank FT ENG 191-4, SU-10-AU11 75% 25% 15%
Demel, John FT ENG 191-4, 192-4, 193-4 AU10-SP11 80% 15% 5% 100%
DeGroat,
Joanne
FT ENG 193 -4 SP11 100% 15%
Duane, JoAnn FT ENG 167-4 , AU10-SP11 100% 100%
Freuler, Rick FT ENG 191-4, 192-4, 193-4 AU10-SP11 80% 10% 10% 100%
Gilat, Amos FT ENG 181-3, 183-3 AU10-SP11 50% 50% 100%
Grzybowski,
Deb
FT ENG 191-4, 192-4, 193-4 AU10-SP11 80% 20% 100%
Gustafson,
Robert
FT ENG 181- 3,FEB 810 WI11-SP11 20% 20% 100%
Harper, Kathy FT ENG 191-4, 192-4, 193-4 AU10-SP11 90% 10% 100%
Housholder,
Clay
FT ENG 367-5 AU10-SP11 50% 25% 25% 100%
McCaul,
Edward
FT ENG 360-5 SP11 100% 15%
Merrill, John FT ENG 692- 1 to 4 W11 5% 10% 85% 100%
Parke, Mike FT ENG 181-3, 183-3, EG167-2 AU10-
SP11
90% 10% 100%
Rhoads, Bob FT ENG 658-3, 659.01-3 , 659.02-3 AU10-
SP11
50% 25% 25% 100%
Rogers, Peter FT ENG 658-3 , 659.01-3 , 659.02-3 AU10-
SP11
50% 25% 25% 100%
Schlosser,
Phil
PT ENG 181-3, 183-3, 694- 1 to 6 AU10-
SP11
75% 25% 85%
D8
Skarzynski,
Bart
FT ENG 367-5 AU10-SP11 75% 25% 100%
Staab, George FT ENG 191-4 AU10 100% 15%
Stavridis,
Olga
PT EG 121-3 AU10-SP11; ENG 181-3
WI11
100% 50%
Tan, Fabian FT ENG 360-5, SU10-AU11 100% 15%
Trott, Bruce FT ENG 183.03-3, 183-3, 181-3 AU10-
SP11
60% 40% 100%
Whitfield,
Cliff
FT ENG 183.02-3, 186-2, 187-2, EG
167.02-4
75% 25% 50%
D9
Table EEIC 3. Faculty Qualifications
Years of Experience Level of
Activity (H,
M, or L)
FA
CU
LT
Y N
AM
E
HIGHEST
DEGREE
EARNED-
FIELD AND
YEAR
Rank TYPE OF
ACADEMIC
APPOINT
FT
OR
PT
GO
V/IN
D
PR
AC
TIC
E
TE
AC
HIN
G
OS
U
PR
OF
. RE
GIS
.
PR
OF
. OR
GA
N
PR
OF
. DE
VE
LO
P
CO
NS
UL
T
Abrams,
Lisa
PhD- Industrial
2001
AST NTT FT 7 Ind 3 3 PE H H L
Allam,
Yosef
PhD-Eng Educ
2009
I NTT FT 3 Ind 9 9 H H L
Black, Scott MS-English Lit
2001 and
Creative
Writing 2006
I NTT FT 11 Gov 11 4.5 L L L
Busick,
Richard
MS- Computer
Science 1965
I NTT FT 38 Ind 9 9 L L L
Christensen,
Rich
PhD- ME and
Nuclear
P T PT 36 30 L M M
Clingan,
Paul
MS- Chemical
1989
I NTT FT 4.5 Ind 10 10 L L L
Croft, Frank PhD- ASC T FT 4 Ind 39 27 PE H H L
DeGroat,
Joanne
PhD- Electrical
1991
ASC T FT 16 Gov 11 11 H M H
Demel, John PhD-
Metallurgy
1973
P T FT 41 31 PE H H M
Duane,
Josann
Phd- Physics
1970
P T FT 32 32 M L M
Freuler,
Rick
PhD-
Aeronatical and
Astronautical
1991
P NTT FT 2 Ind 14 38 H H H
Gilat, Amos Phd-ME 1982 P T FT 29 29 M H L
Grzybowski,
Deb
PhD-
Biomedical
2000
AST NTT FT 8 Ind 11 11 L M L
Gustafson,
Robert
Phd-
Engineering
1974
P T FT 36 24 PE H H M
Harper,
Kathy
Phd- Physics
2001
I NTT FT 16 16 H H L
D10
Housholder,
Clay
MS- Library
Science 1993
I NTT FT 3 Gov/ 6
Ind
20 5.5 L L L
McCaul,
Edward
PhD- History I NTT FT 15 Ind in
Engineering
20 3 PE M H M
Parke, Mike PhD-
Oceanogrphy
1978
I NTT FT 21 Ind 15 14 L L L
Rogers,
Peter
PhD-
Mechanical
1973
P NTT FT 35 Ind 3 3 H H M
Schlosser,
Phil
PhD- Nuclear
1972
I NTT PT 20 Ind 17 17 M L L
Skarzynski,
Bart
MS-Creative
Writing/English
2004
I NTT FT 4 4 L L L
Stabb,
George
PhD-
Mechanical
1979
ASC T FT 32 32 H L L
Stavridis,
Olga
MBA- 1997 I NTT PT 12 Ind 1 1 L L L
Tan, Fabian PhD- Civil
1982
P T FT 15 Gov 30 29 PE H M H
Trott, Bruce MS- Electrical
1971
I NTT FT 30 Ind 9 9 L L L
Whitfield,
Cliff
PhD-
Aeronautical
and
Astronautical
2009
I NTT FT 5 Ind 2 2 H H H
5. Non-academic Support Units
Academic Advising: Judith McDonald, Director
Academic advising activities are coordinated across all programs. Students are assigned an
academic advisor in their program of choice during orientation. They will work with an
advisor until graduation.
Engineering Career Services and Engineering Cooperative Education and Internship
Program: Rachel Ligman, Interim Director
Engineering Career Services (ECS) serves three primary populations: (1) engineering
students who seek opportunities for engineering cooperative education or internship
experience prior to graduation; (2) engineering and computer and information science
students who seek full-time postgraduate career opportunities up to one year after
completing BS, MS, or PhD degrees; and (3) the employers who wish to hire these
candidates. ECS is heavily utilized: in 2009-10, 87% of the BS graduates used at least one
ECS service in their job searches; 62% of the MS and PhD candidates used ECS; 77% of
the BS students who had jobs at graduation reported that they obtained their jobs from an
ECS service; 73% of BS graduates had reported at least one co-op or intern experience.
Details are available at https://career.eng.ohio-state.edu/about-us.php#mission.
D11
Honors & Scholars: Linn Van Woerkom, Associate Provost and Director
In the Honors Program, highly motivated students can pursue an enriched academic
experience that integrates curricular and co-curricular opportunities. The Scholars Program
is comprised of 14 unique living and learning communities designed to compliment
students' academic experiences.
Math & Statistics Learning Center: Dr. Darry Andrews, Director
The Mathematics and Statistics Learning Center provides free support to students of many
undergraduate Mathematics and Statistics courses at The Ohio State University. They
provide trained tutors available to help students with difficulties they are experiencing in
class or with homework. In addition, they provide online resources, practice exams and
workshops to help students achieve their potential as a student.
Minority Engineering Program: Minnie McGee, Assistant Dean
The Minority Engineering Program (MEP) provides comprehensive programs, activities
and services to increase the enrollment and matriculation success of diverse students
populations, especially ethnic groups underrepresented in engineering. With its internal
and external partners, MEP works to promote a campus environment where diversity is
understood, appreciated and needed for optimum preparation in a global society. Specific
programs include: pre-college initiatives such as summer camps, workshops, and STEM
clubs to increase the pool of STEM-interested high school graduates; bridge programs to
ease the transition to college; and college retention activities to encourage academic
excellence and persistence to graduation, as well as an active promotion of post-graduate
opportunities.
Office of Disability Services: Lois B. Harris, Director
The Office for Disability Services collaborates with and empowers students who have
disabilities in order to coordinate support services and programs that enable equal access to
an education and university life.
Office of International Affairs: William I. Brustein, PhD, Vice Provost
The Office of International Affairs cultivates and nurtures the growth of global
perspectives at The Ohio State University. As Ohio State enhances its mission for high
distinction in international education, scholarship, and public service, the Office of
International Affairs provides leadership and innovation to facilitate international
opportunities for our students and faculty, and makes educational resources accessible for
the campus, our international guests, and the community beyond. We also stimulate
activities that celebrate diverse cultures, foster the exchange of ideas, serve as the central
information hub for international activities, and support the growing international
dimension of Ohio State.
Office of Student Life: Javaune Adams-Gaston, Vice President for Student Life
D12
Ohio State's Office of Student Life connects the points where the University intersects with
students' lives, bringing the experience full-circle from the classroom and professional
development to home and play. The overarching goal of the Office of Student Life is to
enhance the student experience and promote student success.
Office of the Chief Information Officer: Kathleen Starkoff, Chief Information Officer
The Office of the Chief Information Officer (CIO) provides services to help Ohio State
faculty, students and staff use technologies in learning, teaching, research, and
administrative settings. The Office of the CIO consists of Learning Technology, Customer
Experience, Communications, Enterprise Applications, Enterprise Architecture, Finance,
and Human Resources, Infrastructure, the Program Management Office, and various
programs. The primary role of the Office of the CIO is to serve as a catalyst in working
with the campus community to leverage technology to advance and support the mission and
goals of the university.
Science and Engineering Library: Daniel Dotson, Mathematical Sciences Librarian
The Science and Engineering Library (SEL) is the university's 24 hour library. The library
is open to the entire OSU community and the general public. The Library's collection
primarily serves subject areas in most departments in the College of Mathematical and
Physical Sciences and the College of Engineering.
Outcomes Assessment Committee: Dave Tomasko, Committee Chair
The Outcomes Assessment Committee is a college wide, standing committee formed in
1998 and has the responsibility to:
1. Oversee the development and implementation of the College‘s Outcome Assessment
Model for Undergraduate Engineering Programs, with particular attention to ABET‘s
Engineering Criteria.
2. Serve as a vehicle for programs to exchange experience and coordinate activities
directed towards continuous program improvement.
3. Recommend activities and support innovations in curriculum assessment.
4. Work in concert with other committees of the College, in particular the Core
Curriculum and College Services Committee and College Committee on Academic
Affairs.
5. Coordinate Program Self Studies in preparation for ABET reviews.
The committee has representation from each ABET accredited program in the College.
Technical Communication Resources and Consulting: John Merrill, Interim Director
The Technical Communication Resources and Consulting (TCRC) program has the
responsibility for the ENG 367 course, which has a critical thinking and intensive writing
pedagogical format, encouraging exploration of the interrelations of technology and
society; supplies consultation on writing practice to engineering students; and gives support
to the Engineering Education Innovation Center program in assessment of curriculum
design for writing within engineering. TCRC is a drop-in center located in Hitchcock 305
with a limited number of staffed hours a week available for engineering students to get help
and consultation on all stages of writing and writing tasks. The staff provides consultation
for both graduate and undergraduate students as well as engineering staff and faculty.
D13
Undergraduate Research Office: Dr. Allison Snow, Director
The Undergraduate Research Office (URO) helps students pursue research opportunities at
The Ohio State University, a top public research institution. Research can be conducted
independently, as part of a team, in collaboration with faculty, here at the university or
elsewhere. The URO staff also serves as a resource for advisors, technical staff,
postdoctoral fellows, faculty and others who are part of the rich research environment at
Ohio State.
Women in Engineering Program: Glenda La Rue, Director
The Women in Engineering Program (WiE) was established at OSU in 1979 to recruit and
retain the university‘s population of female engineering students. The program has evolved
to include K-12 outreach initiatives to help grow the future engineering workforce. The
WiE Program offers many special services designed for both prospective and enrolled
women engineering students.
Walter E. Dennis Learning Center:
The purpose of the Walter E. Dennis Learning Center is to provide academic learning
services and support to OSU students. They serve as a "learning connection" for students
in need of learning assistance in a number of areas including study skills, time
management, test-taking strategies, learning from text, note-taking, and self-regulation
strategies.
6. Credit Unit
The Ohio State University is on a quarter system. The university year is divided into four
quarters of approximately eleven weeks each. The summer quarter is the beginning of the
university year and is divided into two terms of approximately six weeks. All courses are
assigned a number in accordance with Faculty Rules (http://trustees.osu.edu/rules8/ru8-
05.php) and credit hours in accordance with the procedure outlined in the faculty rules
(http://trustees.osu.edu/rules8/ru8-24-25.php). This rule states:
(A) All courses shall be assigned a number of credit hours in accordance with the
procedure outlined in rules 3335-8-02 to 3335-8-04 of the Administrative Code.
This may be any number from zero on up; however, in determining the credit
hours assigned, the department, school, college and council on academic affairs
should use as a guide the following suggested standards:
(1) One credit hour shall be assigned for each three hours per week of the
average student's time, including class hours, required to earn the average
grade of "C" in this course.
(2) One credit hour shall be assigned for each two consecutive hours of
practical or experimental work per week in any department or school.
(3) One credit hour shall be assigned for each three hours of laboratory work
per week, when no additional outside work is required. When outside
work is required, then the standard in paragraph (A)(1) of this rule shall be
applied.
(B) In determining the hours per week required by the course or work, the council
on academic affairs may, in appropriate cases, consider the average weekly hours
D14
spent during a quarter, semester, or session on the course or work. It should be
remembered that the above are guides only and may be deviated from for good
cause.
(C) When comparing or combining semester credit hours with quarter credit
hours, one semester credit hour shall be the equivalent of one and one-half quarter
credit hours. (B/T 7/9/2004)
When the University switches to semesters in the summer of 2012 it will be following the
Ohio Board of Regents rule for semester credits which states that one semester credit hour
will be awarded for a minimum of 750 minutes of formalized instruction that typically
requires students to work on out-of-class assignments an average of two hours for every hour
of formalized instruction. The University‘s Rules Committee is in the process of revising all
university rules to conform to this policy. The University has adopted an academic calendar
consisting of two semesters containing 70 instructional days each.
7. Quarters to Semesters Process
7.1 Quarters to Semesters Task Force
Shortly after the decision was made to switch to semesters the College formed that Quarters to
Semesters Task Force which had its first meeting on the 12th
of May 2009. At that meeting the
task force was informed that Interim Dean Gregory Washington charge to the task force was:
Provided with the opportunity to consider anew the content of a 21st Century engineering
education and the methods by which that content is delivered, I am convening a task
force of the faculty of the College of Engineering to undertake the following charge:
1) Establish the framework for a transition of engineering curricula to a semester-based
calendar and work with the COE representatives to the University Senate to provide input
to the process for deciding the semester-based university calendar model.
2) Evaluate and define the common technical elements (i.e., math, science, and engineering)
that are central to the education of all engineers.
3) Evaluate and define the elements of a liberal education necessary for all engineers.
4) Provide a forum for discussion and evaluation of novel approaches for delivering the
elements of engineering education, be they common to all disciplines or discipline-
specific, with consideration of the following attributes:
a. Recommendations of the Engineer of 2020 report
b. Embracing diversity and cultures
c. Delivering a global education
d. Impact on ABET accreditation
5) Deliver recommendations on the methods, format, and calendar of semester-based
curricula in the College of Engineering.
6) Assist programs in developing individual curriculum change proposals which will be
packaged together as a single submission from the college
7) Develop a transition plan to guide advising of students who will be enrolled when the
semester shift is implemented.
D15
This task force will be convened and chaired by the Associate Dean for Undergraduate
Education and Student Services, David Tomasko, with representation from the following
constituencies:
All degree offering units in the College (AAE, Aviation, BME, CBE, Civil, CSE, ECE,
EngPhys, Environmental, FABE, ISE, ME, MSE, WE)
Knowlton School of Architecture
EEIC Freshman Programs
College representatives to CAA and University Senate
One (1) academic advisor
Two (2) undergraduate students
One (1) graduate student
Liaisons from College Committees:
College Committee on Academic Affairs
Core Curriculum and UG Services
Outcomes Assessment Committee
Graduate Studies Chairs Committee
The task force will begin meeting immediately and be asked to report back on its
progress quarterly. Members will asked to serve for a period of one year at which time a
determination will be made to either continue the task force or create an implementation
committee.
The Task Force held regular meetings to discuss various issues concerning the switch to
semesters along with developing college policy with the idea of providing guidance to the
programs as they created their semester curriculum. At some of the meetings guests from
outside service units were invited to present how they were developing their semester courses
and to gather input from Engineering on our needs. In addition, research was conducted on other
institutions so that we could have bench marks as references.
7.2 Core Curriculum and UG Services Committee
The Core Curriculum and UG Services Committee is responsible for the on-going development
of the engineering core curriculum, the engineering general education curriculum, College listed
courses and undergraduate student services within the college. Consequently, it has been
actively involved in creating the semester core curriculum to include working with outside units
and creating memorandums of understanding with them. All curriculum proposed by this
committee was sent to the College Committee on Academic Affairs for their consideration.
7.3 Honors Committee
The College‘s Honors Committee is the responsibility for assuring an active program for the
support and recognition of undergraduate honors students to include determining policy for
attaining and retaining of honors status in the College of Engineering. Consequently, the
committee has created a semester policy which was sent to the College Committee on Academic
Affairs for their consideration.
7.4 College Committee on Academic Affairs
D16
The College Committee on Academic Affairs (CCAA) is responsible for reviewing and
approving or disapproving proposals for changes in courses and curricula which are
recommended by departments and reporting its decisions to the University‘s Council on
Academic Affairs. CCAA created three subcommittees to review all semester curriculum,
course, and policy proposals. Once a proposal had been reviewed and approved by a
subcommittee it was presented to the full committee for its approval. After the full committee
approved a proposal it was forwarded to the University‘s Council on Academic Affairs (CAA)
for its approval. CAA was the last level of approval needed for all semester curriculum, course,
and policy proposals
8. Tables
Complete the following tables for the program undergoing evaluation.
D17
Table D-1. Program Enrollment and Degree Data
Welding Engineering
Academic
Year
Enrollment Year
Tota
l
Under
gra
d
Tota
l
Gra
d Degrees Awarded
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Associates Bachelors Masters Doctorates
2010 FT 4 10 12 47 73 37 30 6 1
PT
2009 FT 9 9 18 59 95 34 22 16 1
PT
2008 FT 8 14 26 54 102 37 38 6 4
PT
2007 FT 0 0 11 53 64 35 36 11 2
PT
2006 FT 0 0 15 62 77 37 45 10 4
PT
D18
Table D-2. Personnel
Welding Engineering
Year1: 2010
HEAD COUNT FTE
2
FT PT
Administrative3 4 1 0.88
Faculty (tenure-track) 4 1 4.9
Other Faculty (excluding student
Assistants) 1 0 1
Student Teaching Assistants 0 1 0.5
Student Research Assistants 0 6 3
Technicians/Specialists 4 0 0.91
Office/Clerical Employees 1 3 0.6
Others4
Report data for the program being evaluated.
1 Data on this table should be for the fall term immediately preceding the visit.
Updated tables for the fall term when the ABET team is visiting are to be
prepared and presented to the team when they arrive.
2
For student teaching assistants, 1 FTE equals 20 hours per week of work (or
service). For undergraduate and graduate students, 1 FTE equals 15 semester
credit-hours (or 24 quarter credit-hours) per term of institutional course work,
meaning all courses — science, humanities and social sciences, etc. For faculty
members, 1 FTE equals what your institution defines as a full-time load.
3
Persons holding joint administrative/faculty positions or other combined
assignments should be allocated to each category according to the fraction of the
appointment assigned to that category.
4
Specify any other category considered appropriate, or leave blank.
D19
Table D-3, Organizational Chart
The Ohio State University Engineering Programs
Dr. E. Gordon Gee, University President
Dr. Joseph Alutto, University Executive Vice President and
Provost
Dr. David Williams, Dean, College of
Engineering
Dr. Krishnaswamy Srinivasan, Chair,
Department of Mechanical and
Aerospace Engineering
Dr. Mei Zhuang, Aeronautical & AstronauticalEngineering
Dr. Gary Kinzel, Mechanical Engineering
Dr. Richard Hart, Chair, Department of
Biomedical Engineering
Dr. Mark Ruegsegger, Biomedical Engineering
Dr. Stuart Cooper, Chair, Department of Chemical
and BiomolecularEngineering
Dr. Jim Rathman, Chemical Engineering
Dr. Xiaodong Zhang, Chair, Department of
Computer Science and Engineering
Dr. Neelam Soundarajan, Computer Science and Engineering
Dr. Carolyn Merry, Chair, Department of
Civil and Environmental Engineering and Geodetic Science
Dr. Mark McCord, Civil Engineering
Dr. John Lenhart, Environmental
Engineering
Dr. Robert Lee, Chair, Department of Electrical
and Computer Engineering
Dr. George Valco, Computer Engineering
Dr. George Valco, Electrical Engineering
Dr. Julia Higle, Chair, Department of
Integrated Systems Engineering
Dr. Steve Lavender, Industrial & Systems
Engineering
Dr. Rudolph Buchheit, Chair, Department of Materials Science and
Engineering
Dr. Yogesh Sahai, Materials Science &
Engineering
Dr. Dave Farson, Welding Engineering
Dr. Bobby Moser, Dean College of Food, Agricultural, and
Environmental Sciences
Dr. Sudhir Sastry, Interim Chair,
Department of Food, Agricultural and
Biological Engineering
Dr. Gonul Kaletunc, Agricultural Engineering
Dr. Gonul Kaletunc, Food, Biological, and
Ecological Engineering
Dr. Joseph Steinmetz, Dean College of Arts &
Science
Dr. Peter March, Interim Divisional Dean of
Natural & Mathematical Sciences
Dr. James Beatty, Chair, Department of Physics
Dr. Richard Hughes, Engineering Physics
E1
top related